Music

Bulletin

School of

Bloomington Campus

99/2001

When you become a student at Indiana University, you join an academic community internationally known for the excellence and diversity of its programs. Indiana University is one of the nation’s oldest and largest state universities, with eight campuses serving 92,000 students. IU also offers courses through facilities at Columbus, Elkhart, and many other sites.

Indiana University CampusesIndiana University BloomingtonIndiana University–Purdue University IndianapolisIndiana University East (Richmond)Indiana University–Purdue University Fort WayneIndiana University KokomoIndiana University Northwest (Gary)Indiana University South BendIndiana University Southeast (New Albany)

Quality Education.Lifetime Opportunities.

Bulletin

Music School of

Bloomington Campus

Indiana University is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools(NCA) through the Commission on Institutions of Higher Education, 30 N. LaSalle Street,Suite 2400, Chicago, IL 60602-2504; 1-800-621-7440.

While every effort is made to provide accurate and current information, IndianaUniversity reserves the right to change without notice statements in the bulletin seriesconcerning rules, policies, fees, curricula, courses, or other matters.

99/2001

School of Music

Administrative OfficersDAVID G. WOODS, DeanEUGENE O’BRIEN, Associate Dean, InstructionGWYN RICHARDS, Associate Dean, Admissions/Financial AidRENÉ MACHADO, Assistant Dean, AdministrationDAVID NEUMEYER, Director, Graduate Studies; Interim Director, Undergraduate Studies

Departmental ChairpersonsARTS ADMINISTRATION, Ellen SchantzAUDIO, Wayne Jackson, Interim ChairBALLET, Virginia CesbronBAND, Ray CramerBRASS, Michael HatfieldCHORAL CONDUCTING, Jan Harrington, Interim ChairCOMPOSITION, Don FreundEARLY MUSIC, Paul HillierGUITAR, Ernesto BitettiHARP, Susann McDonaldINSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING, Imre PallóJAZZ STUDIES, David BakerMUSIC EDUCATION, Charles SchmidtMUSIC IN GENERAL STUDIES, Mary GoetzeMUSIC THEORY, Mary WennerstromMUSICOLOGY, A. Peter BrownORGAN, Christopher YoungPERCUSSION, Gerald Carlyss, Interim ChairPIANO, Henry UpperSTAGE DESIGN AND TECHNICAL PRODUCTION, Robert O’HearnSTRINGS, Lawrence HurstVOICE, Roger HavranekWOODWINDS, Kim Walker

Administrative OfficersBUSINESS AND FINANCE, Royce Deckard, DirectorBUSINESS AND FINANCE, Nancy Waldon, Business ManagerCAREER DEVELOPMENT, Ellen Schantz, DirectorCHORAL ENSEMBLES, David Villanueva, DirectorCOMMUNICATIONS, Arizeder Urreiztieta, DirectorHUMAN RESOURCES, Meg Lindeman, DirectorINFORMATION AND DISTANCE LEARNING TECHNOLOGY, Bill Wang, DirectorINSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES, Thomas Wieligman, CoordinatorLATIN AMERICAN MUSIC CENTER, Carmen Tellez, DirectorMUSICAL ARTS CENTER, Marty Prentice, Business ManagerMUSIC LIBRARY, Steven Sowell, Interim AdministratorOPERA THEATER, Mark Clark, Director of Production; David G. Woods, General ManagerOUTREACH, SPECIAL PROGRAMS, AND MUSICAL ATTRACTIONS, Eric Nichols, DirectorPLACEMENT, Richard Lathom, Director

Indiana University chose to print this bulletin with soy-based ink on recycled paper,both of which are more environmentally sound than traditional printing materials. You can make another sound choice. Please recycle this bulletin.

AdministrationIndiana University MYLES BRAND, Ph.D., President of the UniversityHERMAN B WELLS, A.M., LL.D., Chancellor of the University KENNETH R. R. GROS LOUIS, Ph.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs and Chancellor, Indiana

University BloomingtonGERALD L. BEPKO, LL.M., Vice President for Long-Range Planning and Chancellor, Indiana

University–Purdue University IndianapolisJ. TERRY CLAPACS, M.B.A., Vice President for Administration JUDITH G. PALMER, J.D., Vice President and Chief Financial OfficerGEORGE E. WALKER, Ph.D., Vice President for Research and Dean of the Graduate School CHRISTOPHER SIMPSON, M.A., Vice President for Public Affairs and Government RelationsMICHAEL A. McROBBIE, Ph.D., Vice President for Information TechnologySTEVEN A. MILLER, M.B.A., Treasurer of the University DAVID J. FULTON, Ph.D., Chancellor of Indiana University EastMICHAEL A. WARTELL, Ph.D., Chancellor of Indiana University–Purdue University Fort Wayne EMITA B. HILL, Ph.D., Chancellor of Indiana University Kokomo and Chancellor LiaisonHILDA RICHARDS, Ed.D., Chancellor of Indiana University Northwest KENNETH L. PERRIN, Ph.D., Chancellor of Indiana University South Bend F. C. RICHARDSON, Ph.D., Chancellor of Indiana University Southeast

Bloomington Campus KENNETH R. R. GROS LOUIS, Ph.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs and Chancellor, Indiana

University BloomingtonMOYA L. ANDREWS, Ed.D., Acting Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs and Dean of the FacultiesMAYNARD D. THOMPSON, Ph.D., Vice Chancellor and Dean for Budgetary Administration and

Planning DONALD R. HOSSLER, Ph.D., Acting Vice Chancellor for Enrollment ServicesRICHARD N. McKAIG, Ed.D., Dean of Students JULIA LAMBER, J.D., Dean for Women’s Affairs, and Interim Director, Office of Affirmative ActionLAWRENCE J. HANKS, Ph.D., Dean for African American Affairs ALBERTO TORCHINSKY, Ph.D., Dean for Latino Affairs MARY ELLEN ANDERSON, M.S., Acting Director of Admissions R. GERALD PUGH, Ed.D., Registrar

INDIANA UNIVERSITY BULLETIN OFFICIAL SERIES (USPS 262440) ISSN 0888-5338

Periodicals postage paid at Bloomington, Indiana. Published twelve times a year (one time inFebruary, May, June, July, August, September, November, and December; two times in Marchand October) by Indiana University from the Office of Publications, Poplars 721, 400 E. SeventhStreet, Bloomington, IN 47405-3085. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to INDIANAUNIVERSITY BULLETIN MAIL ROOM, 300 N. Jordan, Bloomington, IN 47405-7700.

Vol. XCVII, No. 7 Bloomington, Indiana August 1999

30 Music History and Literature30 Keyboard Proficiency Examination30 Music Performance Proficiency31 General Requirements for Master’s

Degrees31 Degrees Offered31 Credit Hour Requirements31 Residence Requirement31 Required Grades31 Comprehensive Review31 Time Limit for Degree Completion31 General Requirements for Doctoral

Degrees32 Admission to Curriculum32 Prerequisites 32 Credit and Residence32 Required Grades32 Research Committee33 Structure of Doctoral Curricula33 Doctoral Minors33 Minor in Composition33 Minor in Jazz Studies33 Minor in Music Education34 Minor in Music History and Literature 34 Minor in Music Information

Technology 34 Minor in Music Theory34 Minor in Musicology34 Minor in Stage Direction for Opera34 Minor in Voice34 Ph.D. Minors for Students outside the

School of Music34 Diploma Programs in Performance34 Performer Diploma34 Admission35 Recital35 Artist Diploma35 Admission35 Recitals35 Course of Study for Diploma Programs35 Performance Study 35 Language Study35 Chamber Music Coaching 35 Music Courses35 Major Ensemble35 Performer Diploma in Professional

Opera Studies36 Certificate Programs36 Curricula for Graduate Degrees in

Music 36 Brass38 Choral Conducting38 Composition39 Early Music40 Guitar41 Harp41 Instrumental Conducting42 Jazz Studies42 Music Education45 Music Theory47 Musicology48 Organ

49 Organ and Church Music50 Percussion50 Piano51 Strings52 Voice53 Wind Conducting53 Woodwinds54 Woodwinds (Multiple)55 Curricula for Music-Related Graduate

Degrees55 Master of Arts, Arts Administration

Major (through University Graduate School)

56 Master of Science in Ballet56 Master of Arts and Master of Library

Science56 Master of Music and Master of Library

Science57 Master of Science in Music Technology

(IUPUI)58 Master of Science in Music, Music

Theater Scenic Techniques58 Master of Science in Music, Stage

Direction for Opera

59 Courses in the School of Music59 Undergraduate Music Performance

Study59 Private Lessons59 Graduate Music Performance Study59 Private Lessons60 Recitals60 Undergraduate Recitals60 Master’s, Diploma, and Doctoral

Chamber Recitals60 Doctoral Recitals (Solo) 60 Performance and Composition

Masterclass60 Class Instruction in Performance61 Keyboard Proficiency61 Ensemble61 Major Ensembles61 Academic Courses61 Recording Arts and Audio Technology62 Church Music63 Music Education and Pedagogy

Courses66 School of Education Courses67 Techniques68 Chamber Music, Coaching and

Accompanying68 Conducting69 Ballet69 Composition70 Music History and Literature74 Honors75 Music Technology (courses offered at

IUPUI)75 Opera76 Music Theory78 Unclassified Courses81 Nonmajor Academic Courses

Table of Contents1 School of Music1 History1 Purpose1 Outreach and Research Units Within

the School of Music2 Organizations and Services2 Endowed Funds and Annual

Scholarships3 Procedural Information3 Tuition and Fees3 Credit by Examination4 Ensemble Policy4 Students with Disabilities4 The Student’s Responsibility

5 Undergraduate Division5 Admission Requirements5 University Requirements for Incoming

Freshmen6 University Requirements for Transfer

Students6 School of Music Requirements for

Incoming Freshmen6 School of Music Requirements for

Transfer Students6 Returning Students7 Undergraduate Visiting Students7 Nonmajors7 Minor for Students Whose Majors Are

Outside the School of Music8 Honors Program8 Orientation8 Advising8 General Requirements for Bachelor’s

Degrees8 Residence9 Time Limit9 Keyboard Proficiency9 Requirements for a Second Bachelor’s

Degree9 Graduation with Distinction9 Application for Graduation9 Curricula for Bachelor’s Degrees in

Music10 General Education Requirements10 Written and Oral Expression10 English Composition10 Other Written and Oral Expression10 Foreign Language10 Humanities10 Life and Physical Sciences and

Mathematics10 Life Sciences10 Physical Sciences and Mathematics11 Social and Behavioral Sciences11 Bachelor of Music Degrees11 Bachelor of Music, Composition12 Bachelor of Music, Early Music

(Instrumental Emphasis)

12 Bachelor of Music, Early Music (Vocal Emphasis)

13 Bachelor of Music, Jazz Studies14 Bachelor of Music, Orchestral

Instrument or Guitar15 Bachelor of Music, Organ15 Bachelor of Music, Piano16 Bachelor of Music, Voice17 Bachelor of Music, Woodwind

Instruments (Multiple)18 Bachelor of Music Education Degrees18 Bachelor of Music Education, Choral-

General Teaching19 Bachelor of Music Education,

Instrumental Teaching19 Bachelor of Music Education, Teaching

Area20 Teaching Certification21 Bachelor of Science Degrees21 Bachelor of Science in Music and an

Outside Field21 Bachelor of Science and an Outside

Field (Composition Emphasis)22 Bachelor of Science in Music and an

Outside Field (Jazz Emphasis)23 Bachelor of Arts (music major)23 Audio Degrees24 Bachelor of Science in Audio Recording24 Associate of Science, Audio Technology25 Ballet Degrees25 Bachelor of Science in Ballet25 Bachelor of Science in Music and an

Outside Field (Ballet Emphasis)26 Opera Technical Degrees26 Bachelor of Science in Music, Opera

Scenic Technique26 Associate of Science, Stagecraft

Technology27 Associate of Science, Costume

Construction Technology27 String Technical Degree27 Associate of Science, String Instrument

Technology

28 Graduate Division28 Admission Requirements28 Application28 Transcript, GRE Examination28 Audition28 Other Admission Requirements29 Admission Categories29 Conditional Admission29 Admission on Probation29 Time Limit for Acceptance29 Visiting Students29 Proficiency Examinations29 Music History and Literature Entrance

Proficiency and Music Theory Entrance Proficiency

30 Music Theory

School of Music

1

82 Regulations and Procedures82 Academic Regulations82 Change of Degree Requirements82 Grades82 Addition of Courses82 Withdrawal from Courses82 Incompletes and Deferred Grades82 Pass/Fail Option83 Change of Grade83 Absences83 Minimum and Maximum Semester

Load83 Undergraduate Students83 Graduate Students83 Correspondence Study83 Audit Policy84 Change of Curriculum84 Academic Standing—Undergraduate84 Definition of Good Standing for

Undergraduate Students84 Academic Probation84 Dismissal84 Readmission84 Class Standing85 Academic Standing—Graduate85 Probation and Dismissal85 Application for Graduate Degrees or

Diplomas85 Special Procedures for Doctoral

Students85 Language Proficiencies or Tool Subjects85 Recital Requirements86 Public Performances86 Qualifying Examinations86 Preliminary Requirements86 Musical Styles86 Written Examinations86 Oral Examination86 Registration after Admission to

Candidacy87 Dissertation and Document87 Time Limits87 Before Qualifying Examinations87 After Qualifying Examinations87 Interruption of Study 87 Ph.D. and D.M.E. Time Limits87 Ph.D. Time Limits87 Performance Study and Performance

Related Policies87 Assignments for Music Performance

Study and Lessons88 Examinations and Goals in Performance88 Level of Achievement88 Upper Division Examination88 Other Examinations in Music

Performance Courses89 Hearings and Recitals90 Length of Recitals90 Performer's Certificate91 Outside Instruction and Performance91 Official Dress91 Use of School of Music Instruments91 Check List

92 Faculty of the School of Music

94 Indiana University General Policies History

Music instruction at Indiana University datesfrom the year 1893, but it was not until 1910that a Department of Music offering music forcredit was officially organized, with Charles D.Campbell as head. In 1919 Barzille WinfredMerrill was appointed head of the departmentand, in 1921, dean of the newly establishedSchool of Music. He was succeeded in 1938 byDean Robert L. Sanders. In 1947 theappointment of Wilfred C. Bain as deanmarked the beginning of a period of rapidgrowth and expansion. For 24 years, under theleadership of Dean Charles H. Webb, theSchool of Music continued its developmentand commitment to excellence. Today theSchool of Music is recognized as one of theleading institutions of its kind. David G.Woods was appointed to the deanship in 1997.

PurposeThe mission of the Indiana University Schoolof Music is to provide distinguishedinstruction and outstanding opportunities forperformance, composition, research, andteacher training for music majors andnon–music majors. These opportunities aredesigned to meet the following purposeswithin the framework of Indiana University:1. To prepare students for careers as

performers, composers, scholars, teachers,church musicians, and musicadministrators in higher education,precollege educational settings, theprofessional music world, the privatesector, and supporting fields.

2. To provide music majors and non–musicmajors the opportunity to develop theirknowledge, understanding, and ability inall aspects of music at a level appropriate totheir needs and interests.

3. To broaden and deepen the knowledge andunderstanding of all aspects of musicthrough research and publication.

4. To enrich the lives of students, faculty,community, the state, the nation, and theworld with performances of a wide varietyof music. The excellence, authenticity, andoriginality of these performances also serveas models for future performances bystudents and as criteria for future listeningexperiences.

Outreach and Research Units withinthe School of MusicThe Center for the History of Music Theoryand Literature, sponsored jointly by the School

of Music and the Office of Research and theUniversity Graduate School, provides a homefor such international projects as the ThesaurusMusicarum Latinarum, a five-million-wordonline database of Latin music theory rangingfrom the time of Augustine through thesixteenth century; Doctoral Dissertations inMusicology and DDM-Online; saggi musicaliitaliani, an online database of Italian musictheory; Greek and Latin Music Theory, amonograph series of critical texts andtranslations; and other projects. Information oncurrent CHMTL activities is available athttp://www.music.indiana.edu/chmtl.

The Early Music Institute was established as acenter for research and creative activity relatedto the performance of Medieval, Renaissance,and Baroque music, as well as a teachingdepartment of the School of Music. Beyond thecurricular offerings described in this bulletin,the institute provides outreach through theprecollege recorder program, publication ofFocus Recordings (a series of recordings ofmusic from the thirteenth through theeighteenth centuries) and two series ofscholarly writings, and maintenance of theArchive of Early Music Sound Recordings aswell as extensive holdings of periodinstruments and sets of parts for performance.

The Latin American Music Center fosters theresearch and performance of Latin Americanart music and promotes professional andacademic exchange between musicians andscholars from the United States and LatinAmerica. The center’s activities includeconcerts, commissions, premiere performancesand recordings, courses in Latin Americanmusic history, visits by distinguishedperforming artists and lecturers, festivals, andseminars. The Latin American Music Centermakes available to scholars, performers, andinstitutions the most complete library of LatinAmerican art music in the world.

The Musical Attractions Office acts as thebooking agent for group and solo performersfrom the School of Music. Each year it arrangesdozens of student performances throughoutthe state and region.

The Office of Special Programs administersall aspects of workshops, masterclasses,conferences, and foreign programs for theSchool of Music. In addition, the office runsthe ongoing precollege program and thesummer residential precollege academies.

Jay Lovins Memorial Scholarship FundEthel Louise Lyman Memorial FundArthur W. Mason Music Scholarship FundSusann McDonald Harp Study FundKatherine V. McFall Scholarship FundB. Winfred Merrill Scholarship FundArthur R. Metz Carillonneur FundOtto Miessner Memorial Music Scholarship

FundNathan A. and Margaret Culver Miller

Scholarship FundDavid B. Mills Friends of Music Scholarship

FundMarcel Mule Scholarship FundDepartment of Musicology FundNina Neal Scholarship FundOtto Nothhacksberger Memorial FundBernard Opperman Memorial Scholarship

FundJuan Orrego-Salas Scholarship FundNamita Pal Commemorative Award FundJason Paras Memorial FundMarie Alice and Gilbert Peart Music Education

Scholarship FundJackie Pemberton Memorial Scholarship FundMary Wennerstrom Phillips and Leonard M.

Phillips Endowment FundGeorge E. Powell III Scholarship FundAgnes Davis Richardson Memorial

Scholarship FundDagmar K. Riley Friends of Music Scholarship

FundWalter and Dorothy Robert Scholarship FundLouise Margaret Roth Memorial Scholarship

FundRuth Parr Septer Scholarship FundTerry C. Shirk Memorial Scholarship FundShulz Memorial FundThe Society of the Friends of Music

Scholarship FundDorothy Richard Starling Chair in Violin

StudiesEvelyn P. Stier Memorial Scholarship FundHarry Sukman Memorial Scholarship FundElsie Irwin Sweeney Memorial Scholarship

FundDonald Louis Tavel Memorial FundElizabeth Schaefer Tenreiro Scholarship FundRoe Van Boskirk Memorial Scholarship FundCarl G. Van Buskirk Memorial Scholarship

FundAnna Weber Endowment FundMadge Wilson Music Scholarship FundCarol A. Wingler Memorial Fellowship Fund

Marjorie Schlamp Winters Harp ScholarshipFund

Janet Corday Won Memorial Scholarship FundThe Woodwind and the Brasswind Scholarship

Fund

Annual Scholarships/FellowshipsThe Aronoff Percussion ScholarshipThe Dean Wilfred Bain Opera FellowshipThe Camerata ScholarshipThe Janie Fricke ScholarshipThe Friday Musicale ScholarshipThe Richard F. Gold Career GrantThe Ildebrando Pizzetti Memorial FellowshipThe Cole and Kate Porter Memorial

FellowshipThe Presser Scholar and the Presser Music

AwardThe Sally W. Rhodes ScholarshipThe Star of Indiana ScholarshipThe Dorothy Richard Starling Foundation

ScholarshipThe String Academy of Wisconsin ScholarshipThe Thomson Consumer Electronics

ScholarshipThis list is current as of 1/1/97. For moreinformation, please contact Barbara Monahan,Director of Development, Indiana UniversitySchool of Music, Bloomington, Indiana 47405,(812) 855-4737, e-mail:bmonahan@indiana.edu.

Procedural InformationSpecific and up-to-date information on Schoolof Music procedures is available from themusic undergraduate and graduate offices or other appropriate offices of the school.Current regulations and procedures appear in the ‘‘Regulations and Procedures’’ section of this bulletin. Also seehttp://www.music.indiana.edu.

Tuition and FeesStudents in the School of Music should notethat, in addition to the fees listed in theschedule at the end of this bulletin, there arespecial fees that may be applicable, includingfees for music performance study, recitalscheduling and programs, rental instruments,late enrollment, accompanists, specialexaminations, and other items.

Credit by ExaminationStudents who can demonstrate knowledge orskills in the area of specific courses mayreceive credit by examination.

School of Music 3

Organizations andServicesThe Society of the Friends of Music ofIndiana University is an organization ofpeople of wide-ranging occupations whosupport the excellence of the School of Musicthrough scholarships and other activities.

The Music Alumni Association, an affiliate ofthe Indiana University Alumni Association,supports the activities of the School of Musicand its graduates through publication of MusicAlumni Notes.

The Student Representative Committeeserves to enhance communication among thestudents, faculty, staff, and administration ofthe School of Music. The representatives arechosen each spring and meet on a regularbasis.

A number of honorary and professional musicorganizations maintain chapters at IndianaUniversity. These include Phi Mu Alpha,Sigma Alpha Iota, Mu Phi Epsilon, MusicEducators National Conference, Pi KappaLambda, Kappa Kappa Psi, Tau Beta Sigma,and the American Guild of Organists.

The Music Placement Office serves as a jobinformation service for performing andteaching positions in the area of music.

Endowed Funds andAnnual ScholarshipsIndiana University School of Music gratefullyacknowledges all persons and institutions whogenerously support our students and facultythrough the following endowed funds andannual scholarships. We are deeply thankfulfor those who show their faith in the future ofthe IU School of Music by endowing facultychairs and professorships and giving studentfellowships, scholarships, awards, and prizes.

Endowed FundsWilli Apel Early Music Endowment FundWilfred C. Bain Music Alumni Association

Scholarship FundAnthony and Olimpia Barbera Music

Scholarship FundJoseph Battista Memorial FundAchasa Beechler Music Scholarship FundWilliam Bell Memorial Scholarship FundLeonard Bernstein Scholarship FundJohn E. Best Scholarship FundMary R. Book Music Scholarship FundJulia B. Brabson Memorial Scholarship FundKenneth V. and Audrey N. Brown Scholarship

Fund

Vivian N. Humphreys Bundy ScholarshipFund

Emma E. Claus Scholarship FundCristini Friends of Music Scholarship FundMavis McRae Crow Music Scholarship FundT. F. and Emma A. Culver Scholarship FundJeannette Davis Scholarship FundPete DeLone Memorial PrizeFrederick Ebbs Memorial Scholarship FundDavid Eisler Memorial Scholarship FundRuth L. Elias Scholarship FundEleanor Fell Scholarship FundWilliam and Marcia Fox Scholarship FundJoseph Nathan Garton Memorial Scholarship

FundBill and Mary Gasser Scholarship/Fellowship

Endowment FundCary M. Gerber Scholarship FundRichard C. Gigax Memorial Scholarship FundGignilliat Music Scholarship FundLinda Challis Gill and Jack M. Gill Music

Scholarship FundGladys Gingold Memorial Scholarship FundJosef Gingold Violin Scholarship FundMontana L. Grinstead Scholarship FundArthur and Ena Grist Scholarship FundWayne Hackett Memorial Harp Scholarship

FundRussell A. Havens Music Scholarship FundBernhard Heiden Scholarship FundJascha Heifetz Scholarship FundEva Heinitz Scholarship FundDorothy L. Herriman Scholarship FundMark H. Hindsley Endowed Fund for

Symphonic BandErnest Hoffzimmer Scholarship FundWilliam and Emma Horn Scholarship FundBruce Hubbard Memorial Scholarship FundEva Janzer Memorial FundAlice V. Jewell Friends of Music Scholarship

FundFreda and Walter Kaufmann Prize in

MusicologyMack H. Kay Scholarship for Excellence in Jazz

CompositionWilliam Kincaid Memorial Scholarship FundGregory C. Klinefelter Memorial Scholarship

FundEugene J. and Eleanor J. Knapik Scholarship

FundLucie M. Kohlmeier Music Scholarship in

VoiceGeorge and Elizabeth Krueger Memorial

Scholarship FundMichael Kuttner Music Education Fund

2 School of Music

Admission RequirementsStudents seeking admission to the IndianaUniversity School of Music must meet bothgeneral university requirements and specificSchool of Music requirements as outlined below.

University Requirements forIncoming FreshmenThe standards listed below represent theminimum levels of preparation andachievement necessary to be considered foradmission. Most admitted students exceed theseminimum levels. Each application is reviewedindividually. When making admissiondecisions, the university is primarilyconcerned with the depth and challenge of thecollege-preparatory program, including thesenior year; grade trends in the college-preparatory subjects; and the student’s classrank. Students whose records fall slightlybelow the minimum standards may receiveserious consideration if their grades have beensteadily improving in a challenging college-preparatory program. Conversely, declininggrades or a program of less demandingcourses are often reasons to deny admission.

High School Graduation Students musthave a high school diploma. Nongraduateswho have been out of school for several yearsmay submit the GED.

Academic Preparation All prospectivestudents must complete the following basiccurriculum:8 semesters of English Literature, grammar,and composition. (Up to two semesters fromjournalism and/or speech count toward theEnglish requirement. While considered goodaugmentation to classic, liberal arts English,courses such as theatre arts, film study,newspaper, yearbook, and other media classesare generally not counted toward the eight-semester English requirement.)6 semesters of mathematics Algebra,geometry and advanced algebra.2 semesters of laboratory science Biology,chemistry, or physics.4 semesters of social science History,government, economics, psychology, orsociology.

Indiana Residents Indiana residents shouldcomplete Core 40, which must include aminimum of 28 semesters of college-preparatory courses, including the abovecourse work and eight semesters in somecombination of foreign language and/oradditional math, laboratory science, or socialsciences; computer literacy, music theory, or

music history, including Advanced Placement.Students should take a balanced academicprogram of at least three to four of thesesubjects each year, including the senior year, tobe reasonably prepared for IndianaUniversity’s academic curriculum. A balancedacademic program includes coursesrepresentative of at least three different subjectareas listed above.

Out-of-State Residents Nonresidentstudents should complete a minimum of 32semesters of college-preparatory course work,including the basic program described aboveand 12 semesters in some combination offoreign language and/or additional math,laboratory science, or social sciences; computerliteracy, music theory, or music history,including Advanced Placement. Nonresidentstudents should take a balanced academicprogram of at least three and preferably fourof these courses each year, including the senioryear, to be competitive for admission. Abalanced academic program includes coursesrepresentative of at least three different subjectareas listed above.

Class Rank Indiana residents should rank atleast in the upper half of their school class;nonresidents generally rank at least in theupper third.

Tests Indiana residents should score at orabove the state average on the SAT (currenttotal 990) or ACT (composite of 21).Nonresident applicants should score a total of1100 or higher on the SAT or have an ACTcomposite score of at least 25. (Note: If theapplicant submits more than one set of scores,the highest SAT and/or ACT scores will berecorded.)

International Students To be admitted,international students must complete aboveaverage work in their supporting programs.Applicants whose native language is notEnglish must submit the results of the Test ofEnglish as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Apaper-based test score of 560 or a computer-based score of 223 is necessary for regularadmission to a degree program. Internationalstudents are required to take the IndianaUniversity English Proficiency Examinationand must register for any supplementalEnglish courses prescribed based on the resultsof this examination or, if necessary, enroll inthe intensive English language program.

Information For additional information,contact the Office of Admissions, IndianaUniversity, Bloomington, Indiana 47405;(812) 855-0661; iuadmit@indiana.edu;www.indiana.edu/~iuadmit/.

School of Music 5

Ensemble PolicyAll undergraduate, graduate, degree, ornondegree music students (except studentsaccepted for certain doctoral programs orB.M.E. majors in their student-teachingsemester), must register for and achieve apassing grade in a major ensemble each fallsemester, spring semester, or second summersession in which they are registered for anymusic or nonmusic credit hours. Majorensembles are indicated as X0— (2 cr.).Students may request placement in aparticular ensemble, but final placement willbe made by the faculty.

The ensemble requirement was established bythe faculty for several reasons. It providesprofessional training in an important area of astudent’s performance development, and itprovides opportunities for music students tohear great masterworks in live performance. Italso provides listening experiences for othermembers of the university community andhelps to compensate for the fact that theuniversity subsidizes the extra cost involved inprofessional music training.

The faculty of the School of Music is stronglycommitted to the idea that students should begiven the opportunity to develop their talentsto the highest degree possible. They are alsocommitted to the idea that each student canand should contribute to the education ofothers, to the advancement of the art of music,and to the enrichment of the cultural life of theuniversity through participation in the majorensemble experience.

Students with DisabilitiesStudents with a learning disability, hearingimpairment, speech impairment, or any otherdisability that may affect their ability to fulfilla requirement of the School of Music shouldcontact the Office of Disabled Student Servicesand Veterans Affairs at (812) 855-7578 beforeregistering. Requirements will not be waivedfor students with disabilities; however, somemodifications can be made within specificcourses.

The Student’s ResponsibilityStudents have a threefold responsibility: (1) toknow and satisfy the graduation requirementsstated in the School of Music Bulletin; (2) toknow their academic standing based on theacademic standards stated in the School ofMusic Bulletin; and (3) to know and observeall regulations and academic calendardeadlines as stated in the Schedule of Classes,the School of Music Bulletin, and the studenthandbooks. Faculty and staff advisors assiststudents in planning a program of study tomeet degree requirements, but students areresponsible for meeting all requirements fortheir respective degrees and all announceddeadlines.

4 School of Music

Undergraduate Division

Undergraduate Visiting StudentsA limited number of undergraduate-levelstudents with interest in the study of musicmay be admitted as visiting students, subjectto the following:1. Visiting students at the undergraduate level

must audition for a faculty committee, beaccepted by a particular faculty member forinstruction, and be approved by theAdmissions Committee of the School ofMusic. Visiting students may be admitted forthe summer session only if they have beenaccepted by an individual faculty member.Undergraduate visiting students acceptedduring the summer session who wish tocontinue study during the regular academicyear must audition for a faculty committee.

2. Undergraduate visiting students mustregister for a minimum of 12 credit hours(4 credit hours in the summer) includingmajor ensemble courses. All courses otherthan performance study, ensembles, andchamber music require approval of thedirector of undergraduate studies.

3. Undergraduate visiting students may attenda maximum of two semesters during theacademic year and four summer sessions.

4. Undergraduate visiting students are noteligible for financial aid from the School ofMusic during the fall and spring semesters.

5. Credits earned as an undergraduatevisiting student may be applied toward adegree or diploma only with thepermission of the director ofundergraduate studies. Undergraduatevisiting students wishing to change todegree or diploma status must completethe application process of the School ofMusic and Indiana University.

NonmajorsThe School of Music offers a number of musiccourses, performance study options, andensembles especially designed for studentsmajoring in fields other than music. Inaddition, qualified nonmajors are welcome toparticipate in any music major academiccourse, performance course, or ensemble on aspace-available basis. Under certainconditions, credit for these courses is acceptedtoward degree requirements in other schoolsand departments. At the time of registration,proper approval must be secured from thechairperson of the student’s major departmentor the dean of the school, as well as from thedean of the School of Music.

Minor for Students Whose MajorsAre Outside the School of MusicApplication for minors may be done at theMusic Undergraduate Office, Merrill Hall 011,Bloomington campus, or at the School ofMusic, SI 120, IUPUI (phone 317-274-4000).

Option 1: At least 20 credit hours, of whichat least 12 must be taken on the student’s homecampus, Bloomington or Indianapolis.

Core (6 credit hours)Z111 Introduction to Music Theory (3 cr.) andZ101 Music for the Listener (3 cr.) [T109Rudiments of Music (3 cr.), and/or T151 MusicTheory and Literature (3 cr.) may besubstituted for students who qualify].

Ensemble/Live Performance (2 credit hours)Ensemble [1-2 cr.; X001 Ensemble for Non-Music Majors (1 cr.), or by audition, X040University Instrumental Ensembles (2 cr.),X070 University Choral Ensembles (2 cr.), orX030 Ballet Ensemble (2 cr.)] or Z102Experiencing the Art of Performance (2 cr.).

Music Electives (12 credit hours)Electives in music are chosen based on thestudent’s background and interest, and withthe approval of the director of undergraduatestudies. Courses may include those with aZ prefix and/or elective performance study,as well as courses designed for music majors.Ensemble credits will not count toward the12 credit hours of music electives.

Two “emphases,” or special areas of study, areavailable for students wishing to use all 12elective credits toward such a specialization:

Popular Music and Jazz StudiesZ201 History of Rock and Roll Music (3 cr.);Z202 History of Rock Music II (3 cr); Z301History of Rock Music in the 70s and 80s (3 cr.);Z401 Music of the Beatles (3 cr.); Z402 Music ofFrank Zappa (3 cr.); and Z320 Popular Music inAmerica (3 cr.); Z393 History of Jazz (3 cr.);Z395 Contemporary Jazz and Soul Music (3 cr.);Z394 Black Music in America (3 cr.); Z105Traditions in World Music (3 cr.); Z413 LatinAmerican Popular Music (3 cr.); M413 LatinAmerican Popular Music (3 cr.).

Music Technology/Business of Music(*courses are only offered at IUPUI)U396 Introduction to MIDI (3 cr.); M110Computer Music Technology (3 cr.)*; N512Foundations of Music Production (3 cr.)*; N513Principles of Multimedia Technology (3 cr.)*;N514 Music Technology Methods (3 cr.)*; A101Introduction to Audio Techniques (2 cr.); Z320Business of Music (3 cr.); Z315 Music for Film(3 cr.).

Option 2: 15-16 credits. This minor is offeredthrough the College of Arts and Sciences onthe Bloomington campus.

T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.);T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.);T251 Music Theory and Literature III (3 cr.);T252 Music Theory and Literature IV (3 cr.),plus one course from the following: T351,M401, M402, M410, T410, T416, or another Mor T course at the 400 level as approved by thedirector of undergraduate studies in music.

School of Music 7

University Requirements forTransfer StudentsIndiana University welcomes students whowish to transfer from other colleges oruniversities.

University requirements for transfer admissioninclude:1. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 on a 4.0

scale (2.5 required for nonresidents ofIndiana);

2. A high school record showing satisfactoryentrance units;

3. Evidence of good standing in theinstitution last attended;

4. Transcripts of credits and grades earned inall subjects.

Applications for admission must be receivedin the Office of Admissions by February 1 forthe fall semester, November 1 for the springsemester, or April 1 for the summer session.

Acceptance of credit from other institutions isdetermined by the Office of Admissions, andthe applicability of credit toward degreerequirements in the School of Music isdetermined by the director of undergraduatestudies in consultation with the faculty. Onlycredits earned at Indiana University will counttoward a student’s grade point average.Courses from other colleges and universitiesmay transfer as credit only.

School of Music Requirements forIncoming FreshmenIn addition to the general requirements foradmission to the university, students mustmeet the following requirements of the Schoolof Music:1. Students must successfully complete an

audition in their major medium. Auditionsare scheduled during designated weekendsthroughout the academic year and areheard by a committee of departmentfaculty members appointed by thechairperson of the department. Thiscommittee evaluates the student’sperformance level and makes arecommendation to the School of Musicadmissions committee. The admissionscommittee determines whether the studentcan be admitted to a specific course ofstudy by considering the student’s pastrecord, interviews (if applicable), and theaudition committee’s recommendation.Students who do not matriculate withinone year of the date of the letter ofacceptance must repeat the entranceaudition. Audition appointments may besecured by writing to the Office of MusicAdmissions, School of Music, IndianaUniversity, Bloomington, Indiana 47405.

2. Each incoming freshman must take amusicianship evaluation. Students whoscore above 70 percent on the musicianshiptest are exempted from T109 Rudiments ofMusic I. Students who score from 50percent to 70 percent may take T109 andT151 Music Theory and Literature Iconcurrently. Students who score below 50percent may not take T151 until they passT109. For more detailed information, writeto the Office of Music Admissions, Schoolof Music, Indiana University, Bloomington,Indiana 47405, and request specificinformation on the Basic Musicianship testand on theory texts.

Incoming freshmen who meet generaluniversity requirements and specific musicrequirements, and who intend to pursue amusic degree, are certified directly to theSchool of Music after their initial orientationand advising.

School of Music Requirements forTransfer StudentsTransfer students must audition in their majorperforming area for admission to a particularcurriculum in the School of Music. (See 1under “School of Music Requirements forIncoming Freshmen.’’)

All credits in music from an institution otherthan Indiana University are subject toplacement and evaluation in the School ofMusic and must be validated upon entrance byexamination or audition. Examinations inmusic theory are given only before classesbegin. Other examinations must be scheduledindividually and may be subject to special fees.

Transfer students, especially those transferringfor their junior and senior years, must beaware of the possibility that not all musiccredits will be accepted or counted towarddegree requirements in the School of Music,and that they may have to spend longer thanthe normally allotted time to complete theirbachelor’s degrees at Indiana University.

All courses taken at another institution withthe grade of Pass (P) or Fail (F) are subject toIndiana University regulations concerning thePass/Fail option. Students who wish to usesuch courses to meet degree requirements inthe School of Music must obtain verification ofa letter grade or the equivalent from the otherinstitution.

Returning StudentsUndergraduate students who, aftermatriculation, do not register for classes formore than one calendar year must audition forreadmission to the School of Music.

6 School of Music

Time LimitWork for a bachelor’s degree must becompleted within seven years from the timethe student first registers in the School ofMusic. A student who fails to comply with thisrequirement must pass comprehensiveexaminations in all music subjects and meetcurrent requirements for the degree. Shoulddegree work be interrupted because of militaryservice, the time thus spent is not counted aspart of the time limitation.

Work for the Bachelor of Music degree and theBachelor of Science in Music and an OutsideField degree can be completed in eightsemesters if the student takes an average of 16to 18 credits per semester. Work for theBachelor of Music Education degree can becompleted in eight semesters if the studenttakes at least 18-20 credit hours per semester.Students entering with deficiencies in musictheory or performance or on academicprobation should not expect to complete theirdegrees in eight semesters.

Keyboard ProficiencyAll music bachelor’s students (except ballet,audio, and opera scenic technique) must pass akeyboard proficiency examination or itsequivalent. The proficiency examination testsability to use the keyboard or equivalentinstrument as a tool within the framework ofindividual professional activities; thus, therequirements vary in emphasis according tothe area of major study. The test is givenduring the latter half of each semester; specificdates are available in the music undergraduateoffice. Entering students who are prepared totake the examination may do so during theorientation period. Bachelor of Music organstudents must study piano or harpsichord forfour semesters and fulfill the keyboardproficiency requirement by satisfactorycompletion of C404 Church Music IV. Pianodegree students fulfill the keyboardproficiency requirement by satisfactorycompletion of E493 Piano Pedagogy. Guitar,harp, and harpsichord students mustdemonstrate the equivalent of the keyboardproficiency skills on their instrument. All otherstudents must register for secondary pianountil the keyboard proficiency requirement ismet. The keyboard proficiency test is takenwith the consent of the student’s secondary orclass piano instructor. Information regardingspecific keyboard proficiency requirements foreach major is available in the musicundergraduate office.

Requirements for a SecondBachelor’s DegreeThe holder of a bachelor’s degree who wishesto pursue a further educational goal is usuallyencouraged to become qualified for admission

to a graduate degree program. In certain cases,however, the dean may admit a bachelor’sdegree holder to candidacy for a secondbachelor’s degree. When such admission isgranted, the candidate must earn at least 26additional credits in residence and meet allrequirements for the second degree.

Graduation with DistinctionThe School of Music recognizes outstandingacademic achievement by awarding bachelor’sdegrees with three levels of distinction:distinction, high distinction, and highestdistinction. At each graduation ceremony(May, June, August, and December),graduating seniors in each of the threebachelor’s degrees (Bachelor of Music,Bachelor of Music Education, and Bachelor ofScience) will be selected for distinction, subjectto the following conditions: In each of the threeseparate degree categories, those studentswhose grade point averages are 4.00 willreceive highest distinction. In the Bachelor ofMusic degree, those students whose gradepoint averages are between 3.95 and 3.99 willreceive high distinction and those studentswhose grade point averages are between 3.90and 3.94 will receive distinction. In theBachelor of Music Education degree, thosestudents whose grade point averages arebetween 3.85 and 3.99 will receive highdistinction and those students whose gradepoint averages are between 3.75 and 3.84 willreceive distinction. In the Bachelor of Sciencedegree, those students whose grade pointaverages are between 3.90 and 3.99 will receivehigh distinction and those students whosegrade point averages are between 3.85 and 3.89will receive distinction.

Application for GraduationThe candidate must file an Application forGraduation in the music undergraduate officeat least one semester before the expectedgraduation date. A student who does notcomplete degree requirements for thegraduation date for which application wasmade must file another Application forGraduation for a later date.

Curricula for Bachelor’sDegrees in MusicThe School of Music offers threeundergraduate bachelor’s degree programs:the Bachelor of Music degrees in performance,composition, early music, and jazz studies; theBachelor of Science degrees in music and anoutside field, audio recording, ballet, andopera scenic technique; and the Bachelor ofMusic Education degrees in choral-generalteaching, instrumental teaching, and teaching

School of Music 9

Honors ProgramThe School of Music makes a special effort tooffer outstanding students opportunitiesappropriate to their abilities and interests. Inaddition to special courses, seminars,ensembles, and honors discussion sections, theSchool of Music offers a formal programleading to the B.M., B.M.E., or B.S. degree withhonors. College of Arts and Sciences studentsmay earn the B.A. in music with honors.Students who have completed 86 credit hours,including at least 30 from Indiana University,with a grade point average of 3.5; who havecompleted or are currently enrolled in T232Musical Skills III, T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV, and M401 History and Literatureof Music I or M402 History and Literature ofMusic II; and who have successfullycompleted their upper-division examination,should apply by February 1 for admission tothe program the following year. To graduatewith honors, students must (1) complete alldegree requirements with a minimum gradepoint average of 3.5 and (2) complete N399Honors Seminar in Music and N499 HonorsProject in Music with a grade of B or better.

OrientationUpon admission to Indiana UniversityBloomington, students begin their orientationto this campus. After receiving a letteracknowledging their admission from thedirector of admissions, students receive aseries of orientation brochures. Prior toregistering for classes, students have aconference with an academic advisor.

Students who plan to enter Indiana Universityin the fall semester may attend the summerorientation and registration program in June ormay participate in orientation and registrationin August before the beginning of classes. Atthese times, special attention is given tostudents’ preparation for academic adjustmentand achievement. The freshman orientation inAugust includes the Freshman Family Picnic,Freshman Induction Ceremony, the president’sand vice president’s receptions, and numerousacademic activities, including advancedplacement testing and sessions on learning in alarge lecture, studying a foreign language, andlearning study techniques. Opportunities tolearn about getting involved in activities oncampus, taking advantage of cultural events,and finding the locations of offices andclassrooms also are a part of orientation.Additional opportunities to interact withfaculty and to participate in special workshopsand skill-building sessions are scheduledthroughout the year. Students living inresidence centers may participate in a varietyof activities planned especially for the centers.

AdvisingThe School of Music provides a staff ofadvisors for freshmen and a general academicadvisor for all undergraduate students.Preregistration conferences are held in themiddle of each semester for the followingsemester. Students currently enrolled shouldhave programs planned at that time to speedthe registration process. Students should alsoconsult the freshman advisor or theundergraduate advisor at other times of theyear for answers to specific questions or helpwith individual problems. Indiana Universityprovides a computer-based degree auditsystem (IUCARE) that outlines degreerequirements and indicates those coursestaken by the student that meet thoserequirements. IUCARE is available online atall times to students through the universitycomputing system, and paper copies of eachstudent’s IUCARE report are provided tostudents each semester as they prepare foradvisement and registration.

Although the School of Music providesadvising services, it is the student’sresponsibility to be acquainted with schoolrules and regulations and to meet therequirements for the degree as outlined in thisbulletin. Any exceptions to the requirementsstated in this bulletin must be approved inwriting by the dean of the School of Music orthe director of undergraduate studies, withone copy for the student and one copy for thestudent’s file.

General Requirementsfor Bachelor’s Degrees1. The candidate must complete all courses

and all proficiency examinations specifiedin the candidate’s curriculum.

2. The candidate must earn at least 120 credithours, not including major ensemble (X0—).

3. The candidate (except B.M.E. candidates)must achieve a minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 2.0 in all courses, musicand non–music. B.M.E. candidates mustachieve a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5in all courses.

ResidenceNo candidate will be recommended for thebachelor’s degree who has been in residenceless than 36 weeks and who has earned fewerthan 30 hours of credit in residence. Studentscarrying less than a normal load receiveresidence in proportion to the number of credithours carried, at the rate of six weeks ofresidence for each 5 credit hours completed. Atleast 26 credit hours of the work of the senioryear must be completed in residence on theBloomington campus of Indiana University.

8 School of Music

Mathematics (excluding MATH M014)PhysicsPsychology (B.M. and B.S. only) (PSY P101Introductory Psychology I, PSY P102Introductory Psychology II, PSY P106 GeneralPsychology, Honors)

Social and Behavioral Sciences Any course inthe following departments meets the socialand behavioral sciences distributionrequirements for the School of Music.Anthropology (except bioanthropology)EconomicsGeography (except physical geography)HistoryPolitical SciencePsychology (except for courses counted asPhysical Sciences for B.M. and B.S. students)(B.M. and B.S. only)Sociology

Bachelor of MusicDegreesBachelor of Music in CompositionEntrance to the curriculum only by permissionof department chairperson. Prerequisites are(1) proficiency in at least one area ofperformance and (2) knowledge of musictheory equivalent to T109 Rudiments of Music I.Composition Courses 37 credit hours. K133 Notation and Calligraphy (1 cr.), K214Instrumentation I (2 cr.), K215 InstrumentationII (2 cr.), K231 Free Counterpoint I (2 cr.), K232 Free Counterpoint II (2 cr.), K400Composition Major (3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3 cr.), upper-divisional examination, K402 SeniorRecital in Composition (0 cr.), K451 AdvancedOrchestration I (2 cr.), K452 AdvancedOrchestration II (2 cr.), I500 Performance andComposition Masterclass (to be takenconcurrently with each semester of K400) (0 cr.).Major Ensemble X0— (2 cr.) required everyfall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which a student isregistered for any course, music or non–music.Instrumental students, X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles; vocal students, X070University Choral Ensembles; keyboardstudents, X070 University Choral Ensemblesor, with permission of the choral department,X002 Piano Accompanying.Performance Study Instrument or Voice:minimum of 2 credit hours each semester untilthe eighth-semester B.S. or B.M.E. level iscertified by hearing; entrance audition,freshman jury, upper-division examination.

Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass the P105 KeyboardProficiency Examination (0 cr.) or I105Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.).Students who are not guitar, piano, organ, orharpsichord majors must take an examinationfor placement in P111 Piano Class 1, MusicMajors (2 cr.), P121 Piano Class 2, MusicMajors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class 3, MusicMajors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4, MusicMajors (2 cr.), or P100 PianoElective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue studyeach semester until P105 Keyboard ProficiencyExamination is passed.Other Secondary Performance (2-2-2-2 cr.)Keyboard students must elect one secondaryinstrument or voice. (Electronic music maysubstitute in this area.)Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.),T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.),T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.),T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 MusicalSkills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory andLiterature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I(4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II(4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required inT109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 MusicalSkills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 MusicalSkills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV.Advanced Music Literature and MusicTheory 3 credit hours selected from M410Composer or Genre (3 cr.), T410 Topics inMusic Theory (3 cr.), T412 Advanced Auraland Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.), T416Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T417Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.), or T418 Musicand Ideas (3 cr.). T412 Advanced Aural andKeyboard Techniques (3 cr.) is recommended.Other Music Courses 7 credit hours inelectives selected from music majorundergraduate courses in the following areas:church music, music education, techniques,conducting, composition, music history, musictheory, opera, unclassified courses. Amaximum of 4 credit hours in earlyinstruments or ballet may be counted in thisarea.General Education 24 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Twosemesters (4-4 cr.) or equivalent.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours.

School of Music 11

area, a combination track. Detailed definitionsfor these music education tracks appear underlistings for the individual curricula.

A minimum of 120 credit hours is required forall music undergraduate degrees. Total credithours for some degrees may be higher becauseof specific requirements. No course may beused to fulfill two requirements except wherenoted.

General Education RequirementsRequired credit hours range from 24 to 40depending on the degree; see specific degreesfor totals and distribution. The followingsection lists departments and courses that meetdistribution requirements for the School ofMusic.

Written and Oral ExpressionEnglish Composition English courses with‘‘W’’ prefix.ENG L141 Introduction to Writing and theStudy of Literature I (4 cr.) and ENG L142Introduction to Writing and the Study ofLiterature II (4 cr.): one credit hour of eachcounted as English composition; three credithours of each counted as humanities.Competency in English composition may bedemonstrated by an SAT verbal score above670, an ACT score above 32, or an AP Englishscore of 4 to 5.Other Written and Oral Expression EnglishENG W103 Introductory Creative Writing (3 cr.), ENG W131 Elementary Composition (3 cr.), ENG W170 Projects in Reading andWriting (3 cr.), ENG W203 Creative Writing (3 cr.), ENG W231 Professional Writing Skills(3 cr.), ENG W270 Argumentative Writing (3 cr.), ENG W301 Writing Fiction (3 cr.), ENGW350 Advanced Expository Writing (3 cr.),ENG W303 Writing Poetry (3 cr.), ENG W401Advanced Fiction Writing (3 cr.), ENG G405Studies in English Language (3 cr.), ENG W410Indiana Writing Workshop (3 cr.).Journalism JOUR J200 Writing for Mass Media(3 cr.), JOUR C327 Writing for Publication (3 cr.).

For Bachelor of Music Education degrees onlySpeech CMCL S121 Public Speaking (3 cr.),CMCL S122 Interpersonal Communication (3 cr.), CMCL S324 Persuasive Speaking (3 cr.).

Foreign Language For those degree programsin which foreign language study is required,the requirement may be met by two semestersof introductory foreign language (4-4 cr.) or byone semester of accelerated study (4 or 5 cr.) ifthe student has sufficient background.Courses are offered in the followinglanguages:Arabic Greek PolishAzeri Hausa Portuguese

Chinese Hebrew RumanianCzech Hungarian RussianDanish Italian Serbo-CroatianDutch Japanese SpanishEstonian Korean SwahiliFinnish Latin TibetanFrench Mongolian TurkishGerman Norwegian

Other foreign languages may be used withpermission of the music undergraduate office.Some degree programs specify languages.

Humanities Any course in the followingdepartments meets the humanities distributionrequirements for the School of Music.Afro-American Studies (except A393, A394,A395, A396, A397, and A496)Central Eurasian StudiesClassical StudiesComparative LiteratureEast Asian Languages and CultureEnglish Fine Arts (courses with ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘H’’ prefix)FolkloreFrench and ItalianGermanic StudiesJournalismLinguisticsNear Eastern Languages and CulturesPhilosophyReligious StudiesSlavic Languages and LiteraturesSpanish and PortugueseSpeech CommunicationTelecommunicationsTheatre and Drama

Life and Physical Sciences and MathematicsLife Sciences Any course in the followingdepartments meets the life sciencesdistribution requirements for the School ofMusic.AnatomyAnthropology (bioanthropology only) (B.M.and B.S. only)BiologyPhysiology

Physical Sciences and Mathematics Anycourse in the following departments meets thephysical sciences and mathematics distributionrequirements for the School of Music.AstronomyChemistryComputer ScienceGeography (physical geography only)Geological Sciences

10 School of Music

Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass the P105 KeyboardProficiency Examination (0 cr.) or I105Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.).Students must take Y110 Harpsichord (2 cr.)each semester until P105 Keyboard ProficiencyExamination is passed.Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.),T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.),T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.),T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 MusicalSkills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory andLiterature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I(4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II(4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required inT109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 MusicalSkills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 MusicalSkills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV.Advanced Music Literature and MusicTheory 3 credit hours selected from M410Composer or Genre (3 cr.), T410 Topics inMusic Theory (3 cr.), T412 Advanced Auraland Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.), T416Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T417Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.), or T418 Musicand Ideas (3 cr.). T412 Advanced Aural andKeyboard Techniques (3 cr.) is recommended.Other Music Courses 10 credit hours.Required: M435 Performance Practices Before1750 (3 cr.); elective: 7 credit hours including aminimum of 2 credit hours in pedagogycourses such as E130 Introduction to MusicLearning (2 cr.), E494 Voice Pedagogy (3 cr.),or E131 Introduction to Music Education (2 cr.). Electives may also include courses formusic majors in church music, musiceducation, techniques, conducting,composition, music history, music theory,opera, and unclassified courses. A maximumof 4 credit hours in ballet may be counted inthis area. T412 Advanced Aural and KeyboardTechniques (3 cr.), U233 Applied FrenchDiction for Singers (1 cr.), U243 AppliedGerman Diction for Singers (1 cr.), U253Applied Italian Diction for Singers (1 cr.), andU361 English Diction for Singers (1 cr.) arerecommended.General Education 24-35 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 12-24 credit hours. Threeof the following language sequences arerequired:Italian: FRIT M100 Elementary Italian I (4 cr.)and M150 Elementary Italian II (4 cr.); or M115Accelerated Elementary Italian (4 cr.).

French: FRIT F100 Elementary French I (4 cr.)and F150 Elementary French II (4 cr.); or F115Accelerated Elementary French (4 cr.).German: GER G100 Beginning German I (4 cr.)and G150 Beginning German II: Language andCulture (4 cr.); or G105 AcceleratedElementary German I (5 cr.).Latin: CLAS L100 Elementary Latin I (4 cr.)and L150 Elementary Latin II (4 cr.).Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithours.Electives 0-3 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’To Complete Degree Free music ornon–music electives as needed to bring thetotal credit hours to 120, excluding majorensemble.

Bachelor of Music in Jazz StudiesEntrance to the curriculum only by permissionof department chairperson.Major Ensemble X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles (2 cr.) required everyfall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which student is registeredfor any course, music or non–music. Chamber Music Ensemble F450 ChamberMusic Coaching (1-1 cr.).Performance Study Minimum of 3 credithours each semester until senior recital ispassed (students who have completed 24credit hours and the senior recital may reducecredit to 2 credit hours). Entrance audition,freshman jury, upper-division examination,senior recital.Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass the P105 KeyboardProficiency Examination (0 cr.) or I105Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.).Students whose primary instrument is notguitar, piano, organ, or harpsichord must takean examination for placement in P111 PianoClass 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 Piano Class2, Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class 3,Music Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4, MusicMajors (2 cr.), or P100 Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study eachsemester until the P105 Keyboard ProficiencyExamination is passed.Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.),T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.),T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.),T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 MusicalSkills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory andLiterature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV

School of Music 13

Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithours.Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’To Complete Degree See music ornon–music electives as needed to bring thetotal credit hours to 120, excluding majorensemble.

Bachelor of Music in Early Music(Instrumental Emphasis)This degree is offered according to theavailable faculty for the following instruments:early violin/viola, early cello, early oboe, earlyflute, viola da gamba, lute, recorder,harpsichord, sackbut.Major Ensemble X060 Early MusicEnsembles (2 cr.) required every fall semester,spring semester, and second summer sessionin which student is registered for any course,music or non–music. Chamber Music Ensemble F450 ChamberMusic Coaching (1-1-1-1 cr.).Performance Major, Early InstrumentMinimum of 6 credit hours each semester untilsenior recital is passed (students who havecompleted a total of 48 credit hours and thesenior recital may reduce credit hours to 3).Entrance audition, freshman jury, upper-division examination, junior recital, seniorrecital. In early instrument areas that havemodern counterparts (violin, viola, cello): (1) admission to the program must be at themajor level on either the modern instrument orearly version of the instrument; (2) bothinstruments must be studied on a 4 cr./2 cr.arrangement for the first four semesters; (3) theupper division must be on an early instrumentat the major level; (4) an early instrument mustbe studied at the major level after upper-division acceptance; and (5) recitals must be onthe early instrument.Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass the P105 KeyboardProficiency Examination (0 cr.) or I105Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.).Students must take Y110 Harpsichord (2 cr.)each semester until P105 Keyboard ProficiencyExamination is passed.Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.),T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.),T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.),T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 MusicalSkills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory andLiterature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I(4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II(4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required in

T109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 MusicalSkills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 MusicalSkills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV.Advanced Music Literature and MusicTheory 3 credit hours selected from M410Composer or Genre (3 cr.), T410 Topics inMusic Theory (3 cr.), T412 Advanced Auraland Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.), T416Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T417Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.), or T418 Musicand Ideas (3 cr.). T412 Advanced Aural andKeyboard Techniques (3 cr.) is recommended.Other Music Courses 6 credit hours.Required: M435 Performance Practices Before1750 (3 cr.); elective: 3 credit hours including aminimum of 2 credit hours in pedagogycourses such as E130 Introduction to MusicLearning (2 cr.), E303 Violin Pedagogy (2 cr.),E306 Cello Pedagogy (2 cr.), or E493 PianoPedagogy (2 cr.). Electives may also includecourses for music majors in church music,music education, techniques, conducting,composition, music history, music theory,opera, and unclassified courses.General Education 24 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours (Germanor French only). Two semesters (4-4 cr.) orequivalent.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithours.Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’To Complete Degree Free music ornon–music electives as needed to bring thetotal credit hours to 120, excluding majorensemble.

Bachelor of Music in Early Music(Vocal Emphasis)Major Ensemble X060 Early MusicEnsembles (2 cr.) required every fall semester,spring semester, and second summer sessionin which student is registered for any course,music or non–music.Chamber Music Ensemble F450 ChamberMusic Coaching (1-1-1-1 cr.)Performance Study Y410 Early MusicPerformance: Undergraduate Majors.Minimum of 3 credit hours each semester untilsenior recital is passed (students who havecompleted a total of 24 credit hours and thesenior recital may reduce credit hours to 2).Entrance audition, freshman jury, upper-division examination, junior recital, seniorrecital.

12 School of Music

Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.), or T418 Musicand Ideas (3 cr.).Other Music Courses 6 elective credit hoursincluding a minimum of 2 credit hours inpedagogy courses such as E130 Introduction toMusic Learning, E303 Violin Pedagogy, E306Cello Pedagogy, and E459 InstrumentalPedagogy. Elective courses may also includecourses for music majors in church music,music education, techniques, conducting,composition, music history, music theory,opera, and unclassified courses. A maximumof 4 credit hours in early instruments or balletmay be counted in this area. Percussionstudents must take F402 Techniques ofPercussion Instrument Repair (2 cr.).General Education 24 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Twosemesters (4-4) or equivalent.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithoursElectives 6-10 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’To Complete Degree Free music ornon–music electives as needed to bring thetotal credit hours to 120, excluding majorensemble.

Bachelor of Music in Performance,OrganMajor Ensemble X070 University ChoralEnsembles (2 cr.) or, with permission of choraldepartment, X002 Piano Accompanying (2 cr.)required every fall semester, spring semester,and second summer session in which studentis registered for any course, music ornon–music.Performance Study Q400 Organ. Minimumof 4 credit hours the first two semesters and 6 credit hours for each subsequent semester(students who have completed 44 credit hoursand the senior recital may reduce credit hoursto 3). Entrance audition, freshman jury, upper-division examination, junior recital, seniorrecital.Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyRequired: Piano P100 Piano Elective/Secondary or Y110 Harpsichord (2-2-2-2 cr.);two semesters of accompanying (F300) may besubstituted for one semester of piano duringthe sophomore year. The keyboard proficiencyrequirement P105 Keyboard ProficiencyExamination (0 cr.) is met by completing C404Church Music IV.Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments of

Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.),T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.),T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.),T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 MusicalSkills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory andLiterature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I(4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II(4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required inT109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 MusicalSkills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 MusicalSkills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV.Advanced Music Literature and MusicTheory 3 credit hours selected from M410Composer or Genre (3 cr.), T410 Topics inMusic Theory (3 cr.), T412 Advanced Auraland Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.), T416Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T417Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.), or T418 Musicand Ideas (3 cr.).Other Music Courses 14 credit hours. C401Church Music I (3 cr.), C402 Church Music II (3 cr.), C403 Church Music III (3 cr.), C404Church Music IV (3 cr.), including a minimumof 2 credit hours in pedagogy courses such asE130 Introduction to Music Learning, E303Violin Pedagogy, E306 Cello Pedagogy, E489Organ Pedagogy, and E459 InstrumentalPedagogy.General Education 4 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Twosemesters (4-4) or equivalent.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithours.Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’To Complete Degree Free music ornon–music electives as needed to bring thetotal credit hours to 120, excluding majorensemble.

Bachelor of Music in Performance,PianoMajor Ensemble X070 University ChoralEnsembles (2 cr.) or, with permission of choraldepartment, X002 Piano Accompanying (2 cr.)required every fall semester, spring semester,and second summer session in which studentis registered for any course, music ornon–music. Performance Study P400 PianoUndergraduate Major. Minimum of 6 credithours each semester until senior recital ispassed (students who have completed 48

School of Music 15

(1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I(4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II(4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required inT109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 MusicalSkills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 MusicalSkills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV.Advanced Music Literature and MusicTheory 3 credit hours selected from M410Composer or Genre (3 cr.), T410 Topics inMusic Theory (3 cr.), T412 Advanced Auraland Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.), T416Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T417Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.), or T418 Musicand Ideas (3 cr.). T412 Advanced Aural andKeyboard Techniques (3 cr.) is recommended.Other Music Courses 27 credit hours.Required: 21 credit hours selected from E458Pedagogy of Jazz (2 cr.), F201 Jazz Piano Class(1 cr.), F316 Jazz Arranging I (3 cr.), F317 JazzArranging II (3 cr.), F318 Styles and Analysisof Jazz (2 cr.), F321 Jazz Improvisation I (2 cr.),F322 Jazz Improvisation II (2 cr.), M393History of Jazz (3 cr.), M395 ContemporaryJazz and Soul Music (3 cr.). Elective: 6 credithours selected from music majorundergraduate courses in the following areas:church music, music education, techniques,conducting, composition, music history, musictheory, opera, and unclassified courses. Amaximum of 4 credit hours in earlyinstruments or ballet may be counted in thisarea.General Education 24 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Twosemesters (4-4 cr.) or equivalent.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithours.Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’To Complete Degree Free music ornon–music electives as needed to bring thetotal credit hours to 120, excluding majorensemble.

Bachelor of Music in Performance,Orchestral Instrument or GuitarThis degree is available for flute (W410), oboe(W420), clarinet (W430), bassoon (W440),saxophone (W450), horn (B410), trumpet(B420), trombone (B430), euphonium (B440),tuba (B450), percussion (D400), violin (S410),viola (S420), violoncello (S430), double bass(S440), guitar (L400), and harp (H400).Major Ensemble X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles (2 cr.) required every

fall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which student is registeredfor any course, music or non–music. X070University Choral Ensembles or X060 EarlyMusic Ensembles may be used only by specialpermission.Small Ensemble (1-1-1-1 cr.) Guitar, F450Chamber Music Coaching (1-1-1-1 cr.); Stringsand woodwinds, F350-F351 Chamber MusicCoaching I-II (1-1 cr.), (1-1 cr.), (double bassmajors will substitute F419 OrchestralRepertoire); brass, F350 Chamber MusicCoaching I (1 cr.), F450 Chamber MusicCoaching (1-1-1 cr.); percussion, X420 SmallEnsembles (1 cr.); harp, F449 Harp Ensemble(1-1-1-1 cr.) and F450 Chamber MusicCoaching (1-1-1-1 cr.) for a total of 8 credits.Performance Study Minimum of 6 credithours each semester until senior recital ispassed (students who have completed a totalof 48 credit hours and the senior recital mayreduce credit hours to 3). Harp students maytake two semesters of 4 credits rather than 6 credits. Percussion students may take onesemester of 4 credits rather than 6 credits.Entrance audition, freshman jury, upper-division hearing, junior recital, senior recital.Double bass students substitute an orchestralrepertoire examination for one of the requiredrecitals.Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyStudents except for guitar majors must take anexamination for placement in P111 Piano Class1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 Piano Class 2,Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class 3, MusicMajors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4, MusicMajors (2 cr.), or P100 Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study eachsemester until the P105 Keyboard ProficiencyExamination (0 cr.) or I105 KeyboardProficiency Equivalency (0 cr.), is passed.Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.),T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.),T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.),T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 MusicalSkills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory andLiterature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I(4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II(4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required inT109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 MusicalSkills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 MusicalSkills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV.Advanced Music Literature and MusicTheory 3 credit hours selected from M410Composer or Genre (3 cr.), T410 Topics inMusic Theory (3 cr.), T412 Advanced Auraland Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.), T416Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T417

14 School of Music

Foreign Language 13-24 credit hours.Italian: FRIT M100 Elementary Italian I (4 cr.)and M150 Elementary Italian II (4 cr.); or M115Accelerated Elementary Italian (4 cr.).French: FRIT F100 Elementary French I (4 cr.)and F150 Elementary French II: Language andCulture (4 cr.); or F115 Accelerated ElementaryFrench (4 cr.)German: GER G100 Beginning German I (4 cr.)and G150 Beginning German: Language andCulture II (4 cr.); OR G105 AcceleratedElementary German I (5 cr.).General Education 16 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit hours.Electives 5-7 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’To Complete Degree Free music or non-music electives as needed to bring the totalcredit hours to 120, excluding major ensemble.

Bachelor of Music in Performance,Woodwind Instruments (Multiple) Admission to the degree program only bypermission of the woodwind faculty after thefirst semester of study.Major Ensemble X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles (2 cr.) required everyfall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which student is registeredfor any course, music or non–music.Chamber Music Ensemble F450 ChamberMusic Coaching (1-1-1-1 cr.).Performance Study Six credit hours for thefirst semester, minimum of 4 credit hours foreach subsequent semester until the seniorrecital is passed (students who have completed34 credit hours and the senior recital mayreduce credit hours to 3). Entrance audition,freshman jury, upper-division examination,junior recital, senior recital.Other Secondary Performance 14 credit hours.Option A (Five Instruments)Major Secondary InstrumentsFlute W120 Oboe (2-2 cr.), W130

Clarinet (2-2 cr.), W140 Bassoon (2-2 cr.), W150 Saxophone (2 cr.)

Oboe W110 Flute (2-2 cr.), W130 Clarinet (2-2 cr.), W140 Bassoon (2-2 cr.), W150 Saxophone (2 cr.)

Clarinet W110 Flute (2-2 cr.), W120 Oboe (2-2 cr.), W140 Bassoon (2-2 cr.), W150 Saxophone (2 cr.)

Bassoon W110 Flute (2-2 cr.), W120 Oboe (2-2 cr.), W130 Clarinet (2-2 cr.), W150 Saxophone (2 cr.)

Saxophone W110 Flute (2-2 cr.), W120 Oboe (2-2 cr.), W130 Clarinet (2-2 cr.), W140 Bassoon (2 cr.)

Option B (Three Instruments)First Secondary

Woodwind Instrument: W1-0 (2-2-2-2 cr.)Second Secondary

Woodwind Instrument: W1-0 (2-2-2 cr.)Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass the P105 KeyboardProficiency Examination (0 cr.). Students whoare woodwind majors must take anexamination for placement in P111 Piano Class1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 Piano Class 2,Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class 3, MusicMajors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4, MusicMajors (2 cr.), or P100 Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study eachsemester until the P105 Keyboard ProficiencyExamination is passed.Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.),T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.),T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.),T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 MusicalSkills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory andLiterature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I(4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II(4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required inT109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 MusicalSkills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 MusicalSkills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV.Advanced Music Literature and MusicTheory 3 credit hours selected from M410Composer or Genre (3 cr.), T410 Topics inMusic Theory (3 cr.), T412 Advanced Auraland Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.), T416Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T417Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.), or T418 Musicand Ideas (3 cr.).Other Music Courses Elective: 6 credit hoursincluding a minimum of 2 credit hours inpedagogy courses such as E130 Introduction toMusic Learning, E303 Violin Pedagogy, E306Cello Pedagogy, and E459 InstrumentalPedagogy. Electives may also include coursesfor music majors in church music, musiceducation, techniques, conducting,composition, music history, music theory,opera, and unclassified courses. A maximumof 4 credit hours in early instruments or balletmay be counted in this area.General Education 24 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Twosemesters (4-4) or equivalent.Humanities 3 credit hours.

School of Music 17

credit hours and the senior recital may reducecredit hours to 3). Entrance audition, freshmanjury, upper-division examination, juniorrecital, senior recital.Keyboard Proficiency Completion of E493Piano Pedagogy replaces the keyboardproficiency requirement in the case of pianomajors.Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.),T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.),T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.),T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 MusicalSkills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory andLiterature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I(4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II(4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required inT109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 MusicalSkills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 MusicalSkills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV.Advanced Music Literature and MusicTheory 3 credit hours selected from M410Composer or Genre (3 cr.), T410 Topics inMusic Theory (3 cr.), T412 Advanced Auraland Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.), T416Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T417Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.), or T418 Musicand Ideas (3 cr.).Other Music Courses 12 credit hours:Required: E493 Piano Pedagogy (2 cr.), F300Piano Accompanying (1-1-1-1 cr.) (1 or 2 credithours of F301 Accompanying Recital may besubstituted). Elective: 6 credit hours selectedfrom courses for music majors in churchmusic, music education, techniques,conducting, composition, music history, musictheory, opera, and unclassified courses. Amaximum of 4 credit hours in earlyinstruments or ballet may be counted in thisarea.General Education 24 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Twosemesters (4-4) or equivalent.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithours.Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’To Complete Degree Free music ornon–music electives as needed to bring thetotal credit hours to 120, excluding majorensemble.

Bachelor of Music in Performance,VoiceMajor Ensemble X070 University ChoralEnsembles (2 cr.) required every fall semester,spring semester, and second summer sessionin which student is registered for any course,music or non–music. Performance Major V400 Voice. 3 credithours each semester until senior recital ispassed (students who have completed a totalof 24 credit hours and the senior recital mayreduce credit hours to 2). Entrance audition,freshman jury, upper-division examination,junior recital, senior recital.Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass the P105 KeyboardProficiency Examination (0 cr.). Voice majorsmust take an examination for placement inP111 Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121Piano Class 2, Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 PianoClass 3, Music Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class4, Music Majors (2 cr.), or P100 PianoElective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue studyeach semester until the P105 KeyboardProficiency Examination is passed.Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.),T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.),T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.),T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 MusicalSkills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory andLiterature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I(4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II(4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required inT109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 MusicalSkills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 MusicalSkills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV.Other Music Courses 16 credit hours.Required: M431 Song Literature I (3 cr.), M432Song Literature II (3 cr.), U233 Applied FrenchDiction for Singers (1 cr.), U243 AppliedGerman Diction for Singers (1 cr.), U253Applied Italian Diction for Singers (1 cr.), U361 English Diction for Singers (1 cr.).Electives: 6 credit hours including a minimumof 2 credit hours in pedagogy courses such asE130 Introduction to Music Learning, E131Introduction to Music Education, or E494Voice Pedagogy. Electives may also includecourses for music majors in church music,music education, techniques, conducting,composition, music history, music theory,opera, and unclassified courses. A maximumof 4 credit hours in early instruments or balletmay be counted in this area.

16 School of Music

Bachelor of Music Education,Instrumental TeachingThis B.M.E. emphasis results in State ofIndiana K-12 All-Grades certification inInstrumental Music. Graduates are trained towork with instrumental music classes andensembles in public schools.Major Ensemble X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles (2 cr.) required everyfall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which student is registeredfor any course, music or non–music, exceptduring the student-teaching semester. Mustinclude four semesters of band with twosemesters in Marching Band for all exceptstring students.Performance Study Minimum of 2 credithours each semester until senior recital ispassed. Entrance audition, freshman jury,upper-division examination, senior recital.Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass the P105 KeyboardProficiency Examination (0 cr.) or I105Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.).Students whose primary performance area isnot guitar, piano, organ, or harpsichord musttake an examination for placement in P111Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 PianoClass 2, Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class3, Music Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4,Music Majors (2 cr.), or P100 Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study eachsemester until the P105 Keyboard ProficiencyExamination is passed.Other Secondary Performance Required forkeyboard or voice students: secondary band ororchestra instrument (2-2-2-2 cr.).Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.),T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.),T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.),T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 MusicalSkills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory andLiterature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I(4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II(4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required inT109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 MusicalSkills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 MusicalSkills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV.Other Music Courses 20 credit hours. E131Introduction to Music Education (2 cr.), E231General Music Methods K-12 (2 cr.), E312Arranging for Instrumental and Vocal Groups(2 cr.), E458 Pedagogy of Jazz (2 cr.) or F466Techniques in Marching Bands (2 cr.) (stringstudents may substitute E303 Violin Pedagogy(2 cr.) for E458 Pedagogy of Jazz or F466Techniques in Marching Bands), F261 String

Class Techniques (2 cr.), F281 Brass InstrumentTechniques (2 cr.), F337 WoodwindTechniques (2 cr.), F338 Percussion Techniques(2 cr.) (percussion students substitutesecondary instrument for F338 PercussionTechniques), G370 Techniques for Conducting(2 cr.), G373 Instrumental Conducting (2 cr.).School of Education Courses 29 credithours. Those courses marked with an asteriskhave admission to the Teacher EducationProgram of the School of Education, includingthe Preprofessional Skills Test (PPST), as aprerequisite. Education H340 Education andAmerican Culture (3 cr.), M201 Laboratory/Field Experience (1 cr.), M300 Teaching in aPluralistic Society (3 cr.), M301 Laboratory/Field Experience (0 cr.), M344* Methods andMaterials for Teaching Instrumental Music (3 cr.), M401* Laboratory/ Field Experience forSeniors (0 cr.), M434* Administration of SchoolBands (2 cr.) or M436* Administration ofSchool Orchestras (2 cr.), M464* Methods of Teaching Reading (3 cr.), M482* Student Teaching: All Grades (10 cr.), M471* Undergraduate Seminar inMusic Education (1 cr.), P254 EducationalPsychology for Teachers of All Grades (3 cr.).A minimum GPA of 2.5 is required in allEDUC courses. Instrumental and teaching areamajors are required to enroll in at least onesemester of Young Winds as partial fulfillmentof EDUC M301 Laboratory/Field Experience.General Education 30 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression 9 credit hours.English composition, 3 credit hours orcompetency; other written and oral expression,6 credit hours that must include Speech S121Public Speaking (3 cr.) or S122 InterpersonalCommunication (3 cr.).Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics9 credit hours: Life sciences, 3 credit hours;physical sciences and mathematics, 3 credithours; electives, 3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 9 credithours (must be chosen from three differentdepartments).To Complete Degree Free music ornon–music electives as needed to bring thetotal credit hours to 120, excluding majorensemble. Students must have a minimumcumulative GPA of 2.5 in all courses.

Bachelor of Music Education,Teaching AreaThis B.M.E. emphasis results in State ofIndiana K-12 All-Grades certification inChoral-General and Instrumental Music.Graduates are trained to work with generalmusic and instrumental classes and withchoral and instrumental ensembles in publicschools.

School of Music 19

Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithours.Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’To Complete Degree Free music ornon–music electives as needed to bring thetotal credit hours to 120, excluding majorensemble.

Bachelor of MusicEducation DegreesBachelor of Music Education,Choral-General TeachingThis B.M.E. emphasis results in State ofIndiana K-12 All-Grades certification inChoral-General Music. Graduates are trainedto work with general music classes and choralensembles in public schools.Major Ensemble X070 University ChoralEnsembles (2 cr.) required every fall semester,spring semester, and second summer sessionin which student is registered for any course,music or non–music, except during thestudent-teaching semester. Two of thesesemesters must be spent in the InternationalVocal Ensemble.Performance Study Minimum of 2 credithours each semester until senior recital ispassed. Entrance audition, freshman jury,upper-division examination, senior recital.Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass the P105 KeyboardProficiency Examination (0 cr.) or I105Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.).Students whose primary instrument is notguitar, piano, organ, or harpsichord must takean examination for placement in P111 PianoClass 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 Piano Class2, Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class 3,Music Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4, MusicMajors (2 cr.), or P100 Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study eachsemester until the P105 Keyboard ProficiencyExamination is passed.Other Secondary Performance Required forstudents who are not majoring in voice: VoiceV100 Voice Elective/Secondary (2-2-2 cr.) orV100 (2 cr.) and E494 Voice Pedagogy (3 cr.).Instrumental students must take bothsecondary piano and secondary voice.Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.),T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.),T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.),T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 MusicalSkills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and

Literature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I(4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II(4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required inT109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 MusicalSkills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 MusicalSkills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV.Other Music Courses 14 credit hours. E131Introduction to Music Education (2 cr.); E231General Music Methods K-12 (2 cr.); E312Arranging for Instrumental and Vocal Groups(2 cr.); F205 Introduction to InstrumentalTechniques (2 cr.); G370 Techniques forConducting (2 cr.); G371 Choral Conducting I(2 cr.); Y110 Elective Recorder, L100 ElectiveGuitar, or R241 Introduction to MusicalTheater (2 cr.).School of Education Courses 29 credithours. Education H340 Education andAmerican Culture (3 cr.), M201 Laboratory/Field Experience (1 cr.), M300 Teaching in aPluralistic Society (3 cr.), M342* Methods andMaterials for Teaching Elementary Music (3 cr.), M343* Methods and Materials forTeaching Choral Music (3 cr.), M464* Methodsof Teaching Reading (3 cr.), M482* StudentTeaching: All Grades (10 cr.), M471*Undergraduate Seminar in Music Education (1 cr.), P254 Educational Psychology forTeachers of All Grades (3 cr.). A minimumGPA of 2.5 is required in all EDUC courses.Those courses marked with an asterisk haveadmission to the Teacher Education Programof the School of Education, including thePreprofessional Skills Test (PPST), as aprerequisite.General Education 30 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression 9 credit hours.English composition, 3 credit hours orcompetency; other written and oral expression,6 credit hours which must include Speech S121Public Speaking (3 cr.) or S122 InterpersonalCommunication (3 cr.).Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics9 credit hours. Life sciences, 3 credit hours;physical sciences and mathematics, 3 credithours; electives, 3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 9 credithours (must be chosen from three differentdepartments).To Complete Degree Free music ornon–music electives as needed to bring thetotal credit hours to 120, excluding majorensemble. Students must have a minimumcumulative GPA of 2.5 in all courses.

18 School of Music

Application materials and informationconcerning prerequisites can be obtained fromSchool of Education Student Services, WrightEducation Building, Room 1005, IndianaUniversity, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; (812)856-8501.

In addition to the successful completion of theB.M.E. degree, teaching certification for theState of Indiana requires the recommendationof Indiana University and successfulcompletion of the core battery and thespecialty tests of the National TeacherExamination.

Students in music bachelor’s degree programsother than the B.M.E. who wish to obtaininformation on music teaching certificationshould contact the undergraduate advisor ofthe music education department.

Bachelor of ScienceDegreesBachelor of Science in Music and anOutside FieldThis curriculum provides a double focus inmusic and another area approved by thedirector of undergraduate studies. Outsidefields may be (1) an area other than music; (2) School of Music associate degrees intechnology (audio, costume construction,stagecraft, or string instrument technology); or(3) an interdisciplinary individualized musiccognate area. Applications for approval of anindividualized music cognate area areavailable in the School of Musicundergraduate office.Major Ensemble X0— (2 cr.) required everyfall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which the student isregistered for any course, music or non–music.Instrumental students, X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles; vocal students, X070University Choral Ensembles; keyboardstudents, X070 University Choral Ensemblesor, with permission of the choral department,X002 Piano Accompanying.Performance Study Instrument or voice:minimum of 2 credit hours each semester untilsenior recital is passed. Entrance audition,freshman jury, upper-division examination,senior recital. Students interested incomposition should consult the Director ofUndergraduate Studies.Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass the P105 KeyboardProficiency Examination (0 cr.) or I105Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.).Students whose primary performance area isnot guitar, piano, organ, or harpsichord musttake an examination for placement in P111

Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 PianoClass 2, Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class3, Music Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4,Music Majors (2 cr.), or P100 PianoElective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue studyeach semester until the P105 KeyboardProficiency Examination is passed.Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.),T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.),T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.),T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 MusicalSkills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory andLiterature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I(4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II(4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required inT109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 MusicalSkills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 MusicalSkills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV.Other Music Courses 17 credit hours.Minimum of 5 credit hours selected frommusic major undergraduate courses in thefollowing areas: church music, musiceducation, techniques, conducting,composition, music history, music theory,opera, and unclassified courses. A maximumof 12 credit hours may be selected inperformance study. For students whoseprimary performance area is not piano, P100Elective/Secondary Piano taken after theKeyboard Proficiency Equivalency is passedmay be used toward these 12 credit hours.General Education 24 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Twosemesters (4-4) or equivalent.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithours.Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’Outside Field 27 credit hours subject toapproval of the director of undergraduatestudies and the advisor of the outside fielddepartment or program).To Complete Degree Free music ornon–music electives as needed to bring thetotal credit hours to 120, excluding majorensemble.

Bachelor of Science and an OutsideField (Composition Emphasis)Students who wish to pursue the Bachelor ofScience and an Outside Field and whose area

School of Music 21

Major Ensemble X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles (2 cr.) or X070University Choral Ensembles (2 cr.) requiredevery fall semester, spring semester, andsecond summer session in which student isregistered for any course, music or non–music,except during the student-teaching semester.Must include four semesters of band with twosemesters in Marching Band for all exceptstring students and four semesters of chorus,two of which must be the International VocalEnsemble.Performance Study Minimum of 2 credithours each semester until senior recital ispassed. Entrance audition, freshman jury,upper-division examination, senior recital.Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass the P105 KeyboardProficiency Examination (0 cr.) or I105Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.).Students whose primary performance area isnot guitar, piano, organ, or harpsichord musttake an examination for placement in P111Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 PianoClass 2, Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class3, Music Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4,Music Majors (2 cr.), or P100 Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study eachsemester until the P105 Keyboard ProficiencyExamination is passed.Other Secondary Performance Required forvoice students: post-techniques-levelsecondary instrument (2-2-2 cr.). Required forinstrumental students: V100 Voice Elective/Secondary or V101 Voice Class (2-2-2 cr.); orV100 Voice Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) or V101Voice Class and E494 Voice Pedagogy (3 cr.).Required for keyboard students: post-techniques-level secondary instrument (2-2-2 cr.) and V100 Voice or V101 Voice class(2-2-2 cr.); or V100 Voice Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) or V101 Voice class (2 cr.) and E494Voice Pedagogy (3 cr.).Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.),T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.),T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.),T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 MusicalSkills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory andLiterature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I(4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II(4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required inT109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 MusicalSkills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 MusicalSkills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV.Other Music Courses 22 credit hours. E131Introduction to Music Education (2 cr.), E231General Music Methods K-12 (2 cr.), E312Arranging for Instrumental and Vocal Groups

(2 cr.), E458 Pedagogy of Jazz (2 cr.) or F466Techniques in Marching Bands (2 cr.) (stringstudents may substitute E303 Violin Pedagogy(2 cr.) for E458 Pedagogy of Jazz or F466Techniques in Marching Bands), F261 StringClass Techniques (2 cr.), F281 Brass InstrumentTechniques (2 cr.), F337 WoodwindTechniques (2 cr.), F338 Percussion Techniques(2 cr.) (percussion students substitutesecondary instrument for F338 PercussionTechniques), G370 Techniques for Conducting(2 cr.), G371 Choral Conducting I (2 cr.), G373Instrumental Conducting (2 cr.).School of Education Courses 34 credithours. Education H340 Education andAmerican Culture (3 cr.), M201 Laboratory/Field Experience (1 cr.), M300 Teaching in aPluralistic Society (3 cr.), M301 Laboratory/Field Experience (0 cr.), M342* Methods andMaterials for Teaching Elementary Music (3 cr.), M343* Methods and Materials forTeaching Choral Music (2 cr.), M344* Methodsand Materials for Teaching Instrumental Music(3 cr.), M401* Laboratory/ Field Experience forSeniors (0 cr.), M434* Administration of SchoolBands or M436* Administration of SchoolOrchestras (2 cr.), M464* Methods of TeachingReading (3 cr.), M482* Student Teaching: AllGrades (10 cr.), M471* Undergraduate Seminarin Music Education (1 cr.), P254 EducationalPsychology for Teachers-All Grades (3 cr.).A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 is requiredin all EDUC courses. Those courses markedwith an asterisk have admission to the TeacherEducation Program of the School of Education,including the Preprofessional Skills Test(PPST), as a prerequisite.General Education 30 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression 9 credit hours.English composition, 3 credit hours orcompetency; other written and oral expression,6 credit hours that must include Speech S121Public Speaking (3 cr.) or S122 InterpersonalCommunication (3 cr.).Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics9 credit hours. Life sciences, 3 credit hours;physical sciences and mathematics, 3 credithours; electives, 3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 9 credithours (must be chosen from three differentdepartments).To Complete Degree Free music ornon–music electives as needed to bring thetotal credit hours to 120, excluding majorensemble. Students must have a minimumcumulative GPA of 2.5 in all courses.

Teaching CertificationApplication for admission to the TeacherEducation Program of the School of Educationshould be made in the sophomore year.

20 School of Music

Jazz Studies Courses (16 cr.) E458 Pedagogyof Jazz (2 cr.), F201 Jazz Piano Class (1 cr.),F316 Jazz Arranging I (3 cr.), F321 JazzImprovisation I (2 cr.), F322 Jazz ImprovisationII (2 cr.), M393 History of Jazz (3 cr.), M395History of Jazz (3 cr.)

Outside Field 27 credit hours, subject toapproval of the director of undergraduatestudies and the advisor of the outside fielddepartment or program.

General Education 24 credit hours. (Seeseparate list of approved departments forgeneral education courses.)

Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.

Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Twosemesters of introductory foreign language (4-4 cr.) or by one semester of acceleratedstudy (4 or 5 cr.).

Humanities 3 credit hours

Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours

Social and Behavioral Science 3 credit hours

Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from“General Education Requirements.”

To Complete Degree Free music or non-music electives as needed to bring the totalcredit hours to 120, excluding major ensemble.

Bachelor of Arts in MusicThis curriculum is offered through the Collegeof Arts and Sciences. Information concerningadmission to the College may be obtained bycontacting the College of Arts and Sciences,Kirkwood Hall 001, Indiana University,Bloomington, Indiana 47405; (812) 855-1821.

Credits earned in ensemble, chamber music,and performance are considered outside theCollege of Arts and Sciences. A maximum of 20such credit hours may be counted toward thisdegree.Major Ensemble X0__ (2 cr.) required everyfall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which student is registeredfor any course, music or non–music.Instrumental students, X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles; vocal students, X070University Choral Ensembles; keyboardstudents, X070 University Choral Ensembles,or, with permission of the choral department,X002 Piano Accompanying.Chamber Music Ensemble F450 ChamberMusic Coaching (1 cr.). (Not required for voicemajors.)Performance Study Instrument or Voice: 4-16 credit hours. Students must register for

2 credit hours of performance study untilupper-division hearing is passed.Core Music Courses 26 credit hours. T151Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), T152Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), T251Music Theory and Literature III (3 cr.), T252Music Theory and Literature IV (3 cr.), T351Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401History and Literature of Music I (4 cr.), M402History and Literature of Music II (4 cr.),elective (3 cr.) selected from 300- or 400-levelcourses in music theory, music history, orcomposition.General Education See the College of Arts andSciences Bulletin for detailed information.Fundamental Skills Requirements:English Composition 3 credit hours.Intensive Writing 3 credit hours.Mathematics one approved course.Foreign Language four-semester sequence.Distribution Requirements (Must include onetopics course in each area and at least onecourse in each subarea.):Arts and Humanities 12 credit hours.Social and Historical Studies 12 credit hours. Natural and Mathematical Sciences 12-20credit hours.Culture Studies 6 credit hours. Two coursesfrom List A or one course from List A and onecourse from List B. See Lists A and B, pp. 13-17of the College of Arts and Sciences Bulletin.To Complete Degree A total of 122 credits isrequired, excluding credit in major ensemble.

Audio DegreesIn addition to meeting the generalrequirements for admission to the university,the student must follow the proceduresoutlined below. These procedures apply tostudents currently enrolled on theBloomington campus as well as to newfreshmen and transfer students.

In order to assess the quality of applicants, andinstead of a preadmission interviews, allinterested students are required to participatein the exploratory courses A101 Introductionto Audio Technology, A111 Basic Electricity,and T151 Music Theory and Literature I or, asan alternative only for those A.S. candidateswho have an insufficient music background,Z101 Music for the Listener and Z111Introduction to Music Theory. These coursesare taught only in the fall semester; it is notpossible to begin work in audio except at thattime. Mathematics M125 Pre-CalculusMathematics, or its equivalent, is aprerequisite for A111 Basic Electricity.Students not eligible for entry to the School ofMusic should make application to, and be

School of Music 23

of concentration is composition, are subject tothe following requirements in addition tocourses listed above under Core MusicCourses:Major Ensemble X0__ (2 cr.) required everyfall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which the student isregistered for any course, music or non-music.Instrumental students, X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles; vocal students, X070University Choral Ensembles; keyboardstudents, X070 University Choral Ensemblesor, with permission of the choral department,X002 Piano Accompanying.Composition Study K400: minimum of 2credit hours each semester until senior recitalis passed. Concurrent registration in I500Performance and Composition Masterclass (0 cr.), Composition Master Class, for everysemester of K400 Composition Major. K214-K215 Instrumentation I-II (2-2 cr.), K451-K452Advanced Orchestration I-II (2-2 cr.). Entranceinterview, upper-division examination, seniorrecital. Strongly recommended but notrequired: K133 Notation and Calligraphy (1),K231-K232 Free Counterpoint I-II (2-2 cr.).Performance Study Instrument or Voice:minimum of 2 credit hours each semester untilthe eighth semester B.S. or B.M.E. level iscertified by hearing; entrance audition,freshman jury, upper-divisional examination.Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass the P105 KeyboardProficiency Examination (0 cr.), I105 KeyboardProficiency Equivalency (0 cr.). Studentswhose primary performance area is not guitar,piano, organ, or harpsichord must take anexamination for placement in P111 Piano Class1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 Piano Class 2,Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class 3, MusicMajors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4, MusicMajors (2 cr.), or P100 Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study eachsemester until the P105 Keyboard ProficiencyExamination is passed.Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.),T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.),T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.),T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 MusicalSkills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory andLiterature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I(4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II(4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required inT109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 MusicalSkills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 MusicalSkills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV.General Education 24 credit hours.

Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithours.Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from“General Education Requirements.”Outside Field 27 credit hours, subject toapproval of the director of undergraduatestudies and the advisor of the outside-fielddepartment or program).To Complete Degree Free music or non-music electives as needed to bring the totalcredit hours to 120, excluding major ensemble.

Bachelor of Science in Music and anOutside Field (Jazz StudiesEmphasis)Entrance to the curriculum only by permissionof department chairperson.

Major Ensemble X0__ (2 cr.) Required everyfall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which the student isregistered for any course, music or non-music.A minimum of four semesters of jazz band isrequired.

Performance Study Minimum of 2 credithours each semester until senior recital ispassed. Entrance audition, freshman jury,upper-division examination, senior jazz recital.

Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass the P105 KeyboardProficiency Examination. Students whoseprimary instrument is not piano must take anexamination for placement in P111 Piano Class1 Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 Piano Class 2Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class 3 MusicMajors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4 Music Majors(2 cr.), or P100 Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.)and continue study each semester until theKeyboard Proficiency Examination is passed.Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.),T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.),T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.),T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 MusicalSkills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory andLiterature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I(4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II(4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required inT109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 MusicalSkills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 MusicalSkills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV.

22 School of Music

apply to students in the audio department. Seeabove for details on admission to the A.S. inAudio Technology degree.Audio Courses 38 credit hours. Required:A101 Introduction to Audio Technology (2 cr.),A102 Audio Techniques I (3 cr.), A111 BasicElectricity (2 cr.), A112 Electronics I (3 cr.),A201 Advanced Audio Theory (3 cr.), A211Electronics II (3 cr.), A270 Audio Techniques II(3 cr.), A311 Audio Repair and Maintenance I(3 cr.), A360 Recording Techniques (2 cr.),A370 Studio Techniques I (2 cr.), A380 FinalProject in Audio Technology (1 cr.), A470Studio Techniques II (2 cr.), and A480Internship in Audio (2 cr.). With permission ofthe audio department chairperson, studentsmay replace A370 (2 cr.), A380 (1 cr.), A470 (2 cr.), and A480 (2 cr.), with A460 (7 cr.).Elective: a minimum of 7 credits selected fromA312 Audio Repair and Maintenance II (3 cr.),A320 Electronic Studio Technique for AudioMajors (2 cr.), A321 Media Techniques (3 cr.),A361 Advanced Recording Projects (2 cr.), oralternatives approved by the audiodepartment chairperson.Ensemble X090 Audio Technical Crewrequired each semester of enrollment. Aminimum of four semesters is required.Core Music Courses Z101 Music for theListener I (3 cr.) and Z111 Introduction toMusic Theory (3 cr.) or, for students withsufficient music background, T109 Rudimentsof Music I (3 cr.) and T151 Music Theory andLiterature I (3 cr.).General Education 17 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics5-10 credit hours. Required physics courses:P105 Basic Physics of Sound (3 cr.) and P108Intermediate Acoustics Laboratory (2 cr.);recommended: P201 General Physics (5 cr.) orP221 Physics I (5 cr.).Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithours.Electives 0-4 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’To Complete Degree Free music or non-music electives as needed to bring the totalcredit hours to 55, excluding major ensemble.

Ballet DegreesBachelor of Science in BalletAdmission to the curriculum only bypermission of the Department of Balletchairperson. A background in music is not aprerequisite for admission to the degreeprogram.

Major Ensemble X030 Ballet Ensemble (2 cr.)required every fall semester, spring semester,and second summer session in which studentis registered for any music or non–musiccourse.Performance Study 60 credit hours. BalletJ210 Jazz Dance (1-1 cr.), J340 Practicum (2-2-2-2 cr.), J400 Ballet (Major) (6-6-6-6-6-6-6-4 cr.),J410 Choreography Workshop (2-2 cr.).Entrance audition, freshman jury, upper-division hearing, graduation examination J401Ballet Major: Graduation Examination (0 cr.).Secondary Piano Secondary Piano (2-2 cr.).Other Music Courses 10 credit hours.Selected from School of Music courses forwhich the student has appropriatebackground.General Education 24 credit hours. Thesecredit hours are in addition to specifiedcourses in the theater department. (Seeseparate list of approved departments forgeneral education courses.)Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Twosemesters (4-4) or equivalent.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithours.Electives 5-11 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’Other Non–Music Courses 20 credit hours.17 credit hours of theatre courses required.T100 Introduction to Theatre (4 cr.), T120Acting I (3 cr.), T220 Acting II (3 cr.), T230Stage Costuming I (3 cr.), and T533 Studies inStage Costuming (3 cr.) recommended. To Complete Degree Music or non–musiccourses, as needed, to bring the total credithours to 120, excluding major ensemble.

Bachelor of Science in Music and anOutside Field (Ballet Emphasis)Admission to the curriculum only bypermission of the Department of Balletchairperson. A background in music is not aprerequisite for admission to the degreeprogram.Major Ensemble X030 Ballet Ensemble (2 cr.)required every fall semester, spring semester,and second summer session in which studentis registered for any music or non–musiccourse.Performance Study 52 credit hours. BalletJ210 Jazz Dance (1-1 cr.), J400 Ballet (Major) (6-6-6-6-6-6-4-4 cr.), J340 Practicum (2-2 cr.),J410 Choreography Workshop (2 cr.). Entranceaudition, freshman jury, upper-division

School of Music 25

accepted into, the University Division ofIndiana University as an exploratory student.Audio may be listed as the intended major, butthis does not guarantee acceptance into adegree program past the first semester courses.

Admission to the program is determined at theend of the first semester and is based on thefollowing factors: (1) quality of work in A101Introduction to Audio Technology, A111 BasicElectricity, and T151 Music Theory andLiterature I or, as an alternative only for thoseA.S. candidates who have an insufficient musicbackground, Z101 Music for the Listener andZ111 Introduction to Music Theory; (2)demonstrated interest in the school’s audioactivities; (3) overall academic and musicalrecord; and (4) personal interview. Only alimited number of students can be acceptedinto courses beyond the first semester becauseof limitations on studio equipment and space.

Decisions related to the selection of thosestudents qualifying for major status areannounced prior to the beginning of the springsemester. All candidates are informed by letteras to the success or failure of their application.

For further information and dates oforientation meetings, contact the AudioDepartment, School of Music, IndianaUniversity, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; (812) 855-1087.

Bachelor of Science in AudioRecordingSee the statement above for details onadmission to the B.S. in Audio Recordingdegree. Admission to the fifth semester of theprogram is based on (1) grades in all audiotechnology and music courses in the first foursemesters; (2) upper-division examinationincluding hearing of recordings produced bythe candidate; and (3) overall academic record.Although audition as a music major is notrequired, other requirements for admission,academic regulations, and academic standingfor the School of Music apply to students inthe audio department.Audio Recording 50 credit hours. A101Introduction to Audio Technology (2 cr.), A102Audio Techniques I (3 cr.), A201 AdvancedAudio Theory (3 cr.), A270 Audio Techniques II(3 cr.), A111 Basic Electricity (2 cr.), A112Electronics I (3 cr.), A211 Electronics II (3 cr.),A311 Audio Repair and Maintenance I (3 cr.),A450 Recording Arts-Repertoire (2-2-2-2-2-2 cr.),A460 Recording Arts-Techniques (4-4-4-3 cr.),A461 Senior Project in Recording Arts (1 cr.).Major Ensemble X090 Audio TechnicalCrew (2 cr.) required every fall semester,spring semester, and second summer sessionin which student is registered for any music ornon–music course.

Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.),T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.),T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.),T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 MusicalSkills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory andLiterature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I(4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II(4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required inT109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 MusicalSkills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 MusicalSkills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV.Upper-Division Hearing Admission to thefifth semester of the program is based on (1) grades in all audio technology and musiccourses in the first four semesters; (2) upper-division examination including hearing ofrecordings produced by the candidate; and (3) overall academic record.Cognate Areas 16 credit hours in CognateAreas I and II.Cognate Area I Music: Minimum of 6 credithours must be taken in other music courses.Recommended areas: performance study,music theory, music history and literature,conducting, score reading, and orchestration.Cognate Area II Nonmusic: Minimum of 6credit hours must be taken in the areas ofbusiness, computer science, mathematics,physics, or psychology, in addition to thegeneral education requirements below.General Education 24 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Twosemesters (4-4) or equivalent.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics5-10 credit hours. Required physics courses:P105 Basic Physics of Sound (3 cr.) and P108Intermediate Acoustics Laboratory (2 cr.);recommended: P201 General Physics (5 cr.) orP221 Physics I (5 cr.).Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithours.Electives 0-9 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’To Complete Degree Music or non–musiccourses, as needed, to bring the total credithours to 120, excluding major ensemble.

Associate of Science, AudioTechnologyAlthough audition and admission as a musicmajor are not required, other requirements foradmission, academic regulations, andacademic standing for the School of Music

24 School of Music

To Complete Degree Free music or non-musicelectives as needed to bring the total credithours to 55, excluding major ensemble.

Associate of Science, CostumeConstruction TechnologyEntrance to the curriculum only with thepermission of the department chairperson.This program is offered jointly by the School ofMusic and the Department of ApparelMerchandising and Interior Design. A studentin this program must enroll through the Schoolof Music for a minimum of two semesters.Major Ensemble X080 Opera Technical Crewrequired each semester of enrollment. Aminimum of four semesters is required.Costume Construction Courses and OtherMusic Courses 15 credit hours. R320Workshop in Scenic Technique (3-3 cr.), R325-R326 Opera/Ballet Costume Construction I-II(3-3 cr.), U371 Costume ConstructionGraduation Examination (0 cr.), Z101 Musicfor the Listener I (3 cr.).General Education 20 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Humanities 6 credit hours. Required: T210Appreciation of the Theatre (3 cr.); elective: 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithours.Electives 6-8 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’Other Non–Music Courses 21 credit hoursselected from H203 Textiles (3 cr.), H207Apparel Structure Principles (3 cr.), H303Experimental Apparel Structure (3 cr.), H306Tailoring (3 cr.), H311 History of Textiles andCostume I (3 cr.), H340 History of Textiles andCostume II (3 cr.), H407 Creative Applicationand Design-Pattern Drafting (3 cr.).To Complete Degree Free music or non-music electives as needed to bring the totalcredit hours to 55, excluding major ensemble.

String Technical DegreeAssociate of Science, StringInstrument TechnologyEntrance to curriculum only with permissionof department chairperson. A student in thisprogram must enroll through the School ofMusic for a minimum of two semesters.String Instrument Technology 30 credithours. U470 Violin Repair I-II-III-IV (6-6-6-6cr.), U274-U275 History of Violin Making I-II(3-3 cr.), U391 String Instrument TechnologyGraduate Examination (0 cr.).

Major Ensemble X091 String RepairTechnical Crew required each semester ofenrollment. A minimum of four semesters isrequired. Secondary Performance 12 credit hours.Option I: Upper strings selected from S110Violin Elective/Secondary or S120 ViolaElective/Secondary (2-2-2-2 cr.) and lowerstrings selected from S130 Cello Elective/Secondary or S140 Double Bass Elective/Secondary (2-2 cr.). Option II: Lower stringsselected from S130 Cello Elective/Secondaryor S140 Double Bass Elective/Secondary (2-2-2-2 cr.) and upper strings selected fromS110 Violin Elective/Secondary or S120 ViolaElective/Secondary (2-2 cr.).Core Music Courses 6 credit hours. Z101Music for the Listener I (3 cr.) and Z111Introduction to Music Theory (3 cr.); or, forstudents with sufficient music background,T109 Rudiments of Music I (3 cr.) and T151Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.).General Education 17 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithours.Electives 6-8 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’To Complete Degree Free music or non-music electives as needed to bring the totalcredit hours to 55, excluding major ensemble.

School of Music 27

hearing, graduation examination J401 BalletMajor: Graduation Examination (0 cr.).Secondary Piano Secondary Piano (2-2 cr.).Other Music Courses 10 credit hours.Selected from School of Music courses forwhich the student has appropriatebackground. General Education 24 credit hours. (Seeseparate list of approved departments forgeneral education courses.)Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Twosemesters (4-4 cr.) or equivalent.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithours.Electives 5-11 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’Outside Field 35 credit hours (see “Bachelorof Science in Music and an Outside Field”).To Complete Degree Music or non–musiccourses, as needed, to bring the total credithours to 120, excluding major ensemble.

Opera Technical DegreesBachelor of Science in Music inOpera Scenic TechniqueEntrance to the curriculum only by permissionof the department chairperson after aninterview and portfolio review. A backgroundin music is not a prerequisite for admission tothe degree. Before graduation, students mustdemonstrate ability by productionperformance to follow piano/vocal score fortechnical management purposes.

Major Ensemble X080 Opera Technical Crew(2 cr.) required every fall semester, springsemester, and second summer session in whichstudent is registered for any music ornon–music course.Scenic Design Courses and Other MusicCourses 71 credit hours. R300 Scenic Designfor Opera (3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3 cr.), R320 Workshopin Scenic Technique (3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3 cr.), R330Seminar in History of Stage Design andArchitecture (2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2 cr.), R463Individual Project in Opera Stage Design(1 cr.), R464 Individual Project in OperaTechnical Direction (1 cr.), Z101 Music for theListener I (3 cr.), Z111 Introduction to MusicTheory (3 cr.).General Education 35 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.

Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Theequivalent of two semesters’ study of onelanguage: French, German, or Italian.Humanities 19 credit hours: F100Fundamental Studio-Drawing (3 cr.), F101Fundamental Studio-3D (3 cr.), F102Fundamental Studio-2D (3 cr.), cultural optioncourses, 10 credit hours as recommended bydepartment.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithours.Electives 0-4 credit hours.To Complete Degree Free music ornon–music electives as needed to bring thetotal credit hours to 120, excluding majorensemble.

Associate of Science, StagecraftTechnologyEntrance to curriculum only with permissionof department chairperson. A background inmusic is not a prerequisite for admission to theprogram. A student in this program mustregister through the School of Music for aminimum of two semesters.Major Ensemble X080 Opera Technical Crewrequired each semester of enrollment. Aminimum of four semesters is required. X090Audio Technical Crew must also be takenconcurrently with A101 Introduction to AudioTechnology.Stagecraft Courses and Other Music Courses30 credit hours. A101 Introduction to AudioTechnology (2 cr.), A111 Basic Electricity (3 cr.), U101-U102 Scenery Construction I-II (4-4 cr.), U104-U105 Stage Lighting I-II (3-3 cr.),U107-U108 Stage Rigging I-II (2-2 cr.), U131Theater Drafting (2 cr.), U133 Survey ofTheatrical Styles (2 cr.), U381 StagecraftTechnology Graduation Examination (0 cr.),Z101 Music for the Listener I (3 cr.).General Education 17 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Humanities 6 credit hours. Required: T210Appreciation of the Theatre (3 cr.); elective: 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics3 credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credithours.Electives 3-5 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’Other Electives 9 credit hours. Relatedcourses as approved by the departmentchairperson.

26 School of Music

Admission CategoriesUpon receipt of the completed application,Graduate Record Examination test scores (ifrequired), transcript, and audition or interviewresults, the School of Music Admissions andRecruitment Committee may grant regularadmission, conditional admission, oradmission on probation, or may reject theapplication. Certain departments haveadditional requirements for regular admissionto their majors. See individual degrees forfurther information.

Conditional AdmissionCandidates completing a bachelor’s degree inthe Undergraduate Division of the School ofMusic may apply for conditional admission tothe Graduate Division of the School of Musicand may enroll for graduate credit for thatportion of their program not required forcompletion of the bachelor’s degree, providedthey meet the following requirements:1. They are within one semester of meeting

degree requirements and have completedthe final recital requirement. Unlessrequirements for the bachelor’s degree arecompleted within that semester, graduatecredit earned may not be counted towardan advanced degree.

2. The total course load does not exceed thatordinarily taken by a full-time graduatestudent.

Any graduate courses taken by under-graduates prior to their admission to theGraduate Division are counted only toward anundergraduate degree.

Admission on ProbationA student who does not have anundergraduate and graduate grade pointaverage of 3.0 or better may be admitted onprobation in exceptional cases. Probationarystudents must be enrolled full time duringtheir first semester and must achieve aminimum grade-point average of 3.0 for thatsemester. Students who are admitted onprobation and who incur academic probationduring their first semester of study are subjectto dismissal. See ‘‘Probation and Dismissal.’’

Time Limit for AcceptanceStudents who do not matriculate within one year ofacceptance must repeat entrance auditions andother admission requirements.

Visiting StudentsA limited number of graduate-level studentswith interest in advanced work in musicperformance or academic study may beadmitted as visiting students, subject to thefollowing:

1. Visiting students at the graduate level mustaudition for a faculty committee, beaccepted by a particular faculty member forinstruction, and be approved by theAdmissions and Recruitment Committee ofthe School of Music. Visiting students arenot required to take proficiencyexaminations in music theory, musichistory and literature, or English. For thesummer session, visiting students may beadmitted only if they have been acceptedby an individual faculty member. Visitingstudents who wish to continue studyduring the regular academic year mustaudition for a faculty committee.

2. Graduate visiting students must registerfor a minimum of 9 credit hours persemester (4 credit hours in the summer)including major ensemble courses.

3. Graduate visiting students may attend amaximum of two semesters during theacademic year and four summer sessions.

4. Graduate visiting students are not eligiblefor financial aid from the School of Musicduring the fall and spring semesters.

5. Credits earned as a graduate visitingstudent may be applied toward a degree ordiploma only with the permission of thedirector of graduate studies. Graduatevisiting students wishing to change todegree or diploma status must completethe application process of the School ofMusic and Indiana University.

Proficiency ExaminationsAll new graduate degree students (M.S.students excepted), including graduates ofIndiana University, are required to take anumber of examinations that serve asproficiency tests or prerequisites for entranceto certain graduate courses. Theseexaminations include music history andliterature, music theory, and keyboardproficiencies. Students whose major field is notmusic performance also take a musicperformance proficiency.

Music History and LiteratureEntrance Proficiency and MusicTheory Entrance ProficiencyThe music history and literature and musictheory proficiencies may be satisfied in any ofthe following ways:1. Prior to matriculation, or during the first

semester of enrollment, students may takethe GRE Revised Subject Test in Music. Ascore of 600 or higher on this test satisfiesboth history and theory proficiencies, withthe exception of sight singing. The sightsinging exam must be taken in person.

2. Students may take and pass the graduateentrance exams no later than the beginning

School of Music 29

Admission RequirementsAll persons with a bachelor’s degree in musicfrom an accredited college, university,conservatory, or its demonstrated equivalentare eligible to apply for admission to theGraduate Division of the School of Music,which administers master’s degrees, doctoraldegrees, and diploma programs. Students witha non–degree-based conservatory education(resulting in advanced diplomas inperformance, music history, and music theory)who can satisfy an undergraduate equivalentin music may be considered for entrance intothe Master of Music program with the consentof the School of Music Admissions Committee,the director of graduate studies, the dean ofthe School of Music, and the dean of theUniversity Graduate School.

Students with undergraduate degrees in areasother than music may be admitted to theSchool of Music as nondegree students until anundergraduate equivalency in music issatisfied. If the student is fully prepared in themajor area, the nondegree status will be at thegraduate level. If there are undergraduatedeficiencies in the major area, the student willbe considered a nondegree undergraduatestudent. Deficiencies relative to such anequivalency may exist in the major field, in aperformance area (for students majoring inareas other than performance), or in theundergraduate music core curriculum. Pleaseconsult the graduate office for the details ofequivalency requirements.

ApplicationThe completed Application for Admissionwith Graduate Standing form should bereceived by the director of admissions of theSchool of Music by March 1 (December 15 forcomposition; January 15 for musicology;February 1 for music theory, and musiceducation students) for entrance the followingfall semester, by November 1 for the springsemester, and by April 15 for the summersession only. International students shouldalso apply to the Indiana University Office ofAdmissions. Applicants whose nativelanguage is not English must submit theresults of the Test of English as a ForeignLanguage (TOEFL). A paper-based test scoreof 560 or a computer-based score of 223 isnecessary for regular admission. A paper-based score of 460 or computer-based score of140 is required of those applying to thediploma programs.

Indiana University School of Music master’sstudents applying for admission to the D.M. donot need to repeat the entire formal admissionsprocess. Information on specific requirements

may be obtained from the Music AdmissionsOffice or the Music Graduate Office.

Transcript, GRE ExaminationA transcript of previous college and universitywork must accompany the application. M.A.,M.A.T., and Ph.D. applicants should checkwith the graduate office for instructions aboutadmittance to the University Graduate School.

Each applicant for admission to the GraduateDivision of the School of Music with anundergraduate academic record containingmore than 10 percent of ‘‘pass,’’ ‘‘satisfactory,’’or ‘‘credit’’ entries in lieu of letter grades mustsubmit (1) a written evaluation or customaryletter grade by the instructor in at least 90percent of all courses and (2) scores on theGraduate Record Examination. Bothrequirements must be met before the student’sapplication for admission can be considered.

Entering students in music education (exceptM.A.T.), music theory, and musicology arerequired to take both the Graduate RecordExamination (GRE) and the GRE RevisedSubject Test in Music. The GRE RevisedSubject Test in Music is not required for allother graduate majors but is stronglyencouraged. Students receiving a score of 600or higher are exempt from IU School of Musicproficiency examinations in music history andliterature and in music theory (except sightsinging). Scores for this test are also acceptedduring the first semester only of a student’senrollment. Visiting students, as well asstudents in M.A. Arts Administration, M.S.degrees, and the diploma programs, are notsubject to these proficiency examinations.

AuditionAll students applying for graduate degrees ordiplomas with a major in music performanceor for visiting student status must audition foradmission. Information on audition dates andprocedures is available from the School ofMusic admissions office. A high-qualitycassette tape may be used for preliminaryacceptance; however, a personal audition isrequired for official acceptance. See individualdegrees for specific requirements.

Other Admission RequirementsStudents applying for graduate degrees in thefields of choral conducting, composition, earlymusic, instrumental conducting, musiceducation, music theory, musicology, opera,voice, woodwinds, arts administration, musicand library science, music theater stagetechniques, and stage direction for opera mustmeet other admission requirements orprerequisites as specified in the description ofthe individual degrees.

28 School of Music

Graduate Division

additional music performance study in eachperiod of enrollment as a prerequisite to thedesired degree.

General Requirementsfor Master’s DegreesDegrees OfferedThe School of Music offers the Master of Musicdegree with majors in music performance,conducting (choral, instrumental and wind),early music, jazz studies, organ and churchmusic, composition, and music theory; theMaster of Music Education degree; the Masterof Science degree with majors in ballet, musictheater scenic techniques, and stage directionfor opera. Through the University GraduateSchool, students may seek the Master of Artsdegree with majors in musicology, musictheory, or arts administration; or the Master ofArts for Teachers degree. Master of Musicstudents may elect a second major from thoseavailable on the Master of Music degree.Combined degrees are available in the Masterof Library Science with the Master of Arts inMusic Theory or Musicology.

Credit Hour RequirementsThe minimum requirement for a master’sdegree is 30 credit hours excluding requiredcredit hours in prerequisite or review coursesand major ensemble. All master’s degreesinclude studies in a major field, a corecurriculum common to all majors, and asecondary concentration of 6 credits referred toas a cognate. Individual degrees may requiremore credit hours. Courses counted for credittoward the master’s degree are numbered 500or above. Upon approval of the director ofgraduate studies and the department thatoffers equivalent courses in the School ofMusic, master’s students may transfer coursework taken for graduate credit at otherinstitutions. M.M., M.M.E., and M.S. studentsmay transfer up to 6 credit hours; M.A. andM.A.T. students may transfer up to 8 credithours. No course may be transferred unlessthe grade is B or higher. Applied lessons,chamber music, ensemble, and similar coursesmay not be transferred for degree credit normay transfer courses satisfy entranceproficiencies in music history and literatureand music theory.

Residence RequirementThe minimum requirement for a master’sdegree is two semesters or four summersessions in residence. With permission of thedirector of graduate studies, a student maycount toward the residence requirement up to6 credit hours of graduate work completed atany regional campus of Indiana University.

Required GradesMajor Each course in the major field musthave a grade of B or better to fulfill degreerequirements.

Core Each course in the core requirementmust have a grade of C or better to fulfilldegree requirements.

Cognate Each course in a cognate or minorfield must have a grade of C or better to fulfilldegree requirements. In addition, coursescounting toward a cognate or minor field musthave at least an average of B. Departmentsoffering the cognate or minor may require ahigher grade average.

Language Proficiencies Each grammar orgraduate reading course must have a grade ofC or better to fulfill degree requirements. ForM.A. students, the grade must be B or better.

Comprehensive ReviewPrior to graduation, all master’s degreestudents must pass an oral or writtenexamination. It is the responsibility of thestudent to consult with the major fielddepartment to ascertain the proceduresestablished within that department. Thisconsultation should be accomplished withinthe first year of residency.

Time Limit for Degree CompletionStudents admitted to a master’s degreeprogram must complete all degreerequirements within seven years afterbeginning graduate study. Students who donot complete their work within the prescribedtime limits must be readmitted to the majorfield (through interview, submission ofdocuments, or audition, as appropriate to themajor) and meet current degree requirementsand make any other curricular changesindicated by the departmental chairperson andthe director of graduate studies. Petitions forexceptions must be sent to the director ofgraduate studies, who considers them on acase-by-case basis, giving preference tocontinued professional involvement in music.If granted, extensions last no more than oneyear. In addition, any course taken more thanseven years earlier must be revalidatedaccording to the procedures of the departmentoffering the course.

General Requirementsfor Doctoral DegreesThe Graduate Division of the School of Musicoffers course work leading to the degree ofDoctor of Music in the areas of music literatureand performance, music literature andpedagogy (brass instruments only),composition, and conducting. Available major

School of Music 31

of the second semester of enrollment. Thetheory tests may be taken twice. Thehistory test may be taken only once,preferably at the beginning of the firstsemester of enrollment.

3. Students may enroll in and pass thegraduate review courses, as listed in thesection below.

4. Petitions for exceptions to this policy willnot be entertained.

Music TheoryThese examinations are based on theassumption that each candidate has had atleast two years of training in music theory atthe undergraduate level. There are threeexaminations. The first examination coverswritten work and analysis, the second coversdictation, and the third covers sight singing.Details are available in the music theory officeand on the IU Home Page on the Web.

A grade of C or better is required in eachexamination. Students who do not achieve thislevel or who do not take the examinations maymeet the proficiency requirements in one oftwo ways:1. Complete, with a grade of C or better, the

required proficiency course(s) T508 WrittenMusic Theory Review for GraduateStudents and T509 Sight-Singing Reviewfor Graduate Students and, with a grade ofD or better, T511 Aural Music TheoryReview for Graduate Students (minimumgrade of C for musicology majors, M.A.s,and Ph.D.s).

2. Retake the proficiency examination(s).Students who do not pass the retakeexamination(s) according to the schedulestated in item 2 in “ProficiencyExaminations” must take T508 WrittenMusic Theory Review for GraduateStudents, T509 Sight-Singing Review forGraduate Students, and/or T511 AuralMusic Theory Review for GraduateStudents.

The required minimum grade in written workand dictation for the examination, for theretake examination, or for the proficiencycourses (T508 and T511), is a B for thefollowing degrees: M.M. in composition,conducting (choral, instrumental, and wind),and music theory; D.M. in composition,conducting (choral, instrumental, opera, andwind); and Ph.D. in music theory.

Music History and Literature Thisexamination covers music history andliterature from antiquity to the present.Questions deal with historical fact,identification of literature, and stylerecognition. Students who fail to meetminimum requirements (a grade of C or better)on the examination are required to enroll in

M541 Music History Review for GraduateStudents I and/or M542 Music History Reviewfor Graduate Students II and make a grade ofC or better in the course.

Keyboard Proficiency ExaminationAll music graduate students (except M.S.candidates) must pass a keyboard proficiencyexamination. Most students will take theexamination on piano. Early music majors maytake the examination on the harpsichord orlute, guitar majors on the guitar, organ majorson the organ, and harp majors on the harp.Musicology students take a departmentallyadministered exam.

The keyboard proficiency examination isdesigned to ensure the student’s ability to usethe keyboard as a tool within the framework ofprofessional activities, and the requirementsvary according to level and area of musicstudy. The examination is normally offered inthe latter part of each semester or in summersession II. Entering students who are preparedto do so may take the exam during theorientation period. For details, see thesecondary piano coordinator or thedepartmental chairpersons (for early music,guitar, organ, musicology, and harp).

When keyboard proficiency requirements areidentical for two degrees, a student seekingboth degrees need not repeat the keyboardproficiency examination if it has been passedfor one of the degrees. Students who fail thekeyboard proficiency examination mayregister, with the advice of the secondarypiano coordinator or the chairperson, forappropriate courses to assist in developing therequired skills.

Students who are candidates for musicgraduate degrees for areas other thanperformance and whose performanceproficiency instrument (see “MusicPerformance Proficiency” below) is piano mustalso complete the keyboard proficiencyrequirement.

Music Performance ProficiencyAll candidates for music graduate degrees inareas other than music performance arerequired to demonstrate in person to a facultyauditioning committee a minimum level ofmusic performance ability equivalent to theend of the fourth year for B.M.E. or B.S.students in that area. The area must be one inwhich instruction is offered on the 400 level inthe School of Music. Students must take thisexamination during the final week of their firstsemester of registration. A faculty member inthe student’s major area shall be a votingmember of the examination committee. Failureto meet the required level will automaticallyindicate probationary status and will require

30 School of Music

proposal, approves the dissertation ordocument for defense, conducts the defenseand final examination, and approves andgrades the dissertation or document.

The research committee for Ph.D. dissertationsis appointed by the dean of the UniversityGraduate School. See the University GraduateSchool Bulletin for further information on theappointment and constitution of thecommittee.

Structure of Doctoral CurriculaInformation regarding the structure of theDoctor of Philosophy and Doctor of MusicEducation degrees is available under therelevant departmental sections of this bulletin.All Doctor of Music degrees, however, share acommonality as set forth below. Specificrequirements relating to each category listedbelow may be found under departmentallistings. Further details of generalrequirements for the degree may be found inthe ‘‘Regulations and Procedures’’ section ofthis bulletin.A. Major Field 34-39 credit hours.B. Minor Field The Doctor of Music degree

requires a minor in music history andliterature, music theory, or musiceducation. Certain departments mayfurther restrict the choice of options for theminor field for their majors. For D.M.students who have completed master’sdegrees in one of these three fields, theappropriate department may, with theapproval of the director of graduatestudies, waive part or all of the doctoralminor course work and determine anappropriate department involvement in thewritten and oral qualifying examinations.Students will take additional courses in themajor field or in other areas to make up therequired 12 credit hours of the first minor.

C. Other Required Credits If the major is inmusic performance, neither minor may bein music performance. 12 credit hoursreflecting one of the following groupingsare required in addition to the major andspecified minor:1. A second formal minor;2. An individualized minor approved by a

faculty member with expertise in thearea of emphasis (this faculty member isresponsible for the minor-field writtenexamination) and the director ofgraduate studies;or

3. Guided electives not in the major field;choices are approved by the chairpersonof the student’s advisory committee andthe director of graduate studies.

If a student has a master’s degree in a fieldother than musicology, music education ormusic theory, the appropriate departmentmay, with the approval of the director ofgraduate studies, waive part or all of thedoctoral minor course work for the secondminor and determine an appropriatedepartmental involvement in the writtenand oral qualifying examinations. If themajor is in music performance, thissubstitute for a second minor may not beperformance. Students will take additionalcourses in the major field or in other areasto make up the required 12 credit hours ofthe second minor.

D. Language Proficiencies or Tool SubjectsE. Recital RequirementsF. Qualifying ExaminationsG. Written Project (Document, Essay,

Lecture/Recital or Composition)

Doctoral MinorsThe following is a partial list of minorsavailable within the School of Music. Forothers, consult with the director of graduatestudies.Minor in Composition The minor incomposition consists of (a) 12 credits of K810private composition lessons (3 credits of K554Advanced Orchestral Arranging for GraduateStudents may be substituted for 3 credits ofK810 at the recommendation of thecomposition faculty); (b) the publicperformance on student composition recitals of at least three compositions written whileenrolled in K810, to be graded as Pass/Fail bya committee of at least three compositionfaculty in attendance; and (c) a minor fieldexamination in two parts: (1) the compositionof a vocal work to an assigned text within a 24-hour period, and (2) the composition of ashort movement for chamber ensemble withina seven-day period. Both compositions will begraded Pass/Fail by a committee of at leastthree composition faculty.Minor in Jazz Studies The minor in jazzstudies must be selected from F521 AdvancedImprovisational Concepts (3 cr.), K512 JazzComposition (3 cr.), M582 The Bebop Era (3 cr.), M583 Duke Ellington (3 cr.), or M584Research in the History and Analysis of Jazz (3 cr.).Minor in Music Education The minor inmusic education must consist of 6 credit hoursselected from E518 Foundations of MusicEducation (3 cr.), E519 Psychology of Music (3 cr.), E530 Learning Processes in Music (3 cr.), E535 Measurement, Evaluation, andGuidance in Music (3 cr.), E616 Curriculum inMusic Education (3 cr.), E635 College MusicTeaching (3 cr.), and 6 credit hours of electivesin graduate music education.

School of Music 33

fields within these areas are listed underdepartmental headings in the ‘‘Curricula forGraduate Degrees in Music’’ section. TheSchool of Music also offers the Doctor of MusicEducation degree and, through the UniversityGraduate School, the Doctor of Philosophydegree in the areas of musicology, musiceducation, and music theory.

The Doctor of Music degree representsoutstanding accomplishment in musicperformance and academic studies. The holderof this degree should demonstrate not only ahigh level of performance competency in his orher instrumental area or in voice, but also abroad knowledge of the pertinent instrumentalor vocal repertoire, the ability to undertakeindependent research, and the ability tocommunicate his or her understandingeffectively in written and oral forms.

The Doctor of Music Education degree calls fora scholarly study of music teaching. Inaddition to providing for an understanding ofthe principles underlying successful teachingand the techniques necessary for systematicinquiry into those processes, the degreerequires an emphasis in an area of musiceducation: band conducting and literature,choral methodology, college music teaching, orsupervision and administration. The area ofemphasis must be different from that of themaster’s degree.

A Doctor of Philosophy degree representsbreadth of experience and training in the artsand sciences and is recommended for thoseplanning to enter a field involving research orscholarly writing as well as college teaching inmusicology, music theory, or music education.The dissertation required for the Ph.D. degreemust be original research of a quality and asignificance warranting publication.

Admission to CurriculumPrerequisites A master’s degree with thesame major or its demonstrated equivalent is aprerequisite for the doctoral degree. For adoctoral major not existing at the master’slevel, the prerequisites are those listed with thecurriculum. Students electing a change ofmajor at the doctoral level may demonstratethe equivalent of the prerequisite for the newmajor by special examinations or by passingprerequisite courses. In the event that astudent wishes to bypass the master’s degree,the first 30 credit hours of graduate work willbe considered the equivalent of the master’sdegree and will be subject to the requirementsand regulations that apply to the master’sdegree.

Credit and ResidenceThe doctoral degree may be conferred uponcompletion of at least 90 credit hours ofadvanced study (including the master’sdegree). At least 30 credit hours beyond themaster’s degree must be completed at IndianaUniversity, with at least two consecutivesemesters in residence. Up to 30 credit hoursmay be transferred from accreditedinstitutions. Each course to be transferred mustbe equivalent to a course offered at IndianaUniversity. Transfer for the D.M. and D.M.E.degrees is approved by the director ofgraduate studies and the department in whichthe equivalent course is offered. Departmentalpractices vary: an interview or examinationmay be required. Performance lessons,chamber music coaching, ensemble, andreview courses may not be transferred.

Required GradesMajor Each course in the major field musthave a grade of B or better to fulfill degreerequirements.

Minor Each course in a minor field musthave a grade of C or better to fulfill degreerequirements. In addition, courses countingtoward a minor field must have an average ofB. For purposes of computing the required Baverage in the minor fields, only those coursesaccepted in fulfillment of the degree will becounted. Departments offering the minor mayrequire a higher grade for their minor fields.

Tool Subjects and Guided Electives Eachcourse must have a grade of C or better tofulfill degree requirements.

Language Proficiencies Each grammar orgraduate reading course must have a grade ofC or better to fulfill degree requirements. ForPh.D. students, the grade must be B or better.

Advisory CommitteeAfter a student is admitted to a degreeprogram, a faculty advisory committee isappointed by the director of graduate studiesbased on a list submitted by the student. Thiscommittee administers the qualifyingexaminations and approves and grades anyrequired recitals or music performances.

Research CommitteeThe research committee for D.M. and D.M.E.candidates is appointed by the director ofgraduate studies based on a list submitted bythe student. The committee consists of threemembers from the major field, one of whomacts as chairperson, and one member from aminor or other outside field. The researchdirector is normally either the chairperson orthe outside member, depending on the natureof the topic and the expertise required. Theresearch committee approves the topic

32 School of Music

recommendation from the student’s teachermust be made to the departmental chairpersonbefore a departmental audition may bescheduled. All international students whose firstlanguage is not English must have a paper-based TOEFL score of 460 or computer-basedscore of 140 to be considered for admission andmust reach a paper-based TOEFL score of 510 ora computer-based score of 183 before thediploma can be granted. A candidate must be ahigh school graduate (U.S.) or the equivalent.Students with conservatory backgrounds areconsidered to be doing graduate-level work inthe Performer Diploma program, although theymight, depending on the circumstances, bedesignated by the university as undergraduates.

Recital The Performer Diploma programculminates in a recital I611 (0 cr.), which mustbe approved by a faculty committee accordingto the hearing procedures for Master of Musicrecitals. The minimum passing grade for therecital is A–.

Artist DiplomaAdmission Candidates are admittedconditionally to the Artist Diploma program ofthe School of Music through the normalaudition procedures. To be admitted, studentsmust be at a performance level equivalent toacceptance into a major internationalcompetition. Only on recommendation of adepartment of the School of Music may astudent be heard by the Artist DiplomaAudition Committee of the School of Music forfinal approval. This admission hearing musttake place in the first semester of residence. Allinternational students whose first language isnot English must have a paper-based TOEFLscore of 460 or a computer-based score of 140to be considered for admission and must reacha paper-based TOEFL score of 510 or acomputer-based score of 183 before thediploma can be granted. High school agestudents may be admitted to the ArtistDiploma program. While admission to thisprogram does not require a high school orGeneral Educational Development (GED)diploma, one of these must be acquired beforethe Artist Diploma can be granted.

RecitalsInstrumentalists I911 solo recitals (0-0-0 cr.,one concerto must be included as one of thesolo recitals); I921 Chamber Music recital(0 cr.). The minimum passing grade for allrecitals is A–.

Singers I911 solo recitals (0-0-0-0 cr.) Theminimum passing grade for all recitals is A–.

Course of Study for DiplomaProgramsPerformance Study 3-8 credit hours eachsemester. The minimum passing grade forperformance study is A–.

Language StudyInternational Students Concentrated Englishlanguage study is required until a paper-basedTOEFL score of 510 or a computer-based scoreof 183 is attained. Courses may be exemptedby examination.Voice Students Equivalent of one year each ofGerman, French, and Italian language study.Regardless of previous training, each voicestudent must pass a diction proficiency in eachlanguage.Instrumental Students whose first language isEnglish. One year or equivalent of a foreignlanguage. Courses may be exempted byexamination.Chamber Music Coaching F450 ChamberMusic Coaching/F550 Graduate ChamberMusic Coaching (each semester of enrollmentexcept Summer Session II). Not applicable tovoice majors. Harp students: F549 eachsemester; F550 may be substituted for F549only with permission of the department chair.Music Courses 6 credit hours. Courses inmusic on the undergraduate or graduate levelfor which the student has the necessaryprerequisites, such as music theory, musichistory, conducting, music education, or operaworkshop. Courses selected must be approvedby the director of graduate studies.Major Ensemble (each semester ofregistration)

Performer Diploma in ProfessionalOpera StudiesAdmission A live performance auditionevaluated by a regular departmental facultycommittee as equivalent to a Master of Musicentrance audition at a high level is required.Audition by tape will not be allowed for thisprogram of study. If changing from a degreeprogram at Indiana University to the PerformerDiploma in Professional Opera Studies, arecommendation from the student’s teachermust be made to the departmental chairpersonbefore a departmental audition may bescheduled. All international students whosefirst language is not English must have a paper-based TOEFL score of 510 or a computer-basedscore of 183 to be considered for admission.A Bachelor of Music degree or its demonstratedequivalent is a prerequisite to admission.

Tool Subjects Knowledge of French,German, and Italian grammar equivalent totwo semesters in each at the undergraduatelevel. Students having fewer than twosemesters with a grade of C or better in each ofthese languages at the undergraduate levelmust pass proficiency tests or the prescribedlanguage courses. Regardless of previoustraining, each student must pass either aproficiency examination or a diction course ineach language.

School of Music 35

Minor in Music History and Literature Theminor in music history and literature mustinclude four graduate courses in music historyand literature taught by members of themusicology faculty.Minor in Music Information TechnologyThe minor in music information technologyconsists of U520 Music Library InformationProcessing (3 cr.), U521 MIDI and ComputerMusic (3 cr.), U522 Electronic Text Processingand Distribution (3 cr.), and U523 MultimediaDevelopment for Music Research andInstruction (3 cr.). Check with the School ofMusic graduate office for information onadmission to the Music InformationTechnology minor. Each of the requiredcourses has as a prerequisite demonstrable skillwith at least one computing application, e.g., aprogramming language or a word processing,database, or spreadsheet application. In addition,M539 Introduction to Music Bibliography isstrongly recommended as a prerequisite toU520 Music Library Information Processing(3 cr.) and U522 Electronic Text Processing

and Distribution (3 cr.).Minor in Music Theory The minor in musictheory must include T550 Readings in MusicTheory (3 cr.) or T591 Teaching of MusicTheory I (3 cr.), T551 Introduction toAnalytical Techniques (3 cr.) or T556 Analysisof Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.), plus 6credit hours from available graduate courses inmusic theory by consultation with thedepartment chairperson or the coordinator ofgraduate studies in music theory. A minimumgrade of B is required in each course to becounted towards the music theory minor.Minor in Musicology The minor inmusicology must include M551 Introduction toHistorical Musicology (3 cr.) (prerequisite:M539 Introduction to Music Bibliography),two musicology seminars from the seriesM691-M696 Seminars in Medieval,Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, Romantic, andTwentieth-Century Music; and a fourth courseapproved by the musicology departmentchairperson.Minor in Stage Direction for Opera Theminor in stage direction for opera mustinclude R505-R506 Score Analysis for StageDirection I-II (3-3 cr.), M562-M563 History andLiterature of Opera II-III (3-3 cr.), and R502Stage Management (1 cr.).Minor in Voice The minor in voice mustinclude 6 credit hours of V800 Voice, plus 6 credit hours selected from E694 AppliedComparative Voice Pedagogy, E695 Seminar inVocal Pedagogy Research, or M531-M532 SongLiterature I-II, M685 Vocal Literature Before1800, M686-M687 Romantic Song Literatureand Oratorio I-II, and M688 Twentieth-Century Vocal Literature. For auditioninformation, see the department chairperson.

Ph.D. Minors for Students outsidethe School of MusicMinors in music for doctoral students outsidethe School of Music may be taken within oneof the established departments of the School ofMusic. No general entrance examinations arerequired, but the director of graduate studiesmay require entering proficiencyexaminations. Acceptance as a minor,prerequisites, and minimum requirements areestablished by the director of graduate studies.No transfer credits will be accepted toward amusic minor.

Diploma Programs inPerformanceThe Performer Diploma and Artist Diplomaprograms are intended for the outstandingperformer. They are designed to concentratestudy in appropriate repertoire. Students inthe diploma programs have a maximum offour semesters of enrollment within five yearsfrom the date of first enrollment. Additionalsemesters of enrollment within the five-yeartime limit are possible only throughrecommendation by the student’s performanceinstructor and approval by the director ofgraduate studies. No exceptions to the five-year time limit will be considered. PerformerDiploma students may seek entrance to theArtist Diploma program. Diploma studentsmust be enrolled in at least 9 credit hours inany one semester of residence (4 credit hoursin the summer). Students in the ArtistDiploma and Performer Diploma programsmust have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or higherin order to graduate. Students in bothprograms must receive a grade of C or higherin each course that is to count under theheading “Music Courses.”

The diploma programs are administered bythe director of graduate studies, who monitorsthe progress of the students. No transfer ofcredit is accepted toward the requirements ofany diploma program. Aside from recitalrequirements, the two programs share acommon course of study listed below.Diploma students are subject to all rules andregulations of the School of Music.

Performer DiplomaAdmission A music performance auditionevaluated by a regular departmental facultycommittee as equivalent to a high Master ofMusic graduation level is required. If admissionto the program is by tape, a live audition mustbe successfully completed before registration fora subsequent semester of enrollment. Ifchanging from a degree program at IndianaUniversity to the diploma program, a

34 School of Music

Horn B910 Horn Graduate Major (16 cr.),B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1-1-1 cr.), B602Doctoral Chamber Recital (1 cr.), B603Chamber Music Practicum (1-1-1 cr.), M620Doctoral Document/Essay (2 cr.), M641-M642Brass Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), literature elective(3 cr.).Trumpet and Cornet B920 Trumpet/CornetGraduate Major (16 cr.), B601 Doctoral BrassRecital (1-1-1 cr.), B602 Doctoral ChamberRecital (1 cr.), B603 Chamber Music Practicum(1-1-1 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (2 cr.), M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), literature elective (3 cr.).Trombone B930 Trombone Graduate Major(16 cr.), B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1-1-1 cr.),B602 Doctoral Chamber Recital (1 cr.), B603Chamber Music Practicum (1-1-1 cr.), M620Doctoral Document/Essay (2 cr.), M641-M642Brass Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), literature elective(3 cr.).Euphonium B940 Euphonium GraduateMajor (16 cr.), B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1-1-1 cr.), B602 Doctoral Chamber Recital (1 cr.), B603 Chamber Music Practicum (1-1-1 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (2 cr.), M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II(3-3 cr.), literature elective (3 cr.).Tuba B950 Tuba Graduate Major (16 cr.),B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1-1-1 cr.), B602Doctoral Chamber Recital (1 cr.), B603Chamber Music Practicum (1-1-1 cr.), M620Doctoral Document/Essay (2 cr.), M641-M642Brass Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), literature elective(3 cr.).One of the public performances (B601) must bea lecture/recital. The third solo recital isplayed after the qualifying examination hasbeen passed and before defense of thedocument.Minors See ‘‘Doctoral Minors’’ under‘‘General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.’’Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.).

Doctor of Music in Music Literatureand PedagogyPrerequisite Master’s degree in one or morebrass instruments or its demonstratedequivalent.

Major Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of an extensiveperformance audition and an interview on theliterature and techniques relating to the majorinstrument.Horn B910 Horn Graduate Major (11 cr.);B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1 cr.); B602Doctoral Chamber Recital (1 cr.); E510Trumpet and Cornet Pedagogy (1 cr.); E511Trombone Pedagogy (1 cr.), E512 TubaPedagogy (1 cr.); M620 Doctoral Document/

Essay (6 cr.); M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II(3-3 cr.); 3 cr. selected from P105 Acoustics,U406 Historical Brass Instruments andConstruction, E596 Independent Study, U500Master’s Workshop in Performance or K403Electronic Studio Resources I; literatureelective (3 cr.).Trumpet and Cornet B920 Trumpet/CornetGraduate Major (11 cr.); B601 Doctoral BrassRecital (1 cr.); B602 Doctoral Chamber Recital(1 cr.); E509 Horn Pedagogy (1 cr.); E511Trombone Pedagogy (1 cr.); E512 TubaPedagogy (1 cr.); M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.); M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II(3-3 cr.); 3 cr. selected from P105 Acoustics,U406 Historical Brass Instruments andConstruction, E596 Independent Study, U500Master’s Workshop in Performance or K403Electronic Studio Resources I; literatureelective (3 cr.).Trombone B930 Trombone Graduate Major(11 cr.); B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1 cr.);B602 Doctoral Chamber Recital (1 cr.); E509Horn Pedagogy (1 cr.); E510 Trumpet andCornet Pedagogy (1 cr.); E512 Tuba Pedagogy(1 cr.); M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.);M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II (3-3 cr.); 3 cr.selected from P105 Acoustics, E596Independent Study, U500 Master’s Workshopin Performance or K403 Electronic StudioResources I; literature elective (3 cr.).Euphonium B940 Euphonium GraduateMajor (11 cr.); E509 Horn Pedagogy (1 cr.);E510 Trumpet and Cornet Pedagogy (1 cr.);E512 Tuba Pedagogy (1 cr.); B601 DoctoralBrass Recital (1 cr.); B602 Doctoral ChamberRecital (1 cr.); M620 Doctoral Document/Essay(6 cr.); M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II (3-3 cr.); 3 cr. selected from P105 Acoustics,U406 Historical Brass Instruments andConstruction, E596 Independent Study, U500Master’s Workshop in Performance or K403Electronic Studio Resources I; literatureelective (3 cr.).Tuba B950 Tuba Graduate Major (11 cr.);B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1 cr.); B602Doctoral Chamber Recital (1 cr.); E509 HornPedagogy (1 cr.); E510 Trumpet and CornetPedagogy (1 cr.); E511 Trombone Pedagogy (1 cr.); M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.);M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II (3-3 cr.); 3 cr.selected from P105 Acoustics, E596Independent Study, U500 Master’s Workshopin Performance or K403 Electronic StudioResources I; literature elective (3 cr.).Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under“General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.”Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.).Ensemble Participation in a major and/orminor ensemble; assignment determined bythe brass faculty.

School of Music 37

Performance Study V900 Voice Lessons (3-3-3-3 cr.); V910 Vocal Coaching (2-2-2-2 cr.); R589Physical Alignment in Singing (2-2 cr.).

Coaching R591-R592 Dramatic Coaching I-II(1-1 cr.); R581-R582 Advanced Opera Skills I-II(3-3 cr.).

Music Courses 3 credit hours, selected fromM525 Survey of Opera Literature (3 cr.); or oneof M561, M562, M563, M564 History andLiterature of Opera I-II-III-IV (3-3-3-3 cr.).

Major Ensemble X070 Opera Chorus (2-2-2-2cr.). Students will enroll each semester inOpera Chorus. In semesters during which thestudent has no opera role, participation inOpera Chorus in two productions is required.In semesters in which the student is assignedany non-chorus role, participation in OperaChorus in one production is required.

Recital In lieu of a recital, two opera roles arerequired, contingent upon audition.

Certificate ProgramsThe School of Music offers programs leadingto a Specialist Diploma in Music Educationand a Certificate in Organ and Church Music.Information concerning these programs maybe found under the relevant departmentalheadings in the ‘‘Curricula for GraduateDegrees in Music’’ section.

Curricula for GraduateDegrees in MusicRequests for deviation from department,program, or school requirements may begranted only by written approval from therespective chairperson, director, or dean (ortheir respective administrative representative).Disposition at each level is final. Double majorsat the master’s level may be considered if allrequirements within each major field are met.

BrassMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

MajorHorn B910 Horn Graduate Major (16 cr.),I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), 2 credit hoursselected from F550 Graduate Chamber MusicCoaching (1 cr.) or F419 Special Topics (1 cr.).Trumpet and Cornet B920 Trumpet/CornetGraduate Major (16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital

(0 cr.), 2 credit hours selected from F550Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1 cr.) orF419 Special Topics (1 cr.).Trombone B930 Trombone Graduate Major(16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), 2 credithours selected from F550 Graduate ChamberMusic Coaching (1 cr.) or F419 Special Topics(1 cr.).Euphonium B940 Euphonium GraduateMajor (16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), 2 credit hours selected from F550 GraduateChamber Music Coaching (1 cr.) or F419Special Topics (1 cr.).Tuba B950 Tuba Graduate Major (16 cr.),I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), 2 credit hoursselected from F550 Graduate Chamber MusicCoaching (1 cr.) or F419 Special Topics (1 cr.).Courses in pedagogy and literature may berecommended for students wishing toemphasize preparation for teaching ratherthan music performance; at least 6 credit hoursof music performance instruction are requiredfor all majors.Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 cr),M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), M528Chamber Music Literature (3 cr), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: variable title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one fieldwithin or outside the School of Music, withapproval of the appropriate departmentchairperson and the director of graduatestudies. The cognate field may not be inanother music performance area. The studentmust meet the qualifications of a minor for thecognate field; only courses fulfillingrequirements for a minor are acceptable. Thecognate field may become a minor if at least 12credit hours are taken in that field.Ensemble Each semester.

Doctor of Music in Music Literatureand PerformancePrerequisite Master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent.

Major Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of an extensiveperformance audition and an interview on theliterature and techniques relating to the majorinstrument.

36 School of Music

Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature.Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one fieldwithin or outside the School of Music, withapproval of the appropriate departmentchairperson and the director of graduatestudies. The student must meet thequalifications of a minor for the cognate field;only courses fulfilling requirements for aminor are acceptable. The cognate field maybecome a minor if at least 12 credit hours aretaken in that field.Tool Subject T556 Analysis of Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.).Ensemble Each semester.

Doctor of Music in CompositionDesigned for the talented and accomplishedcomposer who demonstrates creative ability ofa high artistic level.

Prerequisite Master’s degree in compositionor its demonstrated equivalent, includingprevious experience as a composer. Studentswho are deficient in areas such as musicperformance, score reading, conducting(choral and orchestral), or orchestration arerequired to make up these deficiencies at leastone full year before work for the degree iscompleted.

Admission All candidates are required tosubmit recent compositions for evaluation bythe composition department at the time theysubmit their applications.

Major 18 credit hours selected from K901Composition for Graduate Majors (cr. arr.)with concurrent registration in I500Performance and Composition Masterclass (0 cr.); K701 Doctoral Composition ChamberRecital (1 cr.), K702-K703 DoctoralComposition Document I-II (1-1 cr.), K700Dissertation in Composition (15 cr.). K702-K703 Doctoral Composition Document I-IIshould be completed within two semesters offirst registration.Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under“General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.”The “guided electives” option is not availablefor composition majors.Tool Subjects T551 Introduction toAnalytical Techniques (3 cr.), T556 Analysis ofTwentieth-Century Music (3 cr.), and K500Computer Music Notation (2 cr.) orequivalents, which will not be included in thetotal credit hours required for the major.

Early MusicMaster of Music in Early Music,Instrumental or VocalPrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent. For vocal emphasis,knowledge of French, German, and Italiangrammar and diction equivalent to bachelor’sdegree requirement of two semesters in each.Students having fewer than two semesterswith a grade of C or better in each of theselanguages must pass proficiency tests or theprescribed language courses. Regardless ofprevious training, each student must pass adiction proficiency examination in eachlanguage.

Admission Admission is conditional uponpassing a hearing, during the second semesterof residence, that demonstrates graduatemusic performance potential.

Major, OPTION I (General Track)Y910 Major Instrument or Voice (2-2-2-2 cr.);Y710 Secondary Instrument or Voice (2-2 cr.),F550 Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1-1cr.), M558 Topics in Early Music (1-1-1-1 cr.),I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.).(Keyboard Track)Y910 Major Instrument (2-2-2-2 cr.), Y710Continuo Playing (2-2 cr.), F550 GraduateChamber Music Coaching (1-1 cr.), M558Topics in Early Music (1-1 cr.), M558 Readingsin Continuo Practice (1-1 cr.), I711 Master’sRecital (0 cr.).

Major, OPTION II (Soloist Track)Y910 Major Instrument (3-3-3-3 cr.), F550Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1-1 cr.),M558 Topics in Early Music (1-1-1-1 cr.), I711Master’s Recital (0 cr.).

Major, OPTION III (Recorder PedagogyTrack)Y910 Major Instrument (2-2-2-2 cr.), Y710Secondary Instrument (2-2 cr.), F503Colloquium in Recorder Pedagogy (3 cr.),E507-E508 Recorder Pedagogy I-II (2-1 cr.),I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.).

Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).

School of Music 39

Choral ConductingMaster of Music in ChoralConductingPrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Admission An audition, during which thecandidate must conduct one of the choralensembles or conducting classes, is scheduledduring regular school hours at least 60 daysbefore the expected matriculation date.Candidate chooses music to be conductedfrom a list available in the School of Musicadmissions office. At the time of the auditioneach candidate must complete an interviewwith the choral conducting faculty. Admissionto the curriculum is probationary untilsuccessful completion of G561 Master’s ChoralConducting I.

Major M565 Master’s Seminar in ChoralLiterature (3 cr.), concurrent with G561Master’s Choral Conducting I (3 cr.), M565Master’s Seminar in Choral Literature (3-3 cr.),concurrent with G562 Master’s ChoralConducting II (3-3 cr.), F461-F462 ScoreReading I-II (1-1 cr.).

Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one fieldwithin or outside the School of Music, withapproval of the appropriate departmentchairperson and the director of graduatestudies. The student must meet thequalifications of a minor for the cognate field;only courses fulfilling requirements for aminor are acceptable. The cognate field maybecome a minor if at least 12 credit hours aretaken in that field.Ensemble Each semester.

Doctor of Music in ChoralConductingPrerequisite Master’s degree in choralconducting or its demonstrated equivalent,including previous experience as a conductor.Knowledge of French, German, and Italiangrammar and diction equivalent to thebachelor’s degree requirement of one semesterin each. Students with less than one semesterwith a grade of C or better in each of these

languages must pass proficiency tests or theprescribed language courses. Regardless ofprevious training, each student must pass adiction proficiency examination in eachlanguage. The language requirement must bemet prior to the scheduling of the qualifyingexamination.Admission An audition, during which thecandidate must appear before one of the choralensembles or conducting classes, is scheduledduring regular school hours upon writtenrequest at least 60 days before the expecteddate of matriculation. Candidates choosemusic to be conducted from a list of musicavailable through the School of Musicadmissions office. The work selected should berehearsed in the original language. At the timeof the audition, each candidate must completean interview with the Choral Conductingfaculty. International applicants may submitvideo and audio tapes of performances.Admission is probationary until successfulcompletion of two semesters of G661 DoctoralChoral Conducting, both of which must becompleted during the first year of residency.Applicants must also interview with theChoral Conducting faculty.

Major G661 Doctoral Choral Conducting (3-3-3-3 cr.), M657 Doctoral Seminar in ChoralLiterature (3-3-3-3 cr.), G810-G811 ChoralConducting Performance I-II (3-3 cr.), M620Doctoral Document/Essay (3 cr.), elective (3 cr.).Minors See ‘‘Doctoral Minors’’ under‘‘General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.’’Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.).

CompositionMaster of Music in CompositionPrerequisite Bachelor of Music incomposition or its demonstrated equivalent.

Admission Students must submit recentcomposition with application

Major 12 credit hours selected from K910Composition for Graduate Majors (cr. arr.) withconcurrent registration in I500 Performance andComposition Masterclass (0 cr.); I711 Master’sRecital (presentation of a recital [at least 30minutes of music] of compositions for differentmedia written during residency, with thestudent participating as performer or conductorof at least one work)(0 cr.), K500 ComputerMusic Notation (2 cr.), K600 Thesis inComposition (5 cr.).Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651

38 School of Music

Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.), M620Doctoral Document/Essay (2 cr.), elective (3 cr.).Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under“General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.”Tool Subjects M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.), HISP S491 ElementarySpanish for Graduate Students (3 cr.).

HarpMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Major H900 Harp Graduate Major (16 cr.),I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F549 HarpEnsemble (1-1 cr.) Note: F550 may besubstituted for F549 only with permission ofthe department chair. Students with equivalentexperience, as determined by the harp faculty,may substitute harp pedagogy or conductingfor the 2 credit hours of F549. Courses inpedagogy and literature may be recommendedfor students wishing to emphasize preparationfor teaching rather than music performance; atleast 6 credit hours of music performanceinstruction are required for all majors.Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one fieldwithin or outside the School of Music, withapproval of the appropriate departmentchairperson and the director of graduatestudies. The cognate field may not be inanother music performance area. The studentmust meet the qualifications of a minor for thecognate field; only courses fulfillingrequirements for a minor are acceptable. Thecognate field may become a minor if at least 12 credit hours are taken in that field.Ensemble X040 each semester.

Doctor of Music in Music Literatureand PerformancePrerequisite Master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent.Major H900 Harp Graduate Major (16 cr.),H601 Doctoral Harp Recital I (1 cr.), H602Doctoral Harp Recital II (Lecture) (1 cr.), H603Doctoral Harp Recital III (Concerto) (2 cr.),H604 Doctoral Harp Recital IV (Chamber)

(2 cr.), M643-M644 Seminar in Harp LiteratureI-II (3-3 cr.), E513 Harp Pedagogy (3 cr.), E514Applied Harp Pedagogy (3 cr.), M620 DoctoralDocument/Essay (2 cr.). Ensemble X040 isrequired each semester for D.M. harp majorsuntil qualifying examinations are begun. Maybe waived at the discretion of the chair.Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under“General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.”Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.).Ensemble X040 each semester beforequalifying examinations, unless waiver isreceived from department chair.

Instrumental ConductingMaster of Music in InstrumentalConductingPrerequisite Bachelor of Music degree or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Entrance Examination Audition withorchestra. Personal interview covering allaspects of conducting, instrumentation,orchestral literature, sight singing, scorereading, and piano proficiency (if applicable).

Major G571 Advanced InstrumentalConducting (3-3-3-3 cr.), G603 InstrumentalConducting Performance (1 cr.), K451Advanced Orchestration I (2 cr.) or K452Advanced Orchestration II (2 cr.), M571Seminar in Symphonic Literature (3-3-3 cr.).Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one fieldwithin or outside the School of Music, withapproval of the appropriate departmentchairperson and the director of graduatestudies. The student must meet thequalifications of a minor for the cognate field;only courses fulfilling requirements for aminor are acceptable. The cognate field maybecome a minor if at least 12 credit hours aretaken in that field.Ensemble Each semester.

School of Music 41

Cognate Field 6 credit hours selected fromM517-M518-M519 Medieval, Renaissance, andBaroque Literature and PerformancePracticum I-II-III or M554 Early Instruments,or 6 credit hours in one field within or outsidethe School of Music, with approval of theappropriate department chairperson and thedirector of graduate studies. The cognate fieldmay not be in another music performance area.The student must meet the qualifications of aminor for the cognate field. The cognate fieldmay become a minor if at least 12 credit hoursare taken in that field.Other Degree Requirements Proficiency inreading music in original notation from thecandidate’s period of specialization, asdemonstrated by a departmental examination.One foreign language approved by thedepartment chairperson and the director ofgraduate studies. Proficiency determined bythe Graduate Foreign Language Exam (GSFLE)or equivalent.In addition, harpsichord majors mustdemonstrate proficiency in continuoperformance through a departmentalexamination.Ensemble X060 Each Semester

Doctor of Music in Early Music,Instrumental Emphasis, VocalEmphasis, or Operation of EarlyMusic ProgramsPrerequisite Master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent.

Admission Admission is conditional uponpassing an audition, during the secondsemester of residence, that demonstratesgraduate music performance potential. Forvocal emphasis, see language proficiencyrequirements under M.M. Early Music.

Major Y9— (12 cr.), Y7— (1-1 cr.), Y701Doctoral Recital in Early Music (1-1 cr.),(Instrumental and Vocal Emphasis only) G634Operation of Early Music Programs (3 cr.),M697 Advanced Seminar Materials of EarlyMusic (3 cr.), (Operation of Early MusicPrograms only) M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.); M558 Topics in Early Music (1-1-1 cr.); F550 Graduate Chamber MusicCoaching (1-1-1 cr.), approved electives (6 cr.).Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under“General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.”Tool Subjects M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.). Two foreign languageswith the approval of the early musicdepartment and the director of graduatestudies. Proficiency determined by theGraduate Foreign Language Exam (GSFLE) orequivalent.Ensemble X060 Each Semester

Other Degree Requirements Proficiency inreading music in original notation from thecandidate’s period of specialization and anadjoining period. If the major instrument iskeyboard, proficiency in thoroughbassaccompaniment in differing historical andgeographic styles as well as theater and churchstyles. If the major is voice, a knowledge ofhistorical pronunciations of English, French,German, Latin, and Occitanian is required.

GuitarMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Major L900 Guitar Graduate Major (16 cr.),I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F550 GraduateChamber Music Coaching (1-1 cr.). Courses inpedagogy and literature may be recommendedfor students wishing to emphasize preparationfor teaching rather than music performance; atleast 6 credit hours of music performanceinstruction are required for all majors.Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), M528Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one fieldwithin or outside the School of Music, withapproval of the appropriate departmentchairperson and the director of graduatestudies. The cognate field may not be inanother music performance area. The studentmust meet the qualifications of a minor for thecognate field; only courses fulfillingrequirements for a minor are acceptable. Thecognate field may become a minor if at least12 credit hours are taken in that field.Ensemble Each semester.

Doctor of Music in Music Literatureand PerformancePrerequisite Master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent.

Major L900 Guitar Graduate Major (16 cr.),F551 Practicum in Transcription for the Guitar(2 cr.), graduate music education course asapproved by chair of the student’s advisorycommittee (E516 recommended) (3 cr.), M627-M628 Individual Study of Literature of Guitar I-II (3-3 cr.), L661 Guitar Recital (1-1-1 cr.), I821

40 School of Music

4. Instrumental Methods: E527 AdvancedInstrumental Methods (3 cr.), E551 Seminarin Instrumental Teaching (2 cr.), E568Administration of Instrumental Groups (3 cr.) or E570 Pedagogy of Jazz (3 cr.),electives in music education, conducting, or techniques (1 cr.). (In this program thecognate field must be instrumentalconducting.)

5. Kodály: E571-E573 Kodály Concept I-III (3-3-3 cr.).

6. Orff: E574-E576 Orff ProgramDevelopment I-III (3-3-3 cr.).

7. Individualized Studies: electives in musiceducation, conducting, or techniques (9 cr.),as determined with the student’s advisor.

Thesis E600 Thesis in Music Education (3 cr.)or E534 Practicum in Music Education (3 cr.).For guidelines and procedures relative to E600and E534, see the coordinator of graduatestudies in music education.Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours in an approvedcognate field within or outside the School ofMusic. The student must meet thequalifications of a minor for the cognate field;only courses fulfilling requirements for aminor are acceptable. The cognate field maybecome a minor if at least 12 credit hours aretaken in that field.Ensemble Each semester.

Master of Arts for Teachers (throughUniversity Graduate School)A curriculum leading toward a master’sdegree and certification in public school music.

Prerequisites (1) Bachelor’s degree with amajor in music, (2) approval of the musiceducation faculty, and (3) admission to theGraduate Division of the School of Music andto the University Graduate School.

Major 33 credit hours selected from ‘‘MusicEducation’’ and ‘‘Professional Education’’ asindicated below:

Music Education10 credit hours. E518 Foundations of MusicEducation (3 cr.), E545 Guided ProfessionalExperiences (5 cr.), and one course selected

from Education M343 Methods and Materialsfor Teaching Choral Music (2 cr.), EducationM434 Administration of School Bands (2 cr.),or Education M436 Administration of SchoolOrchestras (2 cr.).

Professional Education23 credit hours. One course selected fromEducation H520 Education and Social Issues (3 cr.), Education H530 Philosophy ofEducation (3 cr.), or Education H504 History ofEducation (3 cr.); one course selected fromEducation P510 Psychology in Teaching (3 cr.),Education P515 Child Development (3 cr.), orEducation P516 Adolescent Development (3 cr.); Education M580 Internship in Music (10 cr.); Education M464 Methods of TeachingReading (3 cr.) or Education L517 AdvancedStudy of Teaching Reading at the Junior Highand Secondary Level (3 cr.); Education M300Teaching in a Pluralistic Society (3 cr.) orEducation H540 Sociology of Education (3 cr.);Education M471 Undergraduate Seminar inMusic Education (1 cr.).Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Music Techniques Credit hours needed tomeet the requirements of the area in which thestudent expects to be certified (choral/general,instrumental, or teaching area).General Education Courses Credit hoursneeded to meet the certification requirementsof the state in which the student expects toteach. Credit hours vary widely dependingupon the number of courses of this kind in thestudent’s undergraduate program. These arenormally undergraduate courses and do notcount toward the M.A.T. degree total of 39credit hours.Ensemble Each semester, including onesemester of marching band for all wind andpercussion players who have not had previousundergraduate college marching bandexperience.

Specialist Degree in MusicEducationPrerequisite The applicant must have amaster’s degree in music or music educationand at least three years of teaching experience.

School of Music 43

Doctor of Music in InstrumentalConductingPrerequisite Master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent.

Admission Audition with orchestra.Applicants are examined in conducting, operaand symphonic literature, score reading, piano(if applicable) and sight singing proficiency,and orchestration. In the event the student isdeficient in certain areas, courses may beprescribed in addition to the courserequirements.

Major G671 Advanced InstrumentalConducting (12 cr.), G801 InstrumentalConducting Performance (3 cr.), M565 Master’sSeminar in Choral Literature (3 cr.), M671Seminar in Symphonic Literature (12 cr.),M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.),electives (2 cr.).Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under“General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.”Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.).

Jazz StudiesMaster of Music in Jazz StudiesPrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Admission Audition. Proficiency equivalentto the bachelor’s degree at Indiana University.

Major E570 Pedagogy of Jazz (3 cr.), F550Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1-1 cr.),K512 Jazz Composition (3 cr.), M582 The BebopEra (3 cr.), M583 Duke Ellington (3 cr.) or M584Research in the History and Analysis of Jazz (3cr.), M585 Seminar in the Literature of the LargeJazz Ensemble (3 cr.), M586 Chamber Jazz:Literature and Performance (3 cr.), I711 Master’sRecital (0 cr.) or M599 Thesis in Jazz (3 cr.).Students electing M599 Thesis in Jazz shouldobtain guidelines for format and style from themusic graduate office.Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 cr.),M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), M528Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque Period(3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours selectedfrom the list above and 3 credit hours selectedfrom M502 Composers: Variable Title (3 cr.) orM510 Topics in Music Literature (3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one fieldwithin or outside the School of Music, withapproval of the appropriate departmentchairperson and the director of graduate

studies. The cognate field may be in a musicperformance field. The student must meet thequalifications of a minor for the cognate field;only courses fulfilling requirements for aminor are acceptable. The cognate field maybecome a minor if at least 12 credit hours aretaken in that field.Ensemble X040 University InstrumentalEnsembles (2 cr.) each semester.

Music EducationMaster of Music EducationThe student may choose to complete thisdegree with emphasis in one of the followingareas: band conducting and literature, choralmethods, general music, instrumentalmethods, Kodály, Orff, or individualizedstudies.

Prerequisite Undergraduate degree in musicor music education.

Admission (1) Interview; (2) musiceducation entrance examination; (3) approvalof the music education faculty.

RequirementsMajor 23 credit hours.Professional Understanding 11 credit hours.E516 Instructional Programs and Learning inMusic (3 cr.), E518 Foundations of MusicEducation (3 cr.), E520 Seminar in MusicEducation for Master’s Degree Students (2 cr.),E535 Measurement, Evaluation, and Guidancein Music (3 cr.).Professional Techniques 9 credit hours. One ofthe following sequences depending on thestudent’s area of emphasis. A conductingaudition is required for band, choral, andinstrumental emphasis.1. Band Conducting and Literature: G566-

G567 Interpretation and Conducting ofBand Literature I-II (3-3 cr.) and one of thefollowing: E568 Administration ofInstrumental Groups (3 cr.), E527Advanced Instrumental Methods (3 cr.),E533 Research in Music Education (3 cr.), or E560 Historical Development of WindGroups and Literature (3 cr.).

2. Choral Methodology: E528 AdvancedChoral Methods (3 cr.), E521 The Children’sChorus (2 cr.), electives in music educationor vocal pedagogy (4 cr.). (In this emphasisthe cognate field must be choralconducting.)

3. General Music: E524 ExperimentalTeaching in Elementary School Music (3 cr.), E526 Exploratory Approaches toMusic in Junior and Senior High School (3 cr.), electives in music educationtechniques (3 cr.).

42 School of Music

Students may choose to complete a secondformal minor or, with approval of theiradvisory committee and the director ofgraduate studies, use the remaining 12 credithours as free, graduate-level electives inside oroutside the field of music.Tool Subject E531-E532 Research Methods inMusic I-II (3-3 cr.) with a grade of C or betteror evidence of proficiency demonstrated byexamination.Dissertation E700 Dissertation in MusicEducation (12 cr.).

Doctor of Philosophy in MusicEducation (through UniversityGraduate School)The Doctor of Philosophy in Music Educationis designed to prepare the student who intendsto conduct scholarly research in musiceducation.

Prerequisite Candidates must have ascholarly or teaching background thatindicates potential for outstanding scholarshipin the field of music education.

Admission (1) Interview; (2) musiceducation entrance essay; (3) GRE GeneralExamination; (4) approval of the musiceducation faculty; (5) admission to theGraduate Division of the School of Music; (6)admission to the University Graduate School.

Major 22 credit hours. E519 Psychology ofMusic (3 cr.), E530 Learning Processes in Music(3 cr.), E616 Curriculum in Music Education (3 cr.), E618 History and Philosophy of Music(3 cr.), E635 College Music Teaching (3 cr.),E660 Philosophical Research in MusicEducation (2 cr.) or E661 Historical Research inMusic Education (2 cr.), E662 Public Lecture inMusic Education (1 cr.), E658-E659 MusicEducation Doctoral Seminar I-II (2-2 cr.).Minor 12 credit hours within or outside thefield of music in any subject for which thecandidate has the necessary background foradvanced course work.Students may choose to complete a secondformal minor or, with approval of theiradvisory committee and the director ofgraduate studies, use the remaining 12 credithours as free, graduate-level electives inside oroutside the field of music.Tool Subject E531-E532 Research Methods inMusic I-II (3-3 cr.) with a grade of C or betteror evidence of proficiency as demonstrated byexamination. In addition, proficiency must bedemonstrated in two foreign languages or oneforeign language and one research skill such asstatistics or computer science, approved by theDepartment of Music Education and thedirector of graduate studies of the School ofMusic.

Dissertation E700 Dissertation in MusicEducation (12 cr.).

Music TheoryMusic theory at Indiana Universityemphasizes musicianship and scholarly studywith particular emphasis on the history ofmusical thought, analysis of musical structure,and pedagogy.

Master of Music in TheoryPrerequisite Bachelor’s degree with a majorin music.

Admission The applicant must submit at thetime of application three letters ofrecommendation and a typed, formal paper ofsubstantial length on an analytical ortheoretical subject. The paper is expected todemonstrate the applicant’s musical insightand ability to express ideas clearly andcorrectly. An individual interview is alsorequired; applicants are expected to beproficient in sight singing, aural skills, andkeyboard harmony. The applicant’s scores onthe GRE General Test and the Subject Test inmusic should be received from the EducationalTesting Service in Princeton, New Jersey, byshortly after January 15, the applicationdeadline.

Major 20 credit hours. T550 Readings inMusic Theory (3 cr.), T551 Introduction toAnalytical Techniques (3 cr.), T555Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.), T556 Analysis ofTwentieth-Century Music (3 cr.), T531Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint (3 cr.), T557Studies in the Theory of Music (2 cr.), T558Master’s Degree Review (0 cr.), T591 Teachingof Music Theory I (3 cr.). If a studentdemonstrates proficiency in any of these areas,other graduate-level music theory courses maybe substituted upon approval of theDepartment of Music Theory.Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours in an approvedcognate field within or outside the School ofMusic. The student must meet thequalifications of a minor for the cognate field;only courses fulfilling requirements for aminor are acceptable. The cognate field may

School of Music 45

Admission (1) Interview, (2) MusicEducation Entrance Essay, (3) approval of themusic education faculty, and (4) admission tothe Graduate Division of the School of Music.

Major 30 credit hours.

Music Education Core 6 credit hoursselected from E516 Instructional Programs andLearning in Music (3 cr.), E517 Sociology ofMusic (3 cr.), E518 Foundations of MusicEducation (3 cr.), E519 Psychology of Music (3 cr.), E530 Learning Processes in Music (3 cr.), E531-E532 Research Methods in MusicI-II (3-3 cr.), E616 Curriculum in MusicEducation (3 cr.), E618 History and Philosophyof Music Education (3 cr.), E635 College MusicTeaching (3 cr.), E660 Philosophical Researchin Music Education (2 cr.), E661 HistoricalResearch in Music Education (2 cr.), or E662Public Lecture in Music Education (1 cr.).Music Education Techniques 6 credit hoursselected from E521 The Children’s Chorus (3 cr.), E522 Music in Early Childhood (3 cr.),E523 Music in Special Education (3 cr.), E524Experimental Teaching in Elementary SchoolMusic (3 cr.), E525 Supervision of Music in thePublic Schools (1-3 cr.), E526 Exploratoryapproaches to Music in Junior and Senior HighSchool (3 cr.), E527 Advanced InstrumentalMethods (3 cr.), E528 Advanced ChoralMethods (3 cr.), E533 Research in MusicEducation (1-3 cr.), E545 Guided ProfessionalExperiences (1-3 cr.), E551 Seminar inInstrumental Teaching (3 cr.), E560 HistoricalDevelopment of Wind Groups and Literature(3 cr.), E568 Administration of InstrumentalGroups (3 cr.), E571-E572-E573 KodályConcept I-II-III (3-3-3 cr.), E574-E575-E576 OrffProgram Development (3-3-3 cr.), G560Graduate Choral Conducting (3 cr.), or G566-G567 Interpretation and Conducting of BandLiterature I-II (3-3 cr.).Other Music Courses 18 credit hoursselected from either of the above areas or, withthe permission of the chair of the MusicEducation Department and the director ofgraduate studies, other courses in the School ofMusic for which the student has the necessarybackground.Although no auditions or entranceexaminations in music history and theory arerequired for admission to the specialistdiploma, enrollment in certain graduate musiccourses does require an audition or entranceexamination.Students who have received the Specialist inMusic Education degree may not subsequentlycount those credit hours toward a doctorate.

Doctor of Music EducationStudents working toward this degree mayemphasize band conducting and literature,choral methodology, college music teaching, or

supervision and administration. The area ofemphasis must be different from that of themaster’s degree.

Prerequisite Candidates must have ascholarly and/or teaching backgroundappropriate to the area of emphasis they wishto pursue.

Admission (1) Interview; (2) musiceducation entrance essay; (3) GRE GeneralExamination; (4) approval of the musiceducation faculty.

Major 25 credit hours.Core Requirement 13 credit hours. E530Learning Processes in Music (3 cr.), E616Curriculum in Music Education (3 cr.), E618History and Philosophy of Music (3 cr.), E658-E659 Music Education Doctoral Seminar I-II (2-2 cr.).Electives 12 credit hours of graduate musiceducation electives selected from the followingwith the approval of the student’s doctoraladvisory committee. A conducting audition isrequired for band, choral, and instrumentalareas.1. Band Conducting and Literature: E560

Historical Development of Wind Groupsand Literature (3 cr.), E568 Administrationof Instrumental Groups (3 cr.), G566-G567Interpretation and Conducting of BandLiterature I-II (3-3 cr.).

2. Choral Methodology: E519 Psychology ofMusic (3 cr.), E528 Advanced ChoralMethods (3 cr.), E635 College MusicTeaching (3 cr.); electives in musiceducation or vocal pedagogy (3 cr.), oneminor area in choral conducting isrequired.

3. College Music Teaching: E519 Psychologyof Music (3 cr.), E635 College MusicTeaching (3 cr.); 6 credit hours from othermusic education courses.

4. Instrumental Methodology: E527Advanced Instrumental Methods (3 cr.),E551 Seminar in Instrumental Teaching (2 cr.), E568 Administration of InstrumentalGroups (3 cr.), E570 Pedagogy of Jazz (3 cr.), and either E533 Research in MusicEducation (1 cr.) or E545 GuidedProfessional Experiences (1 cr.).

5. Supervision and Administration: E525Supervision of Music in the Public Schools(3 cr.), either E545 Guided ProfessionalExperiences (3 cr.) or E625 Administrationof Music in Higher Education (3 cr.), and 6 credit hours from other music educationcourses.

Minor 12 credit hours within or outside thefield of music in any subject for which thecandidate has the necessary background foradvanced course work.

44 School of Music

The second minor may be inside or outside ofthe School of Music. For the second minor, thestudent may also select a coherentindividualized curriculum, approved by theadvisory committee and the director ofgraduate studies.Dissertation 12 credit hours. T700Dissertation in Music Theory (12 cr.). Thedissertation topic must be approved by thetheory faculty before the oral qualifying examsare taken.Tool Subjects M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.) with a grade of B or aboveand proficiency in two languages or onelanguage and a research skill, as approved bythe Department of Music Theory and thedirector of graduate studies.

MusicologyThe Ph.D. is assumed to be the goal of graduatestudy in musicology at Indiana University, butthe curriculum has been designed to allow forthe completion of the M.A. independently ofthe Ph.D. Students admitted to graduate studywith a bachelor’s degree must fulfill all therequirements for the M.A. (although they arenot required to make application for the actualdegree) and to pass the M.A. Examination inMusicology before applying for admission tothe Ph.D. curriculum.

Master of Arts in Musicology(through University GraduateSchool)Prerequisite Bachelor’s degree (B.M. or B.A.)with a major in music, or demonstratedequivalent.

Admission Applications for the M.A. inmusicology must include a formal researchpaper on a historical or theoretical subject inmusic. The applicant’s scores on the GREGeneral Test and the Subject Test in musicmust be received from the Educational TestingService in Princeton, New Jersey, by shortlyafter January 15, the application deadline.

Major 18 credit hours. M539 Introduction toMusic Bibliography (2 cr.); M551 Introductionto Historical Musicology (3 cr.); 9 credit hoursselected from M598 Colloquium in Musicology,M691 Seminar in Medieval Music, M692Seminar in Renaissance Music, M693 Seminarin Baroque Music, M694 Seminar in ClassicalMusic, M695 Seminar in Romantic Music, M696Seminar in Twentieth-Century Music, M698Individual Seminar in Musicology; 6 credithours of electives selected from appropriatecourses and/or seminars in musicology ormusic theory approved by the student’sacademic advisor.

Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate 6 credit hours in a field inside oroutside music in which the student has thebackground to do graduate-level course work.Tool Subjects Reading knowledge ofGerman, as demonstrated by musicologydepartment examination. Incoming M.A.students are required to complete theirlanguage requirements within one calendaryear of matriculation. If a student fails to fulfillthe language requirement by the appropriatedeadline, the student is placed ondepartmental probation for one semester. Ifthe student then fails to fulfill the requirementby the beginning of the following semester, thestudent is dismissed from the musicologyprogram and any financial aid is terminated.Ensemble Each semester.Master of Arts Examination Students takethe Master of Arts examination in musicologyduring the term in which they complete theircourse work for the degree.A student may be denied admission to thePh.D. curriculum in musicology at IndianaUniversity on the basis of performance on theMaster of Arts examination.

Doctor of Philosophy in Musicology(through University GraduateSchool)Prerequisite Applicants for the Ph.D. inmusicology must have received a M.A. orM.M. degree from an accredited institution ormust demonstrate equivalent accomplishment.Previous course work may be offered in partialfulfillment of major or minor fieldrequirements, subject to evaluation andacceptance. Ph.D. candidates are required todemonstrate competency in all areas requiredof the M.A. in musicology major at IndianaUniversity.

Admission Admission to the GraduateDivision of the School of Music and admissionto the University Graduate School arerequired. Applicants for the Ph.D. inmusicology must have fulfilled requirementscomparable to those for the M.A. in

School of Music 47

become a minor if at least 12 credit hours aretaken in that field.Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.) with a grade of B or aboveor evidence of proficiency demonstrated byexamination.Ensemble Each semester.

Master of Arts in Theory (throughUniversity Graduate School)Prerequisite Bachelor’s degree with a majorin music.

Admission The applicant must submit at thetime of application three letters ofrecommendation and a typed, formal paper ofsubstantial length on an analytical ortheoretical subject. The paper is expected todemonstrate the applicant’s musical insightand ability to express ideas clearly andcorrectly. An individual interview is alsorequired; applicants are expected to beproficient in sight singing, aural skills, andkeyboard harmony. The applicant’s scores onthe GRE General Test and the Subject Test inmusic must be received from the EducationalTesting Service in Princeton, New Jersey, byshortly after January 15, the applicationdeadline.

Upon successful completion of the entranceexaminations and 15 credit hours of coursework in the School of Music, the studentshould apply for admission to the UniversityGraduate School.

Major 20 credit hours. T550 Readings inMusic Theory (3 cr.), T551 Introduction toAnalytical Techniques (3 cr.), T555Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.), T556 Analysis ofTwentieth-Century Music (3 cr.), T531Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint (3 cr.), T557Studies in the Theory of Music (2 cr.), T558Master’s Degree Review (0 cr.), T591 Teachingof Music Theory I (3 cr.). If a studentdemonstrates proficiency in any of these areas,other graduate-level music theory courses maybe substituted upon approval of theDepartment of Music Theory.Minor 12 credit hours. 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.), and two 3 credit hour courses in a fieldoutside music in which the student has

sufficient background for advanced coursework.Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.) with a grade of B or aboveor evidence of proficiency demonstrated byexamination.Ensemble Each semester.

Doctor of Philosophy in Theory(through University GraduateSchool)Prerequisite Master’s degree in music theoryor musicology or demonstrated equivalent.Ph.D. candidates are required to demonstratecompetency in all areas required of the M.M.music theory major at Indiana University.

Admission Admission to the GraduateDivision of the School of Music and admissionto the University Graduate School required. Inaddition to three letters of recommendation,the applicant must submit at the time ofapplication a master’s thesis in music theory ormusicology or an extensive, formal researchpaper of comparable scope. An individualinterview is also required; applicants areexpected to be proficient in sight singing, auralskills, and keyboard harmony. The applicant’sscores on the GRE General Test and the SubjectTest in music should be received from theEducational Testing Service in Princeton, NewJersey, by shortly after January 15, theapplication deadline.

Major 15 credit hours. T623-T624 TheHistory of Music Theory I-II (3-3 cr.), T655Seminar in Music Theory: Tonal Music (3 cr.),T656 Seminar in Music Theory: Atonal Music(3 cr.), T658 Seminar in Music Theory: VariableTopics (3 cr.).Public Lecture T659 Public Lecture (0 cr.).The public lecture must be completed beforetaking the oral qualifying examinations.The following two requirements, TrackConcentration and Minor Fields, must have a totalof 33 credit hours.Track Concentration 9 credit hours. Eachmusic theory Ph.D. student must elect a trackconcentration from among the followingpossibilities or from other areas determined bythe advisory committee:1. history of music theory;2. the structure of music; or3. the pedagogy of music theory.Courses outside the music theory departmentmay be taken to satisfy the concentration withapproval of the director of graduate studies.Minor Fields 24 credit hours. Student mustelect two minor fields, each usually for 12credit hours. The first minor must be eithermusic history and literature or musicology.

46 School of Music

Major Field Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of an audition. Duringthe 30-minute audition, the student should beprepared to demonstrate abilities in at leastthree different style periods.

Major 35 credit hours. Q900 Organ GraduateMajor (16 cr.), Q601 Doctoral Organ Recital (1-1-1-1 cr.), 9 credit hours from M675-M676-M677-M678 Seminar in Organ Literature (3-3-3-3 cr.) or E589 Organ Pedagogy (3 cr.).M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.).Number and length of documents vary withtopic and extent of study. Candidate’scommittee passes on each document as tocredit earned. A lecture/recital of at least 1.25hours in length may be used in lieu of a 2credit hour document at the discretion of thecandidate’s committee.Minors See ‘‘Doctoral Minors’’ under‘‘General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.’’Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.).

Organ and Church MusicMaster of Music in Organ andChurch Music, Double MajorPrerequisite Bachelor’s degree in organ or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Major I (Organ) 17 credit hours. Q900 OrganGraduate Major (12 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital(0 cr.), C524 Organ Improvisation (2 cr.), 3 credit hours from M675-M676-M677-M678Seminar in Organ Literature (3-3-3-3 cr.), orE589 Organ Pedagogy (3 cr.).

Major II (Church Music) 16 credit hours.E521 The Children’s Chorus (2 cr.), C502Hymnody (3 cr.), C523 Church MusicPracticum (2 cr.), C533-C534 Sacred ChoralLiterature I, Small Forms, II Large Forms (2-2 cr.), C535 Introduction to Liturgy and theArts (2 cr.). 3 credit hours from E536 SpecialWorkshop in Music Education (2 cr.), E561Choral Methods and Materials (3 cr.), F461-F462 Score Reading I-II (1-1 cr.), E312Arranging for Instrumental and Vocal Groups(2 cr.), U361 English Diction for Singers (1 cr.),M558 Topics in Early Music (1 cr.), Y700Carillon (2 cr.), Y710 Harpsichord (2 cr.).Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title

(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours in choralconducting (G560 Graduate ChoralConducting and another course selected inconsultation with the choral conductingdepartment chairperson). Students wishing tohave a cognate in another area are required totake G560 as a part of the Major IIrequirements. The cognate field may not be inanother music performance area. The studentmust meet the qualifications of a minor for thecognate field; only courses fulfillingrequirements for a minor are acceptable. Thecognate field may become a minor if at least 12 credit hours are taken in that field.Ensemble Each semester.

Certificate in Organ and ChurchMusicThe Certificate in Organ and Church Music is aprogram for organists and church musicians.

Admission Admission to the program is bytape or in-person audition. A Bachelor ofMusic degree in organ and/or church music,or its demonstrated equivalent, is aprerequisite.

Major 18 credit hours. Organ Q800 (3 cr. each term of enrollment), four coursesselected from E521 The Children’s Chorus (3 cr.), C502 Hymnody (3 cr.), C524 OrganImprovisation (2 cr.), C533 Sacred ChoralLiterature I, Small Forms (2 cr.), C534 SacredChoral Literature II Large Forms (2 cr.), orother courses in church music, composition,conducting, music literature, music theory,music education, or other areas, as approvedby the faculty of the organ department and thedirector of graduate studies.Ensemble Major ensemble each semester.Final Exercises C620 Certificate Final Project,to be approved and evaluated by the organfaculty.

Doctor of Music in Organ andChurch MusicPrerequisite Master’s degree in organ andchurch music or its equivalent.

Major Field Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of an audition. Duringthe 30-minute audition, the student should beprepared to demonstrate abilities in at leastthree different style periods.

Major 36 credit hours. Q900 Organ GraduateMajor (12 cr.), Q601 Doctoral Organ Recital (1-1-1 cr.), Q608 Doctoral Organ Recital (1 cr.),E521 The Children’s Chorus (2 cr.), C502Hymnody (3 cr.), C523 Church MusicPracticum (2 cr.), C524 Organ Improvisation (2 cr.), C533-C534 Sacred Choral Literature I,

School of Music 49

musicology from Indiana University. A formalresearch paper must be submitted with theapplication (e.g., a graduate seminar paper ora master’s thesis in musicology or musictheory). The applicant’s scores on theGraduate Record Examination General Testand the Subject Test in music must be receivedfrom the Educational Testing Service inPrinceton, New Jersey, by January 15, theapplication deadline.

Major Field Examination The Major FieldExamination in Musicology must be takenduring the first period of enrollment. One partof the Major Field Examination verifies thestudent’s reading comprehension of German; a series of questions about an excerpt from apiece of current musical scholarship must beanswered (a German–English dictionary maybe used). A newly admitted Ph.D. student whodoes not pass the German comprehensionsection of the major field examination isreclassified as an M.A. student and, afterpassing the German Language Examination,must petition the faculty for readmission to thePh.D. curriculum. No more than 9 credit hoursbeyond the M.A. degree requirements takenbefore passing the major field examinationmay be applied toward the Ph.D. inmusicology.

Progress toward Degree A readingknowledge of one of the following languagesis required for admission to the Ph.D.curriculum: French, German, Italian, Latin, orRussian. Incoming Ph.D. students are requiredto complete their language requirements inone language within one calendar year ofmatriculation and to complete therequirements in a second language within twocalendar years of matriculation. For Ph.D.students who have two or three remedialcourses in music theory or music history, bothdeadlines are extended by one semester; forPh.D. students who have four or five remedialcourses, both deadlines are extended by onecalendar year. If a student fails to fulfill eitherof the two language requirements by theappropriate deadline, the student is placed ondepartmental probation for one semester. Ifthe student then fails to fulfill the requirementby the beginning of the following semester, thestudent is dismissed from the musicologyprogram and any financial aid is terminated.

Major 36 credit hours minimum. M661-M662Notation of Polyphonic Music I-II (3-3 cr.); 9credit hours from M598 Colloquium inMusicology, M691 Seminar in Medieval Music,M692 Seminar in Renaissance Music, M693Seminar in Baroque Music, M694 Seminar inClassical Music, M695 Seminar in RomanticMusic, M696 Seminar in Twentieth-CenturyMusic, M698 Individual Seminar inMusicology;

6 credit hours of electives from appropriatecourses and/or seminars in musicology ormusic theory approved by the student’sdoctoral advisory committee; M700Dissertation in Musicology (15-36 cr.).Minor(s) Sufficient credit hours to satisfy thecourse requirements for a Ph.D. minor, asdetermined by the department in which theminor is taken. All such minors must berecognized or accepted by the UniversityGraduate School. A Ph.D. minor typicallyrequires 12 credit hours of course work, anddepartments may also require a writtenand/or oral examination in the minor field.Tool Subjects M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.) and two languagesapproved by the student’s doctoral advisorycommittee.

OrganMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Major 18 credit hours. Q900 Organ GraduateMajor (12 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), 6 credit hours from M675-M676-M677-M678Seminar in Organ Literature (3-3-3-3 cr.) orE589 Organ Pedagogy (3 cr.). Q900 (3 cr.) maybe substituted for one of the literatureseminars at the discretion of the departmentalchairperson.Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one fieldwithin or outside the School of Music, withapproval of the appropriate departmentchairperson and the director of graduatestudies. The student must meet thequalifications of a minor for the cognate field;only courses fulfilling requirements for aminor are acceptable. The cognate field maybecome a minor if at least 12 credit hours aretaken in that field.Ensemble Each semester.

Doctor of Music in Music Literatureand PerformancePrerequisite Master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent.

48 School of Music

Doctor of Music in Music Literatureand PerformancePrerequisite A master’s degree with thesame major or its demonstrated equivalent.

Major Field Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of a full-length recital,which may or may not be heard in its entirety,performed not later than the second period ofenrollment, and an examination (written ororal) on the literature, techniques, andpedagogy of the piano. Applicants areassigned a composition to be learned(memorization not required) and performedfor the admissions committee after 48 hours ofstudy. Applicants must show evidence ofsufficient performing experience and learningability to satisfy the committee that they areable to fulfill requirements for the degree.Applicants must also submit a completerepertoire of works performed and/or studiedto the admissions committee at the time of theaudition.

Major 37 credit hours. P900 Piano GraduateMajor (16 cr.), P601-P602-P603 Doctoral PianoRecital (1-1-1 cr.), P604 Final Doctoral Recital(1 cr.), P605-P606 Doctoral Concerto I-II (1-1 cr.), I821 Doctoral Chamber Music Recital(1-1 cr.), M645-M646-M647-M648 Seminar inPiano Literature I-II-III-IV (3-3-3-3 cr.), M620Doctoral Document/Essay (1 cr.). One of thepublic performances (P601-P602-P603 DoctoralPiano Recital) is a lecture/recital (at least 40minutes of music required). Selections aredetermined by the student in consultation withthe advisory committee. The final recital isplayed after the qualifying examination hasbeen passed.Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under“General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.”Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.)

StringsMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

MajorViolin 18 credit hours. S910 Violin GraduateMajor (14 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F550Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1-1 cr.),and M665 Survey of Violin Literature I (2 cr.)or M666 Survey of Violin Literature II (2 cr.).Viola 18 credit hours. S920 Viola GraduateMajor (14 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F550

Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1-1 cr.),and M665 Survey of Violin Literature I (2 cr.)or M666 Survey of Violin Literature II (2 cr.).Violoncello 18 credit hours. S930 VioloncelloGraduate Major (14 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital(0 cr.), F550 Graduate Chamber MusicCoaching (1-1 cr.), and M667 Survey ofVioloncello Literature I (2 cr.) or M668 Surveyof Violoncello Literature II (2 cr.).Double Bass 18 credit hours. S940 DoubleBass Graduate Major (16 cr.), I711 Master’sRecital (0 cr.), F419 Special Topics (1-1 cr.).Courses in pedagogy and literature may berecommended for students wishing toemphasize preparation for teaching ratherthan music performance; at least 6 credit hoursof music performance instruction are requiredfor all majors.Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one fieldwithin or outside the School of Music, withapproval of the appropriate departmentchairperson and the director of graduatestudies. The cognate field may not be inanother music performance area. The studentmust meet the qualifications of a minor for thecognate field; only courses fulfillingrequirements for a minor are acceptable. Thecognate field may become a minor if at least 12 credit hours are taken in that field.Ensemble Each semester.

Doctor of Music in Music Literatureand PerformancePrerequisite Master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent.

Major Field Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of a full-length recitalcomparable to an M.M. recital, which isperformed during the fall or spring semesterduring the first period of enrollment, and anexamination (written or oral) on the literature,techniques, and pedagogy of the majorinstrument.

School of Music 51

Small Forms, II Large Forms (2-2 cr.), E594Vocal Pedagogy (3 cr.), M620 DoctoralDocument/Essay (2 cr.), 3 credit hours fromM675-M676-M677-M678 Seminar in OrganLiterature (3-3-3-3 cr.), or E589 OrganPedagogy (3 cr.). Students wishing toincorporate harpsichord into the major shouldconfer with the organ department.Minors See ‘‘Doctoral Minors’’ under‘‘General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.’’Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.).

PercussionMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Major 18 credit hours. D900 PercussionGraduate Major (16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital(0 cr.), X490 (1-1 cr.) or F550 (1-1 cr.). Coursesin pedagogy and literature may berecommended for students wishing toemphasize preparation for teaching ratherthan music performance; at least 6 credit hoursof music performance instruction are requiredfor all majors.Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one fieldwithin or outside the School of Music, withapproval of the appropriate departmentchairperson and the director of graduatestudies. The cognate field may not be inanother music performance area. The studentmust meet the qualifications of a minor for thecognate field; only courses fulfillingrequirements for a minor are acceptable. Thecognate field may become a minor if at least 12 credit hours are taken in that field.Ensemble Each semester.

Doctor of Music in Music Literatureand PerformancePrerequisite Master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent.

Major Field Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of a full-length recital,which may or may not be heard in its entirety,

performed during the first period ofregistration, and an examination (written ororal) on the literature, techniques, andpedagogy of percussion.

Major 34 credit hours. D900 PercussionGraduate Major (16 cr.), D601-D602-D603-D604 Percussion Recital I-II-III-IV (1-1-2-2 cr.),M637 Seminar in Percussion History (3 cr.),M638 Percussion Ensemble Literature (3 cr.),F603-F604 Seminar in Percussion PerformanceI-II (2-2 cr.); M620 Doctoral Document/Essay(2 cr.).Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under“General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.”Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.).Ensemble Participation in a major ensemble(X040 University Instrumental Ensembles) fortwo semesters is required; assignment is madeby the percussion faculty.

PianoMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Major 21 credit hours. P900 Piano GraduateMajor (12 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F500Accompanying Recital (1 cr.), M543 KeyboardLiterature from 1700 to 1850 (3 cr.), M544Piano Literature from 1850 to the Present (3 cr.), E493 Piano Pedagogy (2 cr.). E493 PianoPedagogy is required only for those studentswho have not had a course in piano pedagogyor equivalent teaching experience.Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one fieldwithin or outside the School of Music, withapproval of the appropriate departmentchairperson and the director of graduatestudies. The cognate field may not be inanother music performance area. The cognatefield may become a minor if at least 12 credithours are taken in that field. The student mustmeet the qualifications of a minor for thecognate field; only courses fulfillingrequirements for a minor are acceptable.Ensemble Each semester.

50 School of Music

Twentieth-Century Vocal Literature (3 cr.),E694 Applied Comparative Voice Pedagogy (3 cr.), E695 Seminar in Vocal PedagogyResearch (3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (2 cr.), or M619 Doctoral VoiceLecture/Recital (2 cr.). Credit may be dividedbetween V900 Voice Graduate Major and V910Vocal Coaching with approval of candidate’sadvisory committee. One of the three requiredVoice recitals must be a standard recital.Operatic roles may be substituted for one ofthe required recitals with the approval of thevoice faculty.Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under“General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.”Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.).

Wind ConductingMaster of Music in WindConductingPrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Admission Admission to the program is byaudition and entrance examination. In theevent the student is deficient in certain areas,courses may be prescribed in addition to thecourse requirements.

Major 19 credit hours. G574 Advanced WindConducting (3-3 cr.), G605 Wind ConductingPerformance (1 cr.), E560 HistoricalDevelopment of Wind Groups and Literature(3 cr.), M575 Seminar in Wind Literature (3-3 cr.), elective (3 cr.) approved by banddepartment and director of graduate studies.Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one fieldwithin or outside the School of Music, withapproval of the appropriate departmentchairperson and the director of graduatestudies. The student must meet thequalifications of a minor for the cognate field;only courses fulfilling requirements for aminor are acceptable. The cognate field maybecome a minor if 12 credit hours are taken inthat field.Ensemble Each semester.

Doctor of Music in WindConductingPrerequisite Master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent.

Admission Admission to the program is byaudition and entrance examination. In theevent the student is deficient in certain areas,courses may be prescribed in addition to thecourse requirements.

Major 36 credit hours. G674 Advanced WindConducting (3-3-3 cr.); G802 Wind ConductingPerformance (3 cr.); 3 credit hours selectedfrom M571 Seminar in Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), G560 Graduate Choral Conducting(3 cr.), G561 Master’s Choral Conducting I, orM565 Master’s Seminar in Choral Literature(3 cr.); M679 Seminar in Wind Literature (3-3-3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/Essay(3 cr.); electives (9 cr.) approved by the banddepartment and the director of graduatestudies.Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under“General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.”Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.).

WoodwindsMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor’s degree in music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

MajorFlute 18 credit hours. W910 Flute GraduateMajor (16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0-0 cr.),F550 Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1-1 cr.). Two recitals are required.Oboe and English Horn 18 credit hours.W920 Oboe and English Horn Graduate Major(16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0-0 cr.), F550Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1-1 cr.).Two recitals are required.Clarinet 18 credit hours. W930 ClarinetGraduate Major (14 cr.), E559 InstrumentalPedagogy (2 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0-0 cr.),F550 Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1-1 cr.). Two recitals are required.Bassoon 18 credit hours. W940 BassoonGraduate Major (16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital(0-0 cr.), F550 Graduate Chamber MusicCoaching (1-1 cr.). Two recitals are required.Saxophone 18 credit hours. W950 SaxophoneGraduate Major (16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital(0-0 cr.), F550 Graduate Chamber MusicCoaching (1-1 cr.). Two recitals are required.Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance

School of Music 53

MajorViolin 38 credit hours. S910 Violin GraduateMajor (16 cr.), S611-S612 Doctoral ViolinRecital I-II (2-2 cr.), S613 Doctoral ViolinConcerto (1 cr.), S650 Concertmaster or SectionLeader (Doctoral) (1 cr.), I821 DoctoralChamber Music Recital (1-1 cr.), M665-M666Survey of Violin Literature I-II (2-2 cr.), M669-M670 Seminar in String Quartet Literature I-II(2-2 cr.), F550 Graduate Chamber MusicCoaching (1-1-1-1 cr.), M620 DoctoralDocument/Essay (2 cr.).Viola 38 credit hours. S920 Viola GraduateMajor (16 cr.), S614 Doctoral Viola Concerto (1 cr.), S621-S622 Doctoral Viola Recital (2-2 cr.), S650 Concertmaster or Section Leader(Doctoral) (1 cr.), I821 Doctoral ChamberMusic Recital (1-1 cr.), M665-M666 Survey ofViolin Literature I-II (2-2 cr.), M669-M670Seminar in String Quartet Literature I-II (2-2 cr.), F550 Graduate Chamber MusicCoaching (1-1-1-1 cr.), M620 DoctoralDocument/Essay (2 cr.).Violoncello 38 credit hours. S930 VioloncelloGraduate Major (16 cr.), S631-S632 VioloncelloRecital I-II (2-2 cr.), S633 Violoncello Concerto(1 cr.), S650 Concertmaster or Section Leader(Doctoral) (1 cr.), I821 Doctoral ChamberMusic Recital (1-1 cr.), M667-M668 Survey ofVioloncello Literature I-II (2-2 cr.), M669-M670Seminar in String Quartet Literature I-II (2-2 cr.), F550 Graduate Chamber MusicCoaching (1-1-1-1 cr.), M620 DoctoralDocument/Essay (2 cr.).Double Bass 39 credit hours. S940 DoubleBass Graduate Major (16 cr.), S651-S652Doctoral Double Bass Recital (2-2 cr.), S650Concertmaster or Section Leader (Doctoral) (1-1 cr.), I821 Doctoral Chamber Music Recital(1 cr.), E515 Double Bass Pedagogy (1 cr.), F550Graduate Chamber Music Coaching or F419Special Topics (1-1-1-1 cr.), M620 DoctoralDocument/Essay (2 cr.), approved electives inliterature and/or pedagogy (9 cr.).Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under“General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.”Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.).

VoiceMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent. Knowledge ofFrench, German, and Italian grammarequivalent to bachelor’s requirement of twosemesters in each. Students having less thantwo semesters with a grade of C or better ineach of these languages must pass proficiencytests or the prescribed language courses.Regardless of previous training, each student

must pass a diction proficiency examination ora diction course in each language.

Major 21 credit hours. V900 Voice GraduateMajor (12 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0-0 cr.),M531-M532 Song Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), E594Vocal Pedagogy (3 cr.). The first recitalrequirement (I711 Master’s Recital) must be astandard voice recital. The second recital maybe a standard or specialized voice recital, orthis requirement may be met with opera roles,if approved by the voice faculty.Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one fieldwithin or outside the School of Music, withapproval of the appropriate departmentchairperson and the director of graduatestudies. Voice majors may also elect R571-R572Opera Workshop I-II. The cognate field maynot be in another music performance area. Thestudent must meet the qualifications of aminor for the cognate field; only coursesfulfilling requirements for a minor areacceptable. The cognate field may become aminor if at least 12 credit hours are taken inthat field.Ensemble Each semester.

Doctor of Music in Music Literatureand PerformancePrerequisite Master’s degree in voice or itsdemonstrated equivalent. See “Master ofMusic, Voice” prerequisite for languagerequirements.

Major Field Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of a recital, which mayor may not be heard in its entirety, performedduring the initial entrance audition or duringthe first period of enrollment if the initialaudition is by tape. This recital must consist oftwo selections in each of the followinglanguages: English, German, French, andItalian. Not more than two of the eightselections can be operatic arias; however, onearia is required.

Major 38 credit hours. V900 Voice GraduateMajor (15 cr.), V601-V602-V603 Doctoral VoiceRecital (1-1-1 cr.), M685 Vocal Literature Before1800 (3 cr.), M686-M687 Romantic SongLiterature and Oratorio I-II (3-3 cr.), M688

52 School of Music

Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one fieldwithin or outside the School of Music, withapproval of the appropriate departmentchairperson and the director of graduatestudies. The cognate field may not be inanother music performance area. The studentmust meet the qualifications of a minor for thecognate field; only courses fulfillingrequirements for a minor are acceptable. Thecognate field may become a minor if at least 12 credit hours are taken in that field.Ensemble X040 University InstrumentalEnsembles each semester.

Doctor of Music in Music Literatureand PerformancePrerequisite Master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent.

Admission (Three Instrument) Audition.Demonstration of artistic music performanceon three woodwind instruments andsuccessful completion of a written and oralexamination on the literature, techniques, andpedagogy of woodwind instruments.

Admission (Five Instrument) Audition.Demonstration of artistic music performanceon one woodwind instrument and skill inother instruments indicative of ability to meetthe proficiency level, after music performancestudy, on each of the other four woodwindinstruments and successful completion of awritten and oral examination on the literature,techniques, and pedagogy of woodwindinstruments.

Major Field (Three Instrument) Admissionto the curriculum is determined on the basis ofa full-length recital using the three woodwindsduring the first semester of residence (not laterthan November 15). The recital may or maynot be heard in its entirety.

Major Field (Five Instrument) Admission tothe curriculum is determined on the basis of afull-length recital, which may or may not beheard in its entirety, to be performed duringthe first period of enrollment, and anexamination on the literature, techniques, andpedagogy of woodwind instruments.

Major (Three Instrument) 36 credit hours.Flute (W910) (6 cr.), oboe (W920) (6 cr.),clarinet (W930) (6 cr.), bassoon (W940) (6 cr.),or saxophone (W950) (6 cr.); W7-0 other twoinstruments (6-6 cr.); W611-W612 DoctoralWoodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.), W613Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.), M547-M548 Woodwind Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), M620

Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.), musicelectives (3 cr.).

Major (Five Instrument) Flute (W910) (9 cr.),oboe (W920) (9 cr.), clarinet (W930) (9 cr.),bassoon (W940) (9 cr.), or saxophone (W950) (9 cr.); W7-0 secondary instruments 2 creditseach semester until proficiency level is reachedon each of the four other instruments; W611-W612 Doctoral Woodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.); W613 Doctoral Chamber MusicRecital (1 cr.); M547-M548 WoodwindLiterature I-II (3-3 cr.); M560 WoodwindSeminar (2 cr.); M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.); music electives (3 cr.).Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under“General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.”Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.).Ensemble Participation in a major and/orminor ensemble; assignment determined bythe woodwind faculty.

Curricula for Music-Related GraduateDegreesMaster of Arts, Arts AdministrationMajor (through University GraduateSchool)Apply to the Arts Administration Program,Merrill Hall, Indiana University, Bloomington,Indiana 47405; (812) 855-0282.

Prerequisites Outstanding academic recordin music, visual arts, theatre and drama, dance,economics, or business administration;administrative experience; strong letters ofrecommendation; ability to do graduate work,as evidenced by an undergraduate grade pointaverage of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale and GREscores over 550; proof of motivation to work inarts administration; writing andcommunication skills; maturity. Although apersonal interview is not required, it isstrongly recommended.

Course Requirements 45 credit hours,including accounting and marketingprerequisites and one full semester (minimum)of internship in the field of specialization.

Courses Business (12-18 cr.) P: A200Foundations of Accounting (Nonmajors) (3 cr.), M300 Introduction to Marketing (3 cr.).C585 Principles of Fund-Raising Management(3 cr.) or R515 Fundamentals for Public andNon-Profit Agencies (3 cr.); M540 ServicesMarketing (1.5 cr.) and M544 ManagingAdvertising and Sales Promotion (1.5 cr.) orM550 Customer-Oriented Strategies (3 cr.);Z515 Reward Systems (1.5 cr.) and Z516

School of Music 55

Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one fieldwithin or outside the School of Music, withapproval of the appropriate departmentchairperson and the director of graduatestudies. The cognate field may not be inanother music performance area. The studentmust meet the qualifications of a minor for thecognate field; only courses fulfillingrequirements for a minor are acceptable. Thecognate field may become a minor if at least 12 credit hours are taken in that field.Ensemble X040 University InstrumentalEnsembles each semester.

Doctor of Music in Music Literatureand PerformancePrerequisite Master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent.

Major Field Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of a full-length recital,which may or may not be heard in its entirety,performed during the first period ofenrollment, and an examination (written ororal) on the literature, techniques, andpedagogy of the major instrument.

MajorFlute 37 credit hours. W910 Flute GraduateMajor (16 cr.), W611-W612 DoctoralWoodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.), W613Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.), M547-M548 Woodwind Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), E635College Music Teaching (3 cr.), music elective(3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.).Oboe 37 credit hours. W920 Oboe GraduateMajor (16 cr.), W611-W612 DoctoralWoodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.), W613Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.), M547-M548 Woodwind Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), E635College Music Teaching (3 cr.), music elective(3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.).Clarinet 37 credit hours. W930 ClarinetGraduate Major (14 cr.), E559 InstrumentalPedagogy (2 cr.), W611-W612 DoctoralWoodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.), W613Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.), M547-M548 Woodwind Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), E635College Music Teaching (3 cr.), music elective(3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.).Bassoon 37 credit hours. W940 BassoonGraduate Major (16 cr.), W611-W612 DoctoralWoodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.), W613Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.), M547-M548 Woodwind Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), E635

College Music Teaching (3 cr.), music elective(3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.).Saxophone 37 credit hours. W950 SaxophoneGraduate Major (16 cr.), W611-W612 DoctoralWoodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.), W613Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.), M547-M548 Woodwind Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), E635College Music Teaching (3 cr.), music elective(3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.).Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under“General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.”Tool Subjects M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.), F550 Graduate ChamberMusic Coaching (1 cr.), F650 Practicum inChamber Music (1-1 cr.). Each candidate isrequired to coach a woodwind ensemble fortwo semesters.Ensemble Participation in a major and/orminor ensemble; assignment is determined bythe woodwind faculty.

Woodwinds (Multiple)Master of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor’s degree in music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Admission (Three Instrument) Audition.Demonstration of artistic music performanceon the major instrument and on the twononmajor instruments.

Admission (Five Instrument) Audition.Demonstration of artistic music performanceon one woodwind instrument and skill inother instruments indicative of ability to meetthe proficiency level, after music performancestudy, on each of the other four woodwindinstruments.

Major (Three Instrument) 19 credit hours.Flute (W910) (6 cr.), oboe (W920) (6 cr.),clarinet (W930) (6 cr.), bassoon (W940) (6 cr.),or saxophone (W950) (6 cr.); W9-0 other twoinstruments (6-6 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F550 Graduate Chamber MusicCoaching (1 cr.).

Major (Five Instrument) 18 credit hoursminimum. Flute (W910) (9 cr.), oboe (W920) (9 cr.), clarinet (W930) (9 cr.), bassoon (W940)(9 cr.), or saxophone (W950) (9 cr.); W7-0, 2 credits each semester until proficiency levelis reached on each of the four otherinstruments; I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F550Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1 cr.).Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-

54 School of Music

Ensemble Each semester.or

Master of Arts, Music Theory 32 credithours.

Major 20 credit hours. T550 Readings inMusic Theory (3 cr.), T551 Introduction toAnalytical Techniques (3 cr.), T555Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.), T556 Analysis ofTwentieth-Century Music (3 cr.), T531Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint (3 cr.), T557Studies in the Theory of Music (2 cr.), T558Master’s Degree Review (0 cr.), T591 Teachingof Music Theory I (3 cr.). If a studentdemonstrates proficiency in any of these areas,other graduate-level music theory courses maybe substituted upon approval of theDepartment of Music Theory.Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.) with a grade of B or aboveand proficiency in two languages or onelanguage and a research skill, as approved bythe Department of Music Theory and thedirector of graduate studies.Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours of libraryscience, which count toward both degrees.Ensemble Each semester.

orMaster of Music, Music Theory 32 credithours.

Major 20 credit hours. T550 Readings inMusic Theory (3 cr.), T551 Introduction toAnalytical Techniques (3 cr.), T555Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.), T556 Analysis ofTwentieth-Century Music (3 cr.), T531Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint (3 cr.), T557Studies in the Theory of Music (2 cr.), T558Master’s Degree Review (0 cr.), T591 Teachingof Music Theory I (3 cr.). If a studentdemonstrates proficiency in any of these areas,other graduate-level music theory courses maybe substituted upon approval of theDepartment of Music Theory.Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.) with a grade of B or aboveand proficiency in two languages or onelanguage and a research skill, as approved bythe Department of Music Theory and thedirector of graduate studies.

Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M502 Composers: Variable Title (3 cr.),M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 cr),M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), M528Chamber Music Literature (3 cr), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours of libraryscience, which count toward both degrees.Ensemble Each semester.

Master of Science in MusicTechnology(offered at Indiana University–PurdueUniversity Indianapolis)

Application should be made to the MusicTechnology Program, IU School of Music atIUPUI, 525 N. Blackford Street, Indianapolis,Indiana 46202; (317)274-4000.

This degree program provides post–bachelor’sdegree education in music technology,computer-assisted music instructional designand music technology production techniques.The curriculum establishes the creativeapplication of multimedia technology to video,audio, and graphic production of arts andeducational materials. Included arefoundations, methods, and theoretical courses,which underpin development of skillsrequired for using technology in a creativeenvironment.

Prerequisite Bachelor’s degree withdemonstrated musical skills; grade pointaverage of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale.

Admission Students must apply foradmission to the School of Music’s program atIUPUI. An interview is required todemonstrate musical literacy and computerliteracy and to assess professional experience.A portfolio including performance tape/computer application must be submitted todocument skill and experience. Theapplication requires three letters ofrecommendation.

Course Requirements 30 credit hoursdistributed as follows:

Major 18 credit hours. N512 Foundations ofMusic Production (3 cr.), N513 Principles ofMultimedia Technology (3 cr.), N514 MusicTechnology Methods (3 cr.), N515 MultimediaDesign Applications in the Arts: ApplicationDesign (3 cr.), N516 Advanced InteractiveDesign Applications in the Arts (3 cr.), N517Internship in Arts Technology (3 cr.) or N518Arts Technology Major Projects (3 cr.).

School of Music 57

Staffing Systems (1.5 cr.); L506 Legal Conceptsand Trends Affecting Business (3 cr.).

Arts Administration Y550 Practicum in ArtsAdministration (3 cr.), Y650 Seminar in ArtsAdministration (co-requisite Y651) (3 cr.), Y651Seminar in Arts Administration (co-requisiteY650) (3 cr.), Y750 Internship in ArtsAdministration (3 cr.); history of one of the artsin the twentieth century (3 cr.); one of thefollowing: Music U511 Concert Management(3 cr.), U412 Music Theater Management (3 cr.), Theatre T585 Theatre Management (3 cr.), or Arts Administration Y525 MuseumManagement (3 cr.); and 9 credit hours ofelectives selected in consultation with advisor.

Master of Science in BalletPrerequisite Bachelor of Science degree inballet or bachelor’s degree in any field withdemonstrated level of ballet equivalent to thatof the Bachelor of Science in Ballet degree.

Major 21 credit hours. J900 Ballet GraduateMajor (3-3-3-3 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.),J810 Graduate Jazz Dance(1-1 cr.), J840Graduate Practicum (1-1), J841 Graduate BalletPedagogy (1-1), J910 Advanced ChoreographyWorkshop (1-1 cr.), J911 Guided ProfessionalExperiences in Ballet (1 cr.), or J610 Thesis inBallet (1 cr.).Supporting Courses 3 credit hours. Onecourse in anatomy, kinesiology, or otherrelated field approved by the department andthe director of graduate studies.Cognate Field 6 credit hours. Courses in onefield to be selected from music, anatomy, finearts, or others with the approval of thedepartment and the Director of GraduateStudies. The cognate field may become aminor if at least 12 credit hours are taken inthat field.Electives 5 credit hoursEnsemble X030 Ballet Ensemble eachsemester.

Master of Arts and Master ofLibrary Science; Master of Musicand Master of Library ScienceThis program permits the student tocoordinate a degree in music theory or musichistory and literature with a Master of LibraryScience. Specialized training in music libraryscience is provided by the professionallibrarians of the School of Music. Students whoalready have a master’s degree in music orwho do not desire a master’s in music fromIndiana University may wish to contact theAdmissions Office of the School of Library andInformation Science for informationconcerning the Music LibrarianshipSpecialization within the Master of LibraryScience degree only.

Prerequisite Bachelor’s degree in music.

Admission Students must apply foradmission simultaneously to the School ofMusic for the M.M. and the School of Libraryand Information Science for the M.L.S.

Master of Library Science 36 credit hours.The Music Librarianship Specialization as partof the Dual Master’s program or as aspecialization within the M.L.S. consists of thefollowing:

Core Courses 18 credit hours. (See thecurrent School of Library and InformationScience Bulletin.)

Other Required School of Library andInformation Science Courses 9-12 credithours. L623 Information in the Humanities (3 cr.), L631 Seminar in Music Librarianship (3 cr.), L596 Internship in Library andInformation Science (2-6 cr.) (Whether studentstake 6 or fewer credit hours of L596 will bedetermined by their background or experience.Candidates with work experience in a musiclibrary may substitute 3 hours of elective creditin library science.)

Library Science Elective Courses Sufficientcredit hours to bring the total number ofcompleted School of Library and InformationScience credit hours to 30.

Music Elective Courses 6 credit hours takenfrom the music core requirement.

andMaster of Arts, Musicology 32 credit hours.

Major 20 credit hours. M539 Introduction toMusic Bibliography (2 cr.); M551 Introductionto Historical Musicology (3 cr.); M598Colloquium in Musicology (3 cr.); 6 credithours from M691 Seminar in Medieval Music(3 cr.), M692 Seminar in Renaissance Music (3 cr.), M693 Seminar in Baroque Music (3 cr.),M694 Seminar in Classical Music (3 cr.), M695Seminar in Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M696Seminar in Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); 6 credit hours of elective course workapproved by the chairperson of musicology.Core Requirement 6 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature(3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.),M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 RenaissanceMusic (3 cr.), M653 Music of the BaroquePeriod (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hoursselected from the list above and 3 credit hoursselected from M502 Composers: Variable Title(3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature(3 cr.).Cognate Field 6 credit hours of libraryscience, which count toward both degrees.

56 School of Music

Not all courses are offered every year. Thenumber of credit hours given for a course isindicated in parentheses following the coursetitle. The abbreviation ‘‘P’’ refers to the courseprerequisite or prerequisites, and theabbreviation ‘‘C’’ refers to the coursecorequisite or corequisites. Courses exemptfrom the Incomplete rule (see ‘‘AcademicRegulations’’) are marked by the sign �. Letterprefixes indicate subject fields as follows:A Recording ArtsB BrassC Church MusicD PercussionE Music Education and PedagogyF TechniquesG ConductingH HarpI RecitalsJ BalletK CompositionL GuitarM Music History and LiteratureN HonorsP PianoQ OrganR OperaS StringsT Music TheoryU Unclassified CoursesV VoiceW WoodwindsX EnsemblesY Early MusicZ Nonmajor

Undergraduate MusicPerformance StudyUndergraduate music performance studycourses include private lessons and recitals.

Private LessonsUndergraduate Undergraduate

Elective/Secondary Major(2 cr.) (2-6 cr.)

BrassHorn B110 B410Trumpet B120 B420Trombone B130 B430Euphonium B140 B440Tuba B150 B450

Early MusicEarly Instrumentsand Early Voice Y110 Y410

Guitar L100 L400Harp H100 H400Organ Q100 Q400Percussion D100 D400Piano P100 P400Strings

Violin S110 S410Viola S120 S420Violoncello S130 S430Double Bass S140 S440

Voice V100 V400Woodwinds

Flute W110 W410Oboe W120 W420Clarinet W130 W430Bassoon W140 W440Saxophone W150 W450

Graduate MusicPerformance StudyGraduate music performance study coursesinclude private lessons and recitals.

Private LessonsGraduate Graduate Graduate

Elective Minor MajorBrassHorn B710 B810 B910Trumpet B720 B820 B920Trombone B730 B830 B930Euphonium B740 B840 B940Tuba B750 B850 B950

Composition K710 K810 K910Early Music Y710 Y810 Y910Voice Y750 Y850 Y950

Guitar L700 L800 L900Harp H700 H800 H900Organ Q700 Q800 Q900Percussion D700 D800 D900Piano P700 P800 P900StringsViolin S710 S810 S910Viola S720 S820 S920Violoncello S730 S830 S930Double Bass S740 S840 S940

Voice V700 V800 V900WoodwindsFlute W710 W810 W910Oboe W720 W820 W920Clarinet W730 W830 W930Bassoon W740 W840 W940Saxophone W750 W850 W950

School of Music 59

Cognate Field and Electives 6 credit hoursare required within an approved cognate fieldinside or outside the School of Music. Theremaining 6 credit hours are to be selectedfrom music, business, education,communications, computer science, art, law, orother areas with departmental approval.

Master of Science in Music, MusicTheater Scenic TechniquesPrerequisite B.S. in music, opera scenictechniques, or equivalent.Admission By portfolio; demonstratedability in score reading sufficient to follow apiano/vocal score for technical andmanagement purposes.Major 16 credit hours. R510 Graduate Projectin Scenic Design for Music Production (4 cr.),R512 Advanced Scene Painting LaboratoryProject (4 cr.), R514 Graduate Seminar inHistory of Stage Design and Architecture(2 cr.), R515 Graduate Technical Direction(2 cr.), R516 Graduate Lighting Design (2 cr.),R518 Graduate Stage Direction for Designers(1 cr.)Minor 15 credit hours. Fine Arts S230Painting I (3 cr.), S331 Painting II (3 cr.), S301Drawing II (3 cr.), and S311 Printed and DyedTextile Design II (3 cr.), plus 3 credit hours tobe chosen from A322 Romanesque and GothicArt (3 cr.), A331 14th and 15th Century Art inItaly (3 cr.), A322 16th and 17th Century Art insouthern Europe (3 cr.), or A341 19th CenturyEuropean Art (3 cr.)Ensemble Each semester.

Master of Science in Music, StageDirection for OperaPrerequisite Bachelor’s degree or equivalent,preferably with a major in theater or music.

Admission By examination (musicality,dramatic, and visual creativity), proficiency inGerman and Italian equivalent to G100 andM100.

Major 19 credit hours. R502 StageManagement (1 cr.), R503 Seminar in OperaProduction Project (2 cr.), R504 OperaProduction Project (1 cr.), R505-R506 ScoreAnalysis for Stage Direction I-II (3-3 cr.), R507-R508 Operatic Rehearsal Technique III-IV (3-3 cr.), R320 Workshop in Scenic Technique(3 cr.) (A theater course may be substitutedwith permission of the department.).Minor 12 credit hours. M561-M562-M563-M564 History and Literature of Opera I-II-III-IV (3-3-3-3 cr.).Ensemble X070 University Choral Ensemblesor X080 Opera Technical Crew each semester.

58 School of Music

Courses in the School of Music

V410 Vocal Coaching (Undergraduate VoiceMajors) (2 cr.)

Keyboard ProficiencyI105 Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.)Alternative proficiency examination allowingundergraduate students whose majorinstrument is guitar, harp or harpsichord todemonstrate comparable proficiency skills ontheir major instrument.

P105 Keyboard Proficiency Examination (0 cr.) Undergraduate proficiency examinationat the piano and organ.

EnsembleMajor EnsemblesX002 Piano Accompanying (2 cr.) Qualifiedundergraduate students may be assigned tostudio accompanying for three hours per weekin lieu of choral ensemble. Requires choraldepartment approval.X030 Ballet Ensemble (2 cr.) Required of allballet students; elective for students outsidethe School of Music with consent of instructor.Rehearsals for ballet and opera production.X040 University Instrumental Ensembles(2 cr.)

Bands There are five university bands: TheSymphonic Band, the Concert Band, theUniversity Band, the Marching Hundred, andthe Basketball Pep Band. The Pep Band isorganized following the football season frommembers of the Marching Hundred. Theuniversity concert bands perform both oncampus and on various tours.

Orchestras There are four symphonyorchestras, a chamber orchestra, a baroque(period instrument) orchestra, and the NewMusic Ensemble. Students are assigned by theperformance faculty. Each ensemble rehearsesan average of 84 hours per semester.

Jazz Bands There are three performing jazzbands.

X060 Early Music Ensembles (2 cr.)X070 University Choral Ensembles (2 cr.)The following ensembles rehearse daily:Chamber Singers, Pro Arte Singers, SingingHoosiers, University Chorale, Opera Chorus,University Singers, and Women’s Chorus. TheSinging Hoosiers, Pro Arte Singers, andChamber Singers make various tours and areavailable for special performances.X080 Opera Technical Crew (2 cr.)X090 Audio Technical Crew (2 cr.)X091 String Repair Technical Crew (2 cr.)Supervised execution of repair andmaintenance techniques for string instruments.

Other Ensembles (see also F449 and F549 forHarp Ensemble and F450 and F550 forChamber Music Coaching) (These courses maynot be counted for required ensemble credit.)X420 Small Ensembles (1 cr.), Brass Choir, andPercussion Ensemble.X413 Latin American Popular Music,Performance Emphasis (3 cr.) Emphasis onmusical practice. Arranging and performanceof genres in solo, chamber, and bandensembles. Open to music majors and non-majors with performing skills.X414 Latin American Ensemble (2 cr.)Represents the performance component onlyof X413, and may be repeated for credit.Nonmajor EnsemblesX001 Ensemble (Non–Music Majors Only) (1-2 cr.) Men’s chorus, women’s chorus, mixedchorus, band, string orchestra, and otherensembles. Open to students outside theSchool of Music. Does not fulfill the majorensemble requirement for music majors.

Academic CoursesRecording Arts and AudioTechnologyA101 Introduction to Audio Technology (2 cr.) Introduction to the equipment andtechniques employed in audio recording andreinforcement, including basic audio theory,analog recording, and an introduction todigital audio.A102 Audio Techniques I (3 cr.) P: A101Introduction to Audio Technology.Introduction to studio and recordingtechniques, including theory and practice ofthe use of microphones in mono and stereorecording, elementary tape editing, analogtape machines, and digital principles.A111 Basic Electricity (2 cr.) P: two years highschool algebra, Mathematics M025 Pre-Calculus Mathematics, or equivalent.Fundamental principles of electricity andmagnetism with review of necessary algebra.A112 Electronics I (3 cr.) P: A111 BasicElectricity. AC theory and introduction tocircuit elements and active devices.A201 Advanced Audio Theory (3 cr.) P: A102Audio Techniques I and A112 Electronics I.Study of specialized studio and digitalrecording equipment and techniques.A211 Electronics II (3 cr.) P: A112 Electronics I.System design and operation applied to audio,both analog and digital.A270 Audio Techniques II (3 cr.) P: A102Audio Techniques I. Intermediate studio andrecording techniques, including multitrackrecording and mixdown.

School of Music 61

RecitalsUndergraduate RecitalsI311 B.S./B.M.E./B.M. Jazz Senior Recital (0cr.)I411 B.M. Junior Recital (0 cr.)I412 B.M. Senior Recital (0 cr.)K402 Senior Recital in Composition (0 cr.)

Master’s, Diploma, and DoctoralChamber RecitalsI611 Performer Diploma Recital (0 cr.)

I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.)

I821 Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.)

I911 Artist Diploma Recital (0 cr.)

I921 Artist Diploma Chamber Music Recital(0 cr.)

Doctoral Recitals (Solo)(Consult department chairperson forrepertoire requirements.)B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1 cr.)B602 Doctoral Brass Recital (1 cr.)D601-D602-D603-D604 Doctoral PercussionRecital I-II-III-IV (1-1-1-1 cr.)G603 Instrumental Conducting Performance(1 cr.)G605 Wind Conducting Performance (1 cr.)G801 Instrumental Conducting Performance(3 cr.)G802 Wind Conducting Performance (3 cr.)G810-G811 Choral Conducting PerformanceI-II (3-3 cr.)H601-H602-H603-H604 Doctoral Harp RecitalI-II-III-IV (1-1-2-2 cr.)K701 Doctoral Composition Chamber Recital(1 cr.)L661 Guitar Recital (1-1-1 cr.)P601-P602-P603 Doctoral Piano Recital I-II-III(1-1-1 cr.)P604 Doctoral Piano Recital—Final (cr. arr.)P605-P606 Doctoral Piano Concerto I-II (1-1 cr.)Q601 Doctoral Organ Recital (1 cr.)Q608 Doctoral Organ/Choir Recital (1 cr.)S611-S612 Doctoral Violin Recital I-II (2-2 cr.)S613 Doctoral Violin Concerto (1 cr.)S614 Doctoral Viola Concerto (1 cr.)S621-S622 Doctoral Viola Recital I-II (2-2 cr.)S631-S632 Doctoral Violoncello Recital I-II(2-2 cr.)S633 Doctoral Violoncello Concerto (1 cr.)S650 Concertmaster or Section Leader(Doctoral) (1 cr.)S651-S652 Double Bass Recital I-II (2-2 cr.)

V601-V602-V603 Doctoral Voice Recitals (1-1-1 cr.)W611-W612 Doctoral Woodwind Recitals (1-1 cr.)W613 Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.)Y701 Doctoral Early Music Recital (1 cr.)

Performance and CompositionMasterclassI500 Performance and CompositionMasterclass (0 cr.)

Class Instruction in PerformanceL101 Beginning Guitar Class (2 cr.)P: Permission of instructor. Class guitarinstruction for non–music majors.L102 Intermediate Guitar Class (2 cr.) P: Permission of instructor. Class guitarinstruction for non–music majors.L103 Advanced Guitar Class (2 cr.) P: Permission of instructor. Class advancedguitar instruction for non–music majors.L111 Beginning Bass Guitar Class (2 cr.)P: Permission of instructor. Class bass guitarinstruction for non–music majors.L112 Intermediate Bass Guitar Class (2 cr.) P: Permission of instructor. Class intermediateclassical bass guitar instruction for non–musicmajors.L113 Advanced Bass Guitar Class (2 cr.)P: Permission of instructor. Class bass guitarinstruction for non–music majors.P100 Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.)P110 Beginning Piano Class 1, Non–MusicMajors (2 cr.) Class piano for beginning pianostudents.P111 Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.) Classpiano for beginning piano students.P112 Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.) Classpiano for beginning piano students withprevious piano experience.P120 Beginning Piano Class 2, Non–MusicMajors (2 cr.) Class piano (second-semesterlevel).P121 Piano Class 2, Music Majors (2 cr.) Classpiano (second-semester level).P124 Piano Class 2, Music Majors (2 cr.) Classpiano (second-semester level) for incomingmusic students with piano background.P130 Beginning Piano Class 3, Non–MusicMajors (2 cr.) Class piano (third-semesterlevel).P131 Piano Class 3, Music Majors (2 cr.) Classpiano (third-semester level, accelerated).P141 Piano Class 4, Music Majors (2 cr.) Classpiano (fourth-semester level).V101 Voice Class (cr. arr.) Instruct beginnersin introductory aspects of voice, vocaltechniques, and sight reading.

60 School of Music

and the concert mass from 1600 to the present.Special emphasis on usage in the church musicprograms of today.C535 Introduction to Liturgy and the Arts (2 cr.) A study of the relationship betweenliturgy, music, and other related arts both inhistory and current practice.C620 Certificate Final Project (1 cr.)

Music Education and PedagogyCoursesE130 Introduction to Music Learning (2 cr.)Introduction to the philosophy, sociology, andpsychology of music. Survey of careers inmusic, including teaching (school and private),performing, scholarship, publishing, andtechnical fields. This course fulfills thepedagogy requirement for B.M. degrees, or itmay substitute for E131 Introduction to MusicEducation (2 cr.) for B.M.E. degrees.E131 Introduction to Music Education (2 cr.)An introduction to the philosophic, historical,and sociological concepts underlying currentmusic education practice with an emphasis onissues of cultural diversity and the impact oftechnology.E230 Teaching Music through Performance (2 cr.) P: E130 Introduction to Music Learningor E131 Introduction to Music Education.Preparation of lecture/demonstrations inmusic, including selection of topics andliterature, administration, and evaluation.Ensembles composed of students enrolled inthe class perform productions at communitysites such as schools, hospitals, service clubs,etc.E231 General Music Methods K-12 (2 cr.)P: E131 Introduction to Music Education; C:EDUC M201 Laboratory/Field Experience (0 cr.) which requires 15 hours of fieldwork.Principles of musical development andcurriculum planning applied to the teaching of general music in schools, including specialpopulations. The application of computertechnologies to the teaching of general musicand music appreciation are examined.E241 Introduction to Music FundamentalsDesigned to aid elementary majors in theSchool of Education in learning to sing andread music.E303 Violin Pedagogy (2 cr.)E304 Violin Pedagogy (2 cr.) P: E303.E306 Cello Pedagogy (2 cr.)E312 Arranging for Instrumental and VocalGroups (2 cr.) P: T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV and T232 Musical Skills III, orequivalent for all students, and F205Introduction to Instrumental Techniques forchoral general music education majors.Scoring for orchestra, band, and chorus.Required of all music education majors.

E350 Chamber Music Coaching I (1 cr.)Specified chamber music experience in classesfor woodwind and brass students and quartetsfor majors in violin, viola and cello.E351 Chamber Music Coaching II (1 cr.)Specified chamber music experience in classesfor woodwind students and quartets formajors in violin, viola and cello.E400 Undergraduate Readings in MusicEducation (cr. arr.)�

E410 Topics in Music Education andPedagogy ( 3 cr.) P: Junior standing in theSchool of Music or consent of instructor. Focuson aspects of music education and pedagogyrelevant to students enrolled in the degreeprograms, Bachelor of Music or Bachelor ofScience in Music; the course is not intended tofulfill Bachelor of Music Educationrequirements. E410 emphasizes theory andresearch in music education and pedagogy.The scope of topics will include music teachingin private and small group settings, the role ofmusic in society, women in music, research inmusic pedagogy, philosophy, psychology, andsociology of music. May be repeated fordifferent topics.E458 Pedagogy of Jazz (2 cr.) Techniques andmethods of teaching jazz studies, including thetraining of jazz bands.E459 Instrumental Pedagogy (3 cr.) Pedagogyclasses pertaining to the individualinstruments.E467 Techniques of String Class Teaching (3 cr.) Current pedagogical practices,procedures, and materials for string teachingfor both class and private instruction.E489 Organ Pedagogy (3 cr.) Pedagogicalpractices, procedure, and materials for organteaching.E493 Piano Pedagogy (2 cr.) Required of seniorpiano majors. Methods and materials forteaching individuals and classes of bothchildren and adults. Two hours ofdemonstration and two hours of teaching eachweek.E494 Voice Pedagogy (3 cr.) Principles of voiceproduction. Quality, diction, range, breathing,vocalization, dynamics, agility, and vocalhygiene as bases for an approach to voiceteaching.E503 Violin Pedagogy (2 cr.) Learning theskills to teach a beginning violin studentthrough lectures, observation of private andgroup lessons, and teaching children under thesupervision of the instructor. Paper on a topicfrom the course.E504 Violin Pedagogy (2 cr.) P: E503. Learningto teach shifting, vibrato, and bow strokes, andexploring the repertoire of young violinists.Course includes lectures, observation ofprivate and group lessons, and teaching

School of Music 63

A311 Audio Repair and Maintenance I (3 cr.)P: A112 Electronics I. Instruction in basicmaintenance of audio equipment withconcentration on test equipment andprocedures, analog tape machine alignment,and basic tape transport maintenance. Practicalexperience is emphasized.A312 Audio Repair and Maintenance II (3 cr.)P: A311 Audio Repair and Maintenance I.Instruction in maintenance of audio equipmentwith concentration on advanced tape transportand electronic setup, wiring practices, andelectronic systems analysis and repair.Practical experience is emphasized.A320 Electronic Studio Techniques for AudioMajors (2 cr.) P: A102 Audio Techniques I.Practical experience in magnetic-typetechniques and effects, analog and digitalsynthesizers, MIDI, and small computerapplications, as applied to the recording studioenvironment.A321 Media Techniques (3 cr.) P: A211Electronics II and A270 Audio Techniques II.Study of audio production techniques forradio, video, film, and multi-imagepresentations. Emphasis on mixing criteria forbroadcast and visual productions.A360 Recording Techniques (2 cr.) P: A270Audio Techniques II. Supervised practicalexperience in nonmultitrack recording andediting. Individual project work, plus grouplistening and discussion sessions.A361 Advanced Recording Projects (2 cr.)P: A360 Recording Techniques and permissionof instructor. Practical experience innonmultitrack recording and editing from theperspective of the recordingproducer/engineer. Individual project work,plus group listening and discussion sessions.A370 Studio Techniques I (2 cr.) P: A270Audio Techniques II. Supervised practicalexperience in multitrack recording and mixing.Small group and individual project work, plusgroup listening and discussion.A380 Final Project in Audio Technology (1 cr.) P: Permission of instructor. Preparationof dossier summarizing all work completed(concurrent with last semester of on-campuscourse work).A450 Recording Arts (repertory) (2 cr.) A460 Recording Arts (techniques) (cr. arr.)A461 Senior Project in Recording Arts (1 cr.)A470 Studio Techniques II (2 cr.) P: A370Studio Techniques I. Advanced productionexperience in multitrack recording and mixing.Individual project work, plus group listeningand discussion.A480 Internship in Audio (2-6 cr.) P: A380Final Project in Audio Technology. Supervisedexperience in a working environment directlyrelated to audio technology. Assessed by

reports from the student and on-sitesupervisor.

Church MusicC400 Research in Church Music (cr. arr.)�

C401 Church Music I (3 cr.) Basic keyboardskills, four-part harmonization of melodiesand given bases, improvisation of simplechord progressions in four-part style, basicmodulation, and transposition of four-partmaterials (hymns).C402 Church Music II (3 cr.) P: C401 ChurchMusic I or special examination. Furtherdevelopment of keyboard skills, reading offigured bass, score reading, and advancedtransposition.C403 Church Music III (3 cr.) P: C402 ChurchMusic II or special examination. Survey ofliturgies, introductory hymnody, consoleconducting, service music, advancedmodulation, and improvisation.C404 Church Music IV (3 cr.) P: C403 ChurchMusic III. Continuation of materials of C403Church Music III. Satisfactory completion ofC404 Church Music IV completes the keyboardproficiency requirement for organists.C500 Independent Study in Church MusicPractices (cr. arr.)C502 Hymnody (3 cr.) A study of the historyand structure of hymn texts and music withspecial emphasis on hymn writers of thetwentieth century.C504 Improvisational Skills (2 cr.) Basickeyboard skills with emphasis on harmony,chord progressions, and simple form(s).Prerequisite to C524 Organ Improvisationunless exempted by audition.C522 Handbell Practicum (1 cr.) A practicalintroduction to handbell performance,conducting, and ensemble development.Course includes instruction in basic andadvanced handbell ringing techniques,conducting, assignment of bells, andknowledge of literature. Open to Organ andOrgan and Church Music majors.C523 Church Music Practicum (2 cr.)�

A study of repertoire, performance techniques(e.g., console conducting), and organizationalmethods required of church musicians.C524 Organ Improvisation (2 cr.) P: C403Church Music III, C404 Church Music IV, andC504 Improvisational Skills. Improvisation forthe church organists, with emphasis onstylistic considerations, formal structures, anddevices.C533 Sacred Choral Literature I, Small Forms(2-3 cr.) Sacred music from the sixteenthcentury to the present: smaller forms, motets,and anthems.C534 Sacred Choral Literature II, Large Forms(2 cr.) The development of cantata, oratorio,

62 School of Music

Problem definition; development of researchdesign. Probability and sampling procedure.Techniques for the location, collection,quantification, and treatment of data. Researchreport required.E533 Research in Music Education (cr. arr.)�

P: E532 Research Methods in Music II orconsent of instructor.E534 Practicum in Music Education (3 cr.)�

Research techniques and procedures. Practicalor creative project or investigation required(may be a phase of a cooperative study or anindependent project).E535 Measurement, Evaluation, andGuidance in Music (3 cr.) P: E519 Psychologyof Music or consent of instructor. Standardizedtests, classroom or studio marking,auditioning, and adjudication; evaluation ofaptitude in light of professional andeducational criteria; and use of data incounseling.E536 Special Workshop in Music Education(cr. arr.)E545 Guided Professional Experiences (cr. arr.) P: consent of instructor. Furtherdevelopment of professional skills in teaching,supervision, and administration by means oflaboratory techniques and use of School ofMusic facilities and resources. Evidencerequired of competency to carry outindependent work.E551 Seminar in Instrumental Teaching (3 cr.)Principles of the pedagogy of individualinstruments applied to private and groupinstruction. Members of the performancefaculty will participate in discussions.E557 Band Arranging for Graduate Students(3 cr.) P: K214-K215 Instrumentation I-II ordemonstration of ability to score satisfactorilyfor small orchestra. Scoring of chorale anddance forms for band choirs and full band.Transcription of appropriate selections frompiano, organ, or orchestra literature.E559 Instrumental Pedagogy (1-3 cr.) P: Graduate standing. Pedagogy classespertaining to the individual instruments.E560 Historical Development of WindGroups and Literature (3 cr.) Acomprehensive study of wind groups focusingon instrumentation and literature from itsearliest beginnings to the present. Specialemphasis on major works, composers, stylisticchanges, and programming.E561 Choral Methods and Materials (3 cr.)Advanced choral methods for the practicingteacher or advanced student. Literature surveyfor secondary school environment. Resourcesand methodology leading to a comprehensivechoral curriculum.E568 Administration of Instrumental Groups(3 cr.) Supervision of school bands and

orchestras: student personnel, financing,program construction, rehearsal techniques,festival participation, physical plant, andrepair of instruments.E569 Seminar in Class Piano Teaching (1 cr.)Teaching techniques for piano classes.Required of all graduate assistants whoseduties involve teaching class piano; must betaken during the first semester of class pianoteaching.E570 Pedagogy of Jazz (3 cr.) Techniques andmethods of teaching jazz studies.E571-E572-E573 Kodály Concept I-II-III (3-3-3 cr.) Methods, analysis, and solfege;materials and curriculum development.I. Primary. II. Intermediate. III. Advanced.E574-E575-E576 Orff Program Development I-II-III (3-3-3 cr.) Methods and materials,movement, singing and playing skills;curriculum development. I. Primary.II. Intermediate. III. Advanced.E589 Organ Pedagogy (3 cr.) An overview ofhistorical organ method books, organpedagogy, and supporting material. Courseconsists of some lecture as well as theindividual student doing actual teaching(observed by the instructor) with follow-upconferences.E593 Piano Methods (2 cr.) Elective formaster’s degree candidates in piano. Twolectures a week. Four instructors for fourweeks each.E594 Vocal Pedagogy (3 cr.) P: Must be voicemajor or have consent of instructor. Processesin voice production: respiration, phonation,articulation, and resonances. Psychological,psysiological, and acoustical problemsincluding voice classification, quality, diction,and registration will be discussed. A majorpaper on a related subject will also berequired. Assignment of students to membersof the class for supervised teaching. A study ofstudio procedure and practical subjects relatedto studio and class voice instruction.E596 Research in Performance Study (cr.arr.)�

E600 Thesis in Music Education (3 cr.)�

E616 Curriculum in Music Education (3 cr.) P: E518 Foundations of Music Education andconsent of instructor. Purpose, problems,development, and current trends in musiccurricular structures in elementary, secondary,and higher education.E618 History and Philosophy of MusicEducation (3 cr.) P: E518 Foundations of MusicEducation. The interaction of the theory andpractice of music education with historical andphilosophical developments in theEuropean/American tradition.E625 Administration of Music in HigherEducation (3 cr.) Administration problems,

School of Music 65

children under the supervision of theinstructor. Paper on a topic from the course.E506 Cello Pedagogy (2 cr.) Comparisons ofcello methods and materials, study of right-hand and left-hand techniques, observation ofteaching, and practical experience teachingprivate and class lessons. Paper on a topicfrom the course.E507-E508 Recorder Pedagogy I-II (2-1 cr.) I. Methods of teaching recorder technique andrepertory, with emphasis on precollege levels.II. P: E507 Recorder Pedagogy I usingmaterials and techniques acquired in methodsclass.E509 Horn Pedagogy (1 cr.) Observation oftwo private lessons per week taught by majorteachers. Term paper required.E510 Trumpet and Cornet Pedagogy (1 cr.)Observation of two private lessons per weektaught by major teachers. Term paperrequired.E511 Trombone Pedagogy (1 cr.) Observationof two private lessons per week taught bymajor teachers. Term paper required.E512 Tuba Pedagogy (1 cr.) Observation oftwo private lessons per week taught by majorteachers. Term paper required.E513 Harp Pedagogy (3 cr.) A survey ofteaching materials and methods for the harpand texts on basic musicianship. Observationof private lessons and class instruction.E514 Applied Harp Pedagogy (3 cr.) A supervised series of private and class harplessons.E515 Double Bass Pedagogy (1 cr.)Observation of two private lessons per weektaught by major teachers. Term paperrequired.E516 Instructional Programs and Learning inMusic (3 cr.) The application of theories ofmusical learning to the selection andsequencing of content in a variety of learningsettings.E517 Sociology of Music (1-3 cr.) Discussionsand informal lectures on aspects of thesociology of music viewed from theperspective of process.E518 Foundations of Music Education (3 cr.)Interdisciplinary approach, including aspectsof philosophy, psychology, aesthetics, andsociology.E519 Psychology of Music (3 cr.) Functions ofthe musical mind; factors in the developmentof musical skills and maturity.E520 Seminar in Music Education forMaster’s Degree Students (2 cr.) P or C: E518Foundations of Music Education. Required ofmaster’s degree students in music education.Two meetings a week. Reports on research bystudents or faculty members.

E521 The Children’s Chorus (3 cr.) Vocal andchoral techniques, literature, andorganizational practices appropriate tochildren’s choral ensembles.E522 Music in Early Childhood (3 cr.)A survey of research literature in musicaldevelopment and applications to the selectionof materials and teaching methods for thepreschool- and kindergarten-aged child.E523 Music in Special Education (3 cr.)Methods and materials for the musicaleducation of learners with specialcharacteristics. Emphasis on adaptiveprocedures for mainstream students.E524 Experimental Teaching in ElementarySchool Music (3 cr.) For graduate students inmusic education who have teachingexperience. Comprehensive study of theelementary music program, including newtechniques, materials, and literature.E525 Supervision of Music in the PublicSchools (1-3 cr.) Functions and techniques ofmusic supervision; problems of musicconsultants; in-service training for classroomteachers; and administration of school musicprograms.E526 Exploratory Approaches to Music inJunior and Senior High School (1-3 cr.)Contemporary philosophy, music theory, andpractice for use in classes in general music,music appreciation, music history, allied arts,and music theory. Techniques for workingwith adolescents and their problems ofinterest, changing voice, and capability.E527 Advanced Instrumental Methods (3 cr.)Application of current teaching techniques togroup instrumental instruction. Designed forstudents with previous teaching experience.E528 Advanced Choral Methods (3 cr.)Application of current teaching techniques to avariety of choral ensemble types. Designed forstudents with previous teaching experience.E529 Special Topics in Music Education (3 cr.) Selected topics in music educationpractice and research, including instructionalmethods; historical, philosophical,psychological and social foundations; andcontemporary issues in music education. Thecourse may be repeated under different topicdesignations.E530 Learning Processes in Music (3 cr.)Descriptive and prescriptive conditions ofmusical learning and development. Includedare interdisciplinary studies of learninginvolving musical, psychological,physiological, cultural, and sociologicalfactors.E531-E532 Research Methods in Music I-II (3-3 cr.) I. Nature of research and scientificmethod; application to problems of musicresearch. Critique of research studies. II.

64 School of Music

attend the student-teaching experience. On-sitevisitation.Education M482 Student Teaching: AllGrades (10 cr.) P: Senior standing, upper-division hearing, 10 credit hours ofinstrumental techniques (where required); allrequired conducting, education, and musiceducation courses with the exception ofEducation M464 Methods of Teaching Readingmust be completed prior to or during thestudent-teaching semester. A ten-week, full-time, continuous, and supervised experience.Education M580 Student Teaching forGraduate Students: All Grades (9 cr.) A nine-week, full-time, continuous, and supervisedexperience.

TechniquesF201 Jazz Piano Class (1 cr.) P: F321 JazzImprovisation I, C: F321 Jazz Improvisation I,or permission of instructor. Instruction in theuse of the piano in the composition, arranging,and accompanying of jazz. Proficiency in eacharea is examined at the end of the course.F205 Introduction to InstrumentalTechniques (2 cr.) For B.M.E. voice and pianoconcentrations. Techniques and materials forbeginning instrumental study. Recommendedfor sophomores and juniors.F261 String Class Techniques (2 cr.) Classinstruction and teaching methods for violin,viola, violoncello, and double bass.F281 Brass Instrument Techniques (2 cr.)Class instruction and teaching methods fortrumpet, horn, trombone, and tuba.F316 Jazz Arranging I (3 cr.) Jazz instrumentsand special effects obtainable on each. Scoringof popular songs for the modern danceorchestra.F317 Jazz Arranging II (3 cr.) P: Consent ofinstructor. Arranging for various combinationsof instruments in different styles.F318 Styles and Analysis of Jazz (2 cr.)Technical features of various styles from theinception of jazz to the present.F321-F322 Jazz Improvisation I-II (2-2 cr.)Theory and techniques of jazz improvisationwith an emphasis on functional harmony,melodic form, special scales, tune studies, eartraining, and development of style.F337 Woodwind Techniques (2 cr.) Classinstruction and teaching methods for flute,oboe, bassoon, clarinet, and saxophone.F338 Percussion Techniques (2 cr.) Instructionin timpani, snare drum, xylophone, bass drum,cymbals, Latin and jazz drums, etc. Laboratoryclass with an emphasis on teaching techniques.F400 Seminar in Interpretation (2-3 cr.) P: Audition by and consent of instructorconcerned. Instruction in interpretation by a

performance teacher who is not the student’sregular instructor.F402 Techniques of Percussion InstrumentRepair (2 cr.) P: Successful completion ofupper-division examination. Techniques ofcare, repair, construction, and maintenance ofthe following percussion instrumentclassifications: Membranes, metallophones,idiophones, and accessories.F403 Percussion Scoring (2 cr.) Nomenclature,calligraphy, spectrum, notation, legendsystems, timbre, characteristics, and ranges.F404 Percussion Master Class (2 cr.) Technical,physical, aesthetic, and logistical factors inpreparing solo, chamber, and orchestralrepertory.F405 Percussion Seminar (1-3 cr.) History,languages, and written and improvisationaluses of indigenous instruments. Masterworkssurvey.F419 Special Topics (1-3 cr.) P: Juniorstanding. A format intended to accommodatespecial content not necessarily appropriate to afixed listing. Planned to utilize uniquecompetencies of faculty and special interests ofstudents.F449 Harp Ensemble (.5 to 1 cr.) Preparationfor performance with mixed instrumentensembles.F457 Seminar in Performance (cr. arr.)P: Permission of instructor. Basic propertiesand techniques of orchestral and bandinstruments. I. Harp. II. Percussion. III. Strings.IV. Brass. V. Woodwinds.F461-F462 Score Reading I-II (1-1 cr.) P: Adequate skill at the keyboard and T232Musical Skills III. Performance at the piano ofgraded examples of scores, both vocal andinstrumental.F466 Techniques in Marching Bands (1-2 cr.)P: Consent of instructor. For undergraduatesand graduates majoring in music education.Techniques for organizing and trainingmarching bands in public schools and at thecollege level. Planning and charting footballshows; rehearsal problems.F503 Colloquium in Recorder Pedagogy (3 cr.)A survey of historical and modern methods ofrecorder performance and pedagogy. Studentsstudy the changes in the instrument itself aswell as its role in solo and ensemble musicfrom the Middle Ages to the twentieth century.Teaching of historically appropriate skills isdiscussed.F521 Advanced Improvisational Concepts (3 cr.) P: F322 Jazz Improvisation II orpermission of departmental chairperson. Jazzand other contemporary music improvisationwith an emphasis on the development of style.

School of Music 67

curricular content, securing of teachingpersonnel and equipment, planning of musicbuildings, and other duties attendant upon theadministrator of a music department or schoolof music.E635 College Music Teaching (3 cr.) Theory ofteaching, philosophic assumptions, aesthetictheories, approaches to education, implicationsfor teaching music education, music historyand literature, and music theory courses.E658 Music Education Doctoral Seminar I (2 cr.) Required of doctoral students in musiceducation. Two meetings a week. Reports onresearch by students or faculty members.E659 Music Education Doctoral Seminar II (2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Advancedprofessional study in the theory and practice ofmusic education, with application of allprevious course material for the doctoral degree.E660 Philosophical Research in MusicEducation (2 cr.) An examination of themethods used in philosophical research inmusic education, with a survey of majorstudies and trends of inquiry.E661 Historical Research in Music Education(2 cr.) An examination of the methods used inhistorical research in music education, with asurvey of major studies and trends of inquiry.E662 Public Lecture in Music Education (1 cr.)A presentation made to the universitycommunity or at an appropriate professionalconference. The paper presented must beapproved by the student’s advisorycommittee.E690 Seminar in Piano Pedagogy andInstructional Materials I (cr. arr.) P: Consentof instructor. Teaching approaches: rationalpracticing, beginner’s methods, and groupteaching.E691-E692 Seminar in Piano Pedagogy andInstructional Materials II-III (cr. arr.) P: E690Seminar in Piano Pedagogy and InstructionalMaterials I or consent of instructor. II.Technique, mechanics of the instrument,physiology and psychology of playing. III.Teaching repertoire, schools of pianism,memorization, and sight reading.E694 Applied Comparative Voice Pedagogy(3 cr.) P: E594 Vocal Pedagogy. Supervisedindividual performance of technical principlesand terminology employed in vocal teaching,1700 to the present. Concepts of breathing,phonation, resonance, and range. Diction issung and discussed by each class member.Vocal examples from song literature.E695 Seminar in Vocal Pedagogy Research (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. For advancedstudents in voice and voice pedagogy. Formalresearch paper required.E700 Dissertation in Music Education (cr. arr.)�

School of Education CoursesEducation M323 The Teaching of Music inthe Elementary Schools (2 cr.) P: Music E241Introduction to Music Fundamentals. Notopen to music majors. Fundamentalprocedures of teaching elementary schoolmusic, stressing music materials suitable forthe first six grades.Education M342 Methods and Materials forTeaching Elementary Music (3 cr.)P: Admission to the Teacher EducationProgram; Music E131 Introduction to MusicEducation, and E231 General Music MethodsK-12. For field experience credit, studentsshould enroll concurrently in Education M301Laboratory/Field Experience for 0 credithours. Detailed study of current teachingtechniques for the elementary school musicclass; Dalcroze, Kodály, and Orff techniques;review of current textbooks and othermaterials; classroom recorder and guitar.Education M343 Methods and Materials forTeaching Choral Music (3 cr.) P: Juniorstanding; admission to the Teacher EducationProgram; Music E131 Introduction to MusicEducation and E231 General Music MethodsK-12. For field experience credit, studentsshould enroll in Education M301Laboratory/Field Experience (0 cr.).Organization and development of choralgroups; voice production; rehearsaltechniques; tone, diction, and phrasing;materials suitable for school choruses atsecondary level.Education M344 Methods and Materials forTeaching Instrumental Music (2-3 cr.) P: Junior standing; admission to the TeacherEducation Program; Music E131 Introductionto Music Education and E231 General MusicMethods K-12. For field experience credit,students should enroll in Education M301Laboratory/Field Experience (0 cr.). Teachingmethods and materials; organization of theinstrumental curriculum.Education M434 Administration of SchoolBands (2 cr.) P: Senior standing; EDUC M334(to be taken during the professional semester).Teaching, organization, and administration ofschool wind and percussion ensembles. Fourmeetings per week.Education M436 Administration of SchoolOrchestras (2 cr.) P: Senior Standing; EDUCM334 (to be taken during the professionalsemester). Teaching, organization, andadministration of school orchestras. Fourmeetings per week.Education M471 Undergraduate Seminar inMusic Education (1 cr.) P: Consent ofinstructor; admission to the Teacher EducationProgram. A practical orientation to thepersonal and professional problems that

66 School of Music

G561-G562 Master’s Choral Conducting I-II(3-3 cr.) Study of the art and techniques ofchoral conducting as related to a study of thescore. Major works from the choral andchoral/orchestral literature are conducted.Taken concurrently with M565 Master’sSeminar in Choral Literature.G566 Interpretation and Conducting of BandLiterature I (3 cr.) Study of selected concertband literature up to and including grade Vmaterial, with an emphasis on original bandcompositions. Baton technique, score analysis,and rehearsal techniques.G567 Interpretation and Conducting of BandLiterature II (3 cr.) Study of selected windliterature at the most advanced levels for bothsmall and large ensembles. Continueddevelopment of baton and rehearsaltechniques and score preparation. Includesrehearsal and performance of selected works.G570 Graduate Instrumental Conducting (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Required forgraduate students with a cognate or minorfield in instrumental conducting.G571 Advanced Instrumental Conducting (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Batontechniques and critical examination of scores;problems of rehearsal and interpretation. Maybe repeated for degree credit.G574 Advanced Wind Conducting (3 cr.)P: Admission to the wind conducting programand consent of instructor. Baton technique andcritical analysis of scores; and rehearsal andinterpretive problems.G634 Operation of Early Music Programs (3 cr.) A practical study of the operation ofuniversity collegium musicum programs,including repertory, instrument acquisitionand maintenance, coaching and directing vocaland instrumental early music ensembles.G661 Doctoral Choral Conducting (3 cr.)Study of the art and techniques of choralconducting as related to a study of the score.Major works from the choral andchoral/orchestral literature are conducted.Taken four times.G671 Advanced Instrumental Conducting (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Baton techniqueand critical examination of scores; problems ofrehearsal and interpretation. May be repeatedfor degree credit.G674 Advanced Wind Conducting (3 cr.) P: Consent of the instructor. Baton techniqueand critical analysis of scores; and rehearsaland interpretive problems.

BalletJ100 Dance Movement (2 cr.) Classicaltechnique class at an introductory level forpeople who have had no prior dance expertise.Includes barre exercises and center practice.

J210 Jazz Dance (1 cr.) A study of jazz dance,including early jazz and musical comedy aswell as contemporary styles. Emphasis oncurrent locomotor jazz techniques. Enrollmentrestricted to School of Music majors or bypermission of the Department of Ballet.J320 Pointe Technique (1 cr.) Authorizationand concurrent enrollment in J100Intermediate/Advanced Ballet required. Thestudy of classical ballet pointe work. Open tonon–ballet majors.J340 Practicum (2 cr.) For juniors and seniorsin the Bachelor of Science in Ballet degreeprogram. Laboratory teaching.J400 Ballet (Major) (2-6 cr.) Daily techniqueclasses, including pointe, for students in theBachelor of Science in Ballet degree program.Performance emphasis.J401 Ballet Major: Graduation Examination (0 cr.)J410 Choreography Workshop (2 cr.) Surveyof choreographic principles in terms of thedevelopment of Western art. Concepts ofharmony, symmetry, and balance examined ina historical context and related to trends incomposition in the twentieth century.J610 Thesis in Ballet (1-2 cr.)�

J700 Ballet Graduate Elective (Beginning I)(cr. arr.)J810 Graduate Jazz Dance (1 cr.) Jazz danceclass for graduate students.J840 Graduate Practicum (1 cr.) Laboratoryteaching experience to develop pedagogicalskills in ballet techniques.J841 Graduate Ballet Pedagogy (1 cr.) Focuson teaching pre-college ballet classes.J900 Ballet Graduate Major (cr. arr.)J910 Advanced Choreography Workshop (1 cr.) Advanced study of choreographicprinciples in laboratory conditions. Publicperformance of works at the discretion of theinstructor.J911 Guided Professional Experiences inBallet (1 cr.) Focus on role as balletmistress/master or administrative aspects ofballet company management.

CompositionK100 Composition Undergraduate Elective/Secondary (3 cr.) Individual lessons incomposition. Concurrent registration in I500Performance and Composition Masterclass isrequired.K133 Notation and Calligraphy (1 cr.) P: Formusic majors, T109 Rudiments of Music I; fornon–music majors, permission of instructor.Notation and organization of musicmanuscripts.K214-K215 Instrumentation I-II (2-2 cr.)Ranges, tonal possibilities, technical

School of Music 69

F549 Harp Ensemble (1 cr.) Study of thetechniques and literature for multiple-harpensembles. F549 may be waived for studentswith comparable experience; courses inconducting or harp pedagogy may besubstituted upon recommendation of thedepartment chair.F551 Practicum in Transcription for theGuitar (2 cr.) Guided exercises in transcribingworks for the guitar originally written forpiano, lute, violin, cello, or other instrument or instrumental ensemble.F603-F604 Seminar in PercussionPerformance I-II (2-2 cr.) P: Consent ofinstructor. The technical and physical factorsgoverning the performance of solo, chamber,and orchestral literature.

Chamber Music, Coaching andAccompanyingF300 Piano Accompanying (cr. arr.)� P: Foursemesters of piano major or concentration.Sight reading, transposing, and acquaintancewith vocal and instrumental literature.F301 Accompanying Recital (1 cr.) Rehearsaland performance as accompanist for arequired public performance of a fullundergraduate or graduate recital. This maybe substituted for one or two semesters of F300Piano Accompanying for Bachelor of Musicpiano majors.F350 Chamber Music Coaching I (1 cr.)Specified chamber music experience in classesfor woodwind and brass students and quartetsfor majors in violin, viola and cello.F351 Chamber Music Coaching II (1 cr.)Specified chamber music experience in classesfor woodwind and quartets for majors inviolin, viola and cello.F450 Chamber Music Coaching (.5 to 1 cr.) P: F350, F351, F449, X002, or permission ofmajor department. Rehearsal and performanceof chamber music.F500 Accompanying Recital (1 cr.)� Requiredfor fulfillment of second recital requirementfor M.M. piano majors. Student is assigned toan accompanying coach as a studioaccompanist for one semester and must appearas accompanist for a required publicperformance of a full undergraduate orgraduate recital.F501 Accompaniment of Baroque Music (2 cr.) Introduction to the art ofaccompaniment of seventeenth- andeighteenth-century music. Repertoire isselected from a wide variety of chamber andlarger works, both vocal and instrumental.Included in the study are recitative,embellishment, and improvisation.F502 Performing Basso Continuo (2 cr.) P: F501 Accompaniment of Baroque Music or

equivalent experience. Primary sourcesregarding basso continuo performancepractices are examined. Emphasis is onperformance at the keyboard from figured andunfigured bass.F530 Chamber Music Coaching I Specifiedchamber music experience in classes forwoodwind and brass students and quartets formajors in violin, viola and cello.F531 Chamber Music Coaching II Specifiedchamber music experience in classes forwoodwind and quartets for majors in violin,viola and cello.F550 Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1 cr.) Rehearsal and performance of chambermusic.F650 Practicum in Chamber Music (0-1 cr.)For doctoral students meeting ensemblecoaching requirements. Authorizationrequired.

ConductingG370 Techniques for Conducting (2 cr.)P: T231 Musical Skills II and T251 Music

Theory and Literature III. Fundamentals ofscore reading and baton technique.G371 Choral Conducting I (2 cr.) P: G370Techniques for Conducting. Conductingpatterns applied to elements of interpretation.Practice in sight singing. Class forms practicechoir.G372 Choral Conducting II (2 cr.) P: G371Choral Conducting I. Choral conductingapplied to tone, balance, diction, phrasing, andinterpretation.G373 Instrumental Conducting (2 cr.) P: G370Techniques for Conducting. Furtherdevelopment of score reading and conductingtechnique.G555 Foundations in Choral Conducting forGraduate Students (3 cr.) P: Graduatestanding in the School of Music or permissionof instructor. Techniques for the beginningchoral conductor, including basicfundamentals of stick technique, developmentof aural and rehearsal skills, and score analysisfor the conductor. Intended to satisfydeficiency requirements as a prerequisite forG560 Graduate Choral Conducting or to serveas an elective. Does not satisfy any existingdegree requirement in conducting on thegraduate level.G560 Graduate Choral Conducting (3 cr.)P: G371 Choral Conducting I or G555Foundations in Choral Conducting forGraduate Students. For graduate studentsmajoring in fields other than choralconducting. Admission by examination duringorientation week. The course may be takenmore than once.

68 School of Music

ensembles, and song styles; the heritage ofancient music (China, India, the Mediterraneanworld, and the Americas); ethnomusicologicalperspectives on classical Western music. Thecourse will make extensive use of video andaudio resources and the delivery capabilities ofthe new Variations Project.M393 History of Jazz (3 cr.) Periods, majorperformers and composers, trends, influences,stylistic features, and related materials. Formusic majors only.M394 Black Music in America (3 cr.) A surveyof black music from its African origin to thepresent, with special emphasis on its social,economic, and political implications.M395 Contemporary Jazz and Soul Music (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. A survey ofcontemporary jazz and soul (rhythm andblues) music and musicians in the UnitedStates. For music majors only.M396 Art Music of Black Composers (3 cr.)P: Consent of instructor. A study of blackmusic and musicians in the United States, withemphasis on the black composer incontemporary music.M397 Popular Music of Black America (3 cr.)A sociocultural and musical analysis of urbanblack popular music, its performers,producers, and composers, from the 1940s to1980—rhythm and blues, rock ‘n’ roll, soul,ballads, funk, disco, and the raps.M400 Undergraduate Readings inMusicology (cr. arr.)�

M401-M402 History and Literature of MusicI-II (4-4 cr.) Style analysis, visual and aural, ofrepresentative compositions, and relationshipof music to sociocultural background of eachepoch. I. P: T252 Music Theory and LiteratureIV or equivalent. History of music frombeginnings of Western civilization to 1750. II. P: T252 Music Theory and Literature IV orequivalent. History of music from 1750 to thepresent.M410 Composer or Genre (3 cr.) P: M401-M402 History and Literature of Music I-II. Lifeand works of representative composers inhistorical context or survey of a major musicalgenre and its historical evolution. Emphasis onstylistic development in the music literaturestudied.M413 Latin American Popular Music (3 cr.)Historical and cultural aspects in thedevelopment of representative popular genresas they appear in Latin America, theCaribbean, and the U.S. Issues of performanceand instrumentation and the output ofsignificant composers, arrangers andperformers. Open to majors and non-majors.Two hours lecture, one hour performanceensemble lab. Will not count as X040 credit.

M431*-M432* Song Literature I-II (3-3 cr.)P: Junior standing, for M432: M431.Introductory survey of representative non-operatic solo vocal repertoire of the UnitedStates, the British Isles, Italy, Germany,Austria, and France. Techniques andapplication of song study, musicianship,interpretation, performance practice, andprogram building.M434 Survey of Guitar Literature (2 cr.)An overview of the origins and evolution ofthe modern guitar, examining repetoire fromabout 1500 to the present time Introduction tothe important composers and performers ofthe various plucked string instruments thatcomprise the family tree of the modern guitar.Approximately 100 representativecompositions will be studied analytically andplaced in historical and cultural context.M435 Performance Practices Before 1750 (3 cr.) Medieval, Renaissance, and Baroquerepertory studied in light of historicalperformance, including historical performanceprocedures, instruments, tuning, rhythm,notations, and other theoretical areas ofimportance for performance. Someconsideration is given to the recreation ofhistorical music employing moderninstruments.M500 Special Seminar in Music History (cr. arr.)M502 Composers: Variable Title (3 cr.) P: T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students, and M541 Music HistoryReview for Graduate Students I or M542 MusicHistory Review for Graduate Students II, orequivalents. Life and works of representativecomposers in the cultural and historicalcontext of their era; emphasis on thedevelopment of individual style throughanalysis of characteristic works. May berepeated for different composers only.M510 Topics in Music Literature (3 cr.)Inquiry into selected aspects of musicliterature and history related to specificrepertories, genres, styles, performancepractices/traditions, historiography, orcriticism. Research project required. May berepeated for different topics only.M513 Latin American Popular Music (3 cr.)Survey of Latin American popular musicgenres and musical components, focusing ontheir specific instruments and performancepractices. The course also examines LatinAmerican music within a social, economic,and religious context. The class includeslecture and laboratory sessions, involvingensemble practice, guided listening, concertand film attendance, and/or workshops withguest artists.M517*-M518*-M519* Literature andPerformance Practice (3-3-3 cr.) I. Medieval

School of Music 71

limitations, and necessary transpositions for allorchestral and band instruments. Thesecourses meet two times weekly, with onelecture and one laboratory session.K231-K232 Free Counterpoint I-II (2-2 cr.)Development of contrapuntal skills andtechniques in two-, three-, and four-parttextures.K400 Composition Major (3 cr.)� Individuallessons in composition. Concurrentregistration in I500 Performance andComposition Masterclass is required.K402 Senior Recital in Composition (0 cr.)�

Presentation of a half-recital of compositionswritten during residency for different media,with the student participating as performer orconductor of at least one work.K403 Electronic Studio Resources I (3 cr.)P: Consent of instructor. An introduction to thecomputer music studio, techniques of digitalrecording and editing, analog and FMsynthesis, MIDI sequencing, and acomprehensive study of the literature andstyles of the classic tape studios.K404 Electronic Studio Resources II (3 cr.) P: K403 Electronic Studio Resources I. Study ofadvanced synthesis techniques, digitalsampling, video synchronization, andmultimedia applications.K406 Projects in Electronic Music (cr. arr.) P: K403 Electronic Studio Resources I and K404Electronic Studio Resources II. Compositionalprojects in electronic music. Course may berepeated.K451-K452 Advanced Orchestration I-II (2-2 cr.) P: K214-K215 Instrumentation I-II.Practical orchestration in all its applications.K500 Computer Music Notation (2 cr.) Anoverview of available notation software, aswell as in-depth training in music notation onthe computer.K503 Electronic Studio Resources I (3 cr.)P: Consent of instructor. An introduction to thecomputer music studio, techniques of digitalrecording and editing, analog and FMsynthesis, MIDI sequencing, and acomprehensive study of the literature andstyles of the classic tape studios.K504 Electronic Studio Resources II (3 cr.)P: K503 Electronic Studio Resources I. Study ofadvanced synthesis techniques, digitalsampling, video synchronization, andmultimedia applications.K506 Projects in Electronic Music (2-3 cr.)P: K503-K504. Advanced projects inelectroacoustic composition. Course may berepeated.K509 Seminar in Computer Music (3 cr.) P: K504 Electronic Studio Resources II orpermission of instructor. Study of advancedtopics in computer music, including direct

digital synthesis, acoustic research, andinteractive composition.K512 Jazz Composition (3 cr.) P: Permission ofdepartmental chairperson. High-level study ofproblems of composition in the jazz idiom,including the Third stream.K554 Advanced Orchestral Arranging forGraduate Students (3 cr.) P: Graduatestanding and E312 Arranging for Instrumentaland Vocal Groups or equivalent.K600 Thesis in Composition (1-5 cr.)�

K700 Dissertation in Composition (cr. arr.)�

Complete work for major ensemble (score andparts ready for performance). Procedures forfinal submission are available from the majoradvisor. Program annotation addressed to thegeneral public for the student’s dissertation(500 words minimum).K701 Doctoral Composition Chamber Recital(1 cr.)� Presentation of a recital (at least 45minutes of music) of compositions for differentmedia written during residency, with thestudent participating as performer orconductor. Program annotations addressed tothe general public for the student’s DoctoralComposition Chamber Recital (500 wordsminimum).K702 Doctoral Composition Document I (1 cr.)� Movement of chamber music writtenduring a week-long examination period.K703 Doctoral Composition Document II(Vocal) (1 cr.)� Setting of a given text during a24-hour period.K710 Composition Graduate Elective (2-4 cr.)Individual lessons in composition. Concurrentregistration in I500 Performance andComposition Masterclass is required.K810 Composition Graduate Minor or Cognate(2-4 cr.) Individual lessons in composition.Concurrent registration in I500 Performance andComposition Masterclass is required.K910 Composition Graduate Major (3-6 cr.)Individual lessons in composition. Concurrentregistration in I500 Performance andComposition Masterclass is required.

Music History and Literature*The course numbers marked with asterisks donot meet requirements for either a major orminor in music history and literature. M385 Film Sound and Film Music (3 cr.)P: permission of instructor; music majors—required, MUS T252, recommended, CMLTC190; certificate students in Film Studies—required, CMLT C190, recommended CMLTC391. Historical and technical survey of thefilm soundtrack; critical and aesthetic issues infilm sound, with an emphasis on music.M392 Art Musics of the Non-Western World(3 cr.) An introductory survey of the art musicsof Asia and Africa; musical instruments,

70 School of Music

An in-depth study of the life, times, and musicof Duke Ellington.M584* Research in the History and Analysisof Jazz (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing and M393History of Jazz or M395 Contemporary Jazzand Soul Music. For advanced studentsdesiring to do research in non–course areas ofjazz. Individual research in the analysis,history, music theory, or literature of jazzschools, styles, performers, and instrumentalidioms. May be taken more than once, but for amaximum of 6 credit hours.M585* Seminar in the Literature of the LargeJazz Ensemble (3 cr.) P: Jazz majors only;others by consent of instructor. The study ofclassic big band literature (Ellington, Basie,Kenton, Herman, etc.).M586* Chamber Jazz: Literature andPerformance (3 cr.) P: Jazz majors only; othersby consent of instructor. The music of theseminal small groups.M598 Colloquium in Musicology (3 cr.) P: musicology majors only. Problems andissues in musicology stressing thedevelopment of individual projects. May betaken more than once.M599* Thesis in Jazz (3 cr.)�

M601 Topics in Music Research (3 cr.) P: T508Written Music Theory Review for GraduateStudents, and M541 Music History Review forGraduate Students I or M542 Music HistoryReview for Graduate Students II, orequivalents. Inquiry into selected questions,issues, and problems in music history andliterature. Research project required. May berepeated for different topics only.M619 Voice Lecture/Recital (2 cr.)�

M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (cr. arr.)�

M627* Independent Study of the Literatureof the Guitar I (3 cr.) Survey of guitarliterature to 1800. Two papers required.M628* Independent Study of the Literatureof the Guitar II (3 cr.) Survey of guitarLiterature since 1800. Two papers required.M629* Vocal Music in Latin America (3 cr.)Solo, choral, and operatic music fromaboriginal times to the present, with anemphasis on repertory useful for concerts andrecitals.M631* Twentieth-Century Music in HispanicAmerica (3 cr.) Background and traditions, riseand development of nationalism, and avant-garde music.M635* Performance Practice before 1750 (3 cr.) Styles of solo and ensemble performanceof instrumental and vocal music from theMiddle Ages through the Baroque period:medium, dynamics, tempo, ornamentation andimprovisation, temperament. Editing andperforming of works for old and moderninstruments.

M636* Performance Practice since 1750 (3 cr.)Styles of solo and ensemble performance ofinstrumental and vocal music from Classicperiod to modern times. Changing aspects ofmedium, tempo, dynamics, phrasing, etc.applied to problems of musical interpretation.M637* Seminar in Percussion History (3 cr.)P: Consent of instructor. A survey ofmasterworks. The origin, development, andinfluences of indigenous instruments and theiruses in twentieth-century music.M638* Percussion Ensemble Literature (3 cr.)P: Consent of instructor. Percussion ensembleliterature and the techniques of organizing,managing, rehearsing, and conductingpercussion ensembles.M641* Brass Literature I (3 cr.) Teachingmaterials for horn, trumpet, cornet, trombone,euphonium, and tuba. Elementary andadvanced exercises, etudes, methods for classand private instruction, clef and transpositionstudies, and orchestral repertoire. Survey ofsources providing announcement andevaluation of new materials.M642* Brass Literature II (3 cr.) Solo andchamber music literature for horn, trumpet,cornet, trombone, euphonium, and tuba.Development of brass instruments andliterature from Renaissance to the present.Survey of sources providing announcementand evaluation of new materials.M643* Seminar in Harp Literature I (3 cr.) A comprehensive survey of harp literature(solo and orchestral) of all periods and theexploration in depth of the various styles andperformance practices of each period.M644* Seminar in Harp Literature II (3 cr.) A comprehensive survey of harp literature(chamber and ensemble) of all periods and theexploration in depth of the various styles andperformance practices of each period.M645*-M646*-M647*-M648* Seminar inPiano Literature I-II-III-IV (3-3-3-3 cr.)Discussion of historical, stylistic, formal, andaesthetic aspects of a period and its leadingcomposers; performance of a wide range ofrepresentative works. I. Baroque, Pre-Classical,and Classical. II. Late Classical and EarlyRomantic. III. Romantic. IV. TwentiethCentury.M651 Medieval Music (3 cr.) P: M541 MusicHistory Review for Graduate Students I andT508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students, or their equivalents.M652 Renaissance Music (3 cr.) P: M541Music History Review for Graduate Students Iand T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students, or their equivalents.M653 Music of the Baroque Period (3 cr.) P: M541 Music History Review for GraduateStudents I and T508 Written Music Theory

School of Music 73

II. Renaissance III. Baroque. The basicliterature of the periods with performance-oriented analysis, survey of original sources,and study of performance-related theoreticalworks.M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 cr.) P: T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students, and M541 Music HistoryReview for Graduate Students I or M542 MusicHistory Review for Graduate Students II, orequivalents. Emphasis on the eighteenth andnineteenth centuries.M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.) P: T508Written Music Theory Review for GraduateStudents, and M541 Music History Review forGraduate Students I or M542 Music HistoryReview for Graduate Students II, orequivalents. Orchestral music of the eighteenthand nineteenth centuries.M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.) P: T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students, and M541 Music HistoryReview for Graduate Students I or M542 MusicHistory Review for Graduate Students II, orequivalents. Emphasis on eighteenth andnineteenth centuries.M531*-M532* Song Literature III-IV (3-3 cr.)Advanced survey of both standard and non-standard non-operatic solo vocal repertoire ofthe United States, the British Isles, Italy,Germany, Austria, France, and other nations.Techniques and application of song study,musicianship, interpretation, performancepractice, and program building.M539* Introduction to Music Bibliography(cr. arr.) Music reference and research tools inall areas of music; use of library resources andnetworks; and bibliographic style andtechnique. Formal paper required.M541*-M542* Music History Review forGraduate Students I-II (3-3 cr.) Designed tosatisfy deficiencies indicated by the graduateentrance examination in music history andliterature. I. Before 1750. II. After 1750.Removal of deficiency requires a grade of C or better.M543* Keyboard Literature from 1700 to 1830(3 cr.) Literature for stringed keyboardinstruments from the age of Bach and hiscontemporaries through the early romantics.Historical, stylistic, formal, and aestheticfeatures.M544* Piano Literature from 1830 to thePresent (3 cr.) Historical, stylistic, formal, andaesthetic features.M547*-M548* Woodwind Literature I-II (3-3 cr.) I. Solo repertoire and chamber musicfor woodwind instruments, includingwoodwind instruments with strings and/orbrasses. II. Orchestral literature and majorworks for large wind ensemble.

M551 Introduction to Historical Musicology(3 cr.) Survey of bibliography and problemsand methods of historical research.M554* Early Instruments (3 cr.) A study ofearly instruments and their place in musicalperformance during the Middle Ages and theRenaissance. Examination of documentsrelating to the development of instruments,their playing techniques, and their influenceon music. Satisfies colloquium requirement formusicology.M556 Research in the History and Literatureof Music (3 cr.)� P: Consent of instructor. Foradvanced students in music literature ormusicology desiring to do research innon–course areas of music literature.M558* Topics in Early Music (1 cr.) Variabletopics. Survey of basic research techniques andresearch tools in Medieval, Renaissance, andBaroque music. Preparation of performancematerial from original sources.M560* Woodwind Seminar (3 cr.) Guidedresearch in the history, bibliography, andpedagogy of woodwind instruments.M561*-M562*-M563*-M564* History andLiterature of Opera I-II-III-IV (3-3-3-3 cr.)Musical and dramatic content of operasforming standard international repertoire; andsurvey of major composers’ stylisticdevelopment and establishment of eachopera’s relationship to its dramatic andmusical milieu. I. Monteverdi to Gluck. II.Mozart to Donizetti. III. Verdi, Wagner, andnineteenth-century national schools. IV.Verismo and the twentieth century.M565* Master’s Seminar in Choral Literature(3 cr.) Historical and structural analysis ofmajor choral literature from the Renaissance tothe present. Different literature covered eachsemester. To be taken twice, concurrently withG562 Master’s Choral Conducting II.M571* Seminar in Symphonic Literature (3 cr.) For majors and minors in conducting.All aspects of the study and conducting ofsymphonic literature and related areas. May berepeated three times for degree credit.M575* Seminar in Wind Literature (3 cr.)Variable topics for majors and minors in windconducting. Wind literature selected accordingto genre, chamber winds, wind ensemble, andconcert band.M582* The Bebop Era (3 cr.) P: M393 Historyof Jazz and M395 Contemporary Jazz and SoulMusic, or consent of departmental chairperson.An in-depth study of the music that representsthe jazz common practice period (ca. 1940-1955). Charlie Parker, Dizzy Gillespie, BudPowell, Max Roach, etc.M583* Duke Ellington (3 cr.) P: M393 Historyof Jazz and M395 Contemporary Jazz and SoulMusic, or consent of departmental chairperson.

72 School of Music

school honors committee. For honors studentsonly.

Music Technology (courses offeredat IUPUI)N512 Foundations of Music Production (3 cr.)Examines foundations and principles of musicproduction. Topics include publishing, printmedia, music composition, methods,textbooks, multimedia, computer andelectronic transmission of computer imaging,and sound and video. Other aspects coveredare broadcast media, television graphics,sampling and reproduction of sound andimages, and multimedia and computerapplications.N513 Principles of Multimedia Technology (3 cr.) P: N512 Foundations of MusicProduction or consent of instructor. Examinestheories and research in the use of computertechnology with a special focus on curriculumdesign and implementation of technology;learning and training theory paradigms; andtechnology selection and assessment forlearner-centered, individualized instructionand training. Implementation and assessmentof designs for specific instructional models areincluded.N514 Music Technology Methods (3 cr.)Sequencing and music notation technologyapplied to current and emerging digital artstechnologies, multimedia techniques appliedto sound-based stimuli, and MIDI applicationsfor video graphics and storyboard techniques.This course explores the development of MusicInstrument Digital Interface (MIDI) andrelated uses.N515 Multimedia Design Applications in theArts: Application Design (3 cr.) P: Consent ofinstructor. Presents the principles andfundamentals of instructional design anddesign technique using authoring tools on PC,Macintosh, and emerging computer platforms.Covers storyboarding, planning, andorganization of scripts; use of currenttechnology, computers, and video and digitalart equipment; computer-assisted designsoftware tools and management of designteam concepts.N516 Advanced Interactive DesignApplications in the Arts (3 cr.) P: N515Multimedia Design Applications in the Arts:Application Design or consent of instructor.Incorporates extensive analysis and use ofcomputer and multimedia authoring tools foreducational applications. Project managementand programming team organization; mediamanagement and selection criteria for digitalarts media development; task analysis andinstructional sequencing applied totraining/instruction; and assessment modelingand feedback schedules are examined.

N517 Internship in Arts Technology (3 cr.) P: N516 Advanced Interactive DesignApplications in the Arts or consent ofinstructor. An internship for students to workwith experts in arts technology fields who areusing new applications in commercial andeducational settings. Requirements includedevelopment of a technology project proposal;interview resume and project presentation; on-site intern residency; project report; and oraland media presentation of the project.N518 Arts Technology Major Projects (3 cr.)P: N516 Advanced Interactive DesignApplications in the Arts or consent ofinstructor. Students create and present amultimedia teaching/training project thatcombines one or more of several elements ofmusic technology, including CD-ROM,videodisc, digital audio and video, and MIDI.Requirements include development of aproject proposal, presentation of the proposal,development of the project, delivery of a finalreport, and a media presentation.

OperaR241 Introduction to Musical Theater (2 cr.)P: Sophomore standing. Concepts of musicaltheater (musical comedy, operetta, and opera).Stage terminology, direction, and technology.Rehearsal techniques.R300 Scenic Design for Opera (3 cr.) Appliedstudy and practice of scenic drawing, drawingfrom nature, and architectural design. Fivehours of studio class per week.R301 Advanced Scenic Design for Opera (3 cr.) P: Permission of instructor. The practiceand study of opera and ballet scenic designtechniques, including research and analysis,floor plan drafting, model construction, andrendering techniques.R320 Workshop in Scenic Technique (3 cr.)Study and practice of opera scene construction,painting, lighting, costumes, and makeup. Fivehours of studio class and eight hours oflaboratory per week.R325 Opera/Ballet Costume Construction I (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Techniques ofcostume construction, including pattern andfabric selection, cutting, draping, sewing,decoration, and fitting.R326 Opera/Ballet Costume Construction II (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Continuation ofR325 Opera/Ballet Costume Construction I.R330 Seminar in History of Stage Design andArchitecture (2 cr.) History of stage design andarchitecture from Greek theater to the present.Three hours of studio class per week.R351-R352 Workshop in Opera StageDirection I-II (3-3 cr.) Approaches to stagingan opera. Techniques of rehearsal planning,blocking, timing, technical coordination, and

School of Music 75

Review for Graduate Students, or theirequivalents.M654 Classic Music (3 cr.) P: M542 MusicHistory Review for Graduate Students II andT508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students, or their equivalents.M655 Romantic Music (3 cr.) P: M542 MusicHistory Review for Graduate Students II andT508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students, or their equivalents.M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.) P: M542 Music History Review for GraduateStudents II and T508 Written Music TheoryReview for Graduate Students, or theirequivalents.M657* Doctoral Seminar in Choral Literature(3 cr.) Historical and analytical studies ofmajor choral literature.M661-M662 Notation of Polyphonic Music I-II (3-3 cr.) I. Modal and black mensuralnotation. II. White mensural notation andtablature.M665*-M666* Survey of Violin Literature I-II(cr. arr.) I. Baroque and Classic. II. Romantic topresent.M667*-M668* Survey of VioloncelloLiterature I-II (cr. arr.) I. Baroque and Classic.II. Romantic to present.M669*-M670* Seminar in String QuartetLiterature I-II (2-2 cr.) P: M528 ChamberMusic Literature or equivalent. I. Haydnthrough Schubert. II. High Romantic topresent. For doctoral string students.M671* Seminar in Symphonic Literature (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Batontechniques and critical examination of scores;problems of rehearsal and interpretation. Maybe repeated for degree credit.M675*-M676*-M677*-M678* Seminar inOrgan Literature (3-3-3-3 cr.) Performance ofrepresentative works from each period anddiscussion of stylistic, historical, formal, andaesthetic features. I. Renaissance and Baroque.II. Classic, Romantic, and Twentieth Century.III. Special topics in organ literature.M679* Seminar in Wind Literature (3 cr.)Variable topics. Historical and analytical studyof major wind literature. Participation in thework of the band department required. M681* Seminar in Coaching, Conducting,and Literature of Opera (3 cr.) Performancepractice in the coaching and conducting ofopera. Participation in work of Opera Theaterrequired. May be repeated.M685* Vocal Literature Before 1800 (3 cr.)M686*-M687* Romantic Song Literature andOratorio I-II (3-3 cr.)M688* Twentieth-Century Vocal Literature (3 cr.)

M690* Seminar in Latin American Music (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. For advancedstudents in musicology and music theory.Formal research paper required. May be takenmore than once for credit toward the Ph.D.M691 Seminar in Medieval Music (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. For advancedstudents in musicology and music theory.Formal research paper required. May be takenmore than once for credit toward the Ph.D.M692 Seminar in Renaissance Music (3 cr.)P: Consent of instructor. For advancedstudents in musicology and music theory.Formal research paper required. May be takenmore than once for credit toward the Ph.D.M693 Seminar in Baroque Music (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. For advancedstudents in musicology and music theory.Formal research paper required. May be takenmore than once for credit toward the Ph.D.M694 Seminar in Classical Music (3 cr.)P: Consent of instructor. For advancedstudents in musicology and music theory.Formal research paper required. May be takenmore than once for credit toward the Ph.D.M695 Seminar in Romantic Music (3 cr.)P: Consent of instructor. For advancedstudents in musicology and music theory.Formal research paper required. May be takenmore than once for credit toward the Ph.D. M696 Seminar in Twentieth-Century Music(3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. For advancedstudents in musicology and music theory.Formal research paper required. May be takenmore than once for credit toward the Ph.D.M697 Advanced Seminar Materials in EarlyMusic (3 cr.) P: M661-M662 Notation ofPolyphonic Music I-II (3-3 cr.) or equivalent,M554 Early Instruments, and M539Introduction to Music Bibliography. The use oforiginal sources as performance material.Study and application of appropriatetheoretical works relevant to historicalperformance practices. Critique of historicaleditions changing repertory. May be repeated.M698 Individual Seminar in Musicology (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. For advancedstudents in musicology and music theory.Formal research paper required. May be takenmore than once for credit toward the Ph.D.M700 Dissertation in Musicology (cr. arr.)�

HonorsN399 Honors Seminar in Music (3 cr.) P: Admission to the School of Musicundergraduate honors program. Reading anddiscussion in special topics ranging fromperformance practice to music and culture.N499 Honors Project in Music (3 cr.)� P: N399Honors Seminar in Music and approval of the

74 School of Music

majors only. It is strongly recommended thatthis course be taken concurrently with T152Music Theory and Literature II. Diatonicmelody and harmony; two-part counterpoint.Aural skills, music reading, and keyboard. Agrade of C or better is required for the course.(fall, spring, summer)T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.)P: T109 Rudiments of Music I with grade of Cor higher or equivalent; score of 50-69 percenton Basic Musicianship Test and concurrentenrollment in T109 Rudiments of Music I; orconsent of instructor. Introduction to theliterature and analysis of music throughdetailed study of representative compositions.Introduction to diatonic harmony. (fall)T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.)P: Either T151 Music Theory and Literature I(minimum grade D–) and T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (minimum grade C), or a grade of C orbetter in T151(without the T109 requirement).Diatonic harmony continued, and introductionto chromatic harmony. Two-voice tonalcounterpoint and analysis of small forms.(spring)T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.) P: T109Rudiments of Music I or equivalent; T132Musical Skills I; music majors only. It isstrongly recommended that this course betaken concurrently with T251 Music Theoryand Literature III. Melody, harmony, andcounterpoint continued; some chromaticism.Aural skills, music reading, and keyboard. Agrade of C or better is required for the course.(fall, spring, summer)T232 Musical Skills III (1 cr.) P: T109Rudiments of Music I or equivalent; T132-T231Musical Skills I-II; music majors only. It isstrongly recommended that this course betaken concurrently with T252 Music Theoryand Literature IV. Chromatic melody andharmony. Aural skills, music reading, andkeyboard. A grade of C or better is requiredfor the course. (fall, spring, summer)T251 Music Theory and Literature III (3 cr.) P: T151-T152 Music Theory and Literature I-II;music majors only. Study of music with anemphasis on the eighteenth century:counterpoint, basic harmonic procedures, andformal types. (fall)T252 Music Theory and Literature IV (3 cr.) P: T151-T152-T251 Music Theory andLiterature I-II-III; music majors only. Study ofmusic from the nineteenth and early twentiethcenturies with an emphasis on structuralanalysis and advanced harmonic procedures.(spring)T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.) P: T109Rudiments of Music I or equivalent; T132-T231-T232 Musical Skills I-II-III; music majorsonly. It is strongly recommended that thiscourse be taken concurrently with T351 Music

Theory and Literature V. Twentieth-centurymaterials. A grade of C or better is required forthe course. (fall, spring, summer)T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.) P: T151-T152-T251-T252 Music Theory andLiterature I-II-III-IV; music majors only. Studyof music from around 1910 to the present; newcompositional and analytical procedures. (fall,spring, summer)T400 Undergraduate Readings in MusicTheory (cr. arr.)� Independent study on atopic approved by the Department of MusicTheory prior to enrollment in the course.T410 Topics in Music Theory (3 cr.) P: Juniorstanding or consent of instructor. Study ofselected compositions of a particularcomposer, historical period, or genre.Emphasis on music and its relation totheoretical and compositional ideas. May berepeated for different topics. T412 Advanced Aural and KeyboardTechniques (3 cr.) P: T232 Musical Skills IIIand T252 Music Theory and Literature IV, orconsent of instructor. Listening in context tomusic of various style periods. Keyboard skills(e.g., figured bass, harmonization, and scorereading).T416 Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.) P: T232 Musical Skills III and T252 MusicTheory and Literature IV. The techniques ofcounterpoint with an emphasis on a particularstyle, such as that of the sixteenth oreighteenth century.T417 Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.) P: T232-T252 Musical Skills III-IV. Analyticaltechniques for the study of tonal music of theeighteenth and nineteenth centuries.T418 Music and Ideas (3 cr.) P: Juniorstanding or consent of instructor. Anintroduction to the philosophy of music andthe history and problems of musical aesthetics.T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students (3 cr.) Designed to satisfydeficiencies indicated by the Graduate MusicTheory Entering Proficiency Examination. Partwriting, form, and harmonization. Removal ofdeficiency requires a grade of C or better. IfT511 Aural Music Theory Review for GraduateStudents is also required, T508 Written MusicTheory Review for Graduate Students shouldbe taken first. (fall, summer)T509 Sight-Singing Review for GraduateStudents (3 cr.) Designed to satisfy deficienciesindicated by the Graduate Music TheoryEntering Proficiency Examination. Musicreading involving intervals, scales, chordoutlines, rhythm patterns, and meter throughsolo and ensemble singing. Removal ofreading deficiency requires a grade of C orbetter. (fall of each year, summer of odd-numbered years)

School of Music 77

chorus organization. Practice in staging scenesfrom operas.R391-R392 Dramatic Coaching I-II (2-2 cr.)Organization of musical theater. Basictechniques for the singing actor. Movements,carriage, posture, and interpretationdeveloped individually and in groups withemphasis on integration of music and action.R400 Undergraduate Readings in Opera (cr. arr.)�

R451 Problems of Opera Production (3 cr.)Choosing repertory, securing materials,translation, budget planning, and promotion.R452 Styles in Opera Acting (3 cr.) Advancedsurvey and practice of styles of operatic actingaccording to historical period and nationalcharacteristics.R453 Project in Opera Stage Direction (1 cr.)�

Actual staging for public performance of aone-act opera with piano accompaniment andminimal decor.R463 Individual Projects in Opera StageDesign (1 cr.)� Complete design andexecution of a one- or two-scene operaproduction.R464 Individual Project in Opera TechnicalDirection (1 cr.)� Complete technical directionof a one- or two-scene opera production.R471-R472 Opera Workshop I-II (3-3 cr.)Technical and performing aspects of theproduction of light and grand opera as theypertain to singing actors and ensembles.R491-R492 Dramatic Coaching III-IV (2-2 cr.)P: R391-R392 Dramatic Coaching I-II.Instruction in portrayal of individual operaticroles.R493 Vocal Styles in Opera (2 cr.) Explorationof vocal styles and performance practices inopera from Gluck to the present.R502 Stage Management (1 cr.) Survey of theduties and responsibilities of the stagemanager in opera. The student is expected toserve as stage manager for at least one of theproductions of the IU Opera Theater.Preparation of the production book isemphasized.R503 Seminar in Opera Production Project (2 cr.) A guided study of research andpreparation for an opera that the studentdirector will attempt to realize on the stage.R504 Opera Production Project (1 cr.) Stagingof a one-act opera or its equivalent andsubmission of the director’s prepared promptbook.R505-R506 Score Analysis for Stage DirectionI-II-III-IV (3-3 cr.) C: R507-R508 OperaticRehearsal Techniques III-IV. Score analysis forthe stage director.R507-R508 Operatic Rehearsal Technique III-IV (3-3 cr.) C: R505-R506 Score Analysis for the

Stage Director I-II. Operatic rehearsaltechniques.R510 Graduate Project in Scene Design forMusical Production (4 cr.) Complete designfor one opera or ballet production includingsketches for scenery, costumes, props,makeup, floor plans, working drawings, etc.R512 Advanced Scene Painting LaboratoryProject (4 cr.) Applied techniques in theexecution of the scenery painting for onecomplete musical production as assigned.R514 Graduate Seminar in History of StageDesign and Architecture (2 cr.) Detailedexamination of the history of stage design andarchitectural styles from Greek theater to thepresent. Three hours of studio class per weekand individual research projects as assigned.R515 Graduate Technical Direction (2 cr.)Technical direction for one complete musicalproduction, including setup scheduling, cuesheets, and working plots.R516 Graduate Lighting Design (2 cr.)Lighting design and execution for onecomplete musical production.R517 Graduate Stage Management (1 cr.)Complete execution of stage management for amusical production.R518 Graduate Stage Direction for Designers(1 cr.) The student assists the stage director inregard to rehearsal techniques, prompt bookpreparation, and production planning for onemusical production.R571-R572 Opera Workshop V-VI (3-3 cr.)R589 Physical Alignment in Singing (2 cr.)Hands-on work on the relationship betweenthe mental, skeletal, and muscular systems ofthe body and efficient movement, posture,breath, and resonance. Required for singers inthe Professional Opera Performer Diploma.Open to others with the permission of theinstructor. Repeatable.R591-R592 Dramatic Coaching I-II (1-1 cr.)Instruction in portrayal of individual operaticroles.R600 Opera Performance (1 cr.)� For M.M.voice majors with consent of voice faculty tosubstitute an opera role for the second recitalrequirement.

Music TheorySemesters when certain courses are usuallyoffered are indicated ‘‘fall’’, ‘‘spring’’, and‘‘summer.’’ Check the most recent scheduleinformation to confirm availabilityT109 Rudiments of Music I (3 cr.)Fundamentals of notation, ear training, andmusic reading. Melody and beginningharmony. A grade of C or better is required forthe course. (fall, spring, summer)T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.) P: T109Rudiments of Music I or equivalent; music

76 School of Music

execution of stage lighting. Emphasis on usesof color and projection. Electrical specialeffects and properties. Ten hours of class andlaboratory per week.U107-U108 Stage Rigging I-II (2-2 cr.) Surveyof hand and motorized scenery handlingequipment. Problems in stress analysis anddesign of simple moving and stationary scenicstructures, platforms, bridges, wagons,turntables, and flying elements. Two hours ofclass per week.U109 Computer Skills for Musicians (2 cr.)Computer music notation systems and the useof word processing, graphics, data base, andother computer programs in music researchand teaching.U110 Special Topics in Music (2 cr.) Varioustopics from semester to semester.U131 Theater Drafting (2 cr.) Scale andfreehand drawing techniques of simple scenicelements. Reading of shop drawings andelevations. Two hours of class per week.U133 Survey of Theatrical Styles (2 cr.)Architectural and scenic styles by historicaland geographical boundaries, includingfurnishings and scenic properties. Two hoursof class per week.U200 Special Projects in Technology (1-8 cr.)P: Consent of instructor. May be repeated foradditional credit.U201-U202 Piano Technology I-II (2-2 cr.)U201 is a prerequisite for U202. Recommendedfor piano majors. Introduction to science oftuning in equal temperament, structure ofpiano, and mechanism of piano’s action.U233 Applied French Diction for Singers (1 cr.) P or C: French F100, College of Arts andSciences. Drill on phonetics and application tosong and opera.U243 Applied German Diction for Singers (1 cr.) P or C: German G100, College of Artsand Sciences. Drill on phonetics andapplication to song and opera.U253 Applied Italian Diction for Singers (1 cr.) P or C: Italian M100, College of Arts andSciences. Drill on phonetics and application tosong and opera.U263 Pronunciation of Historical Languages(3 cr.) A survey of the changes in thepronunciation of Romance and Germaniclanguages from the Middle Ages to theeighteenth century.U274-U275 History of Violin Making I-II (3-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Seminar inthe history and literature of string instrumenttechnology. Study of the manufacture andrepair of string instruments from the earliesttime to the present, with emphasis on the workof the master luthiers. Outside readings. Threehours of class per week.

U305 String Instrument Repair (1 cr.) Stringinstrument maintenance and repair. For musiceducation students.U350 Individualized Music Cognate AreaReadings and Research (1-6 cr.) Open only tostudents accepted for an individualizedcognate area.U361 English Diction for Singers (1 cr.) Drillon phonetics with application to singing. Maybe taken for undergraduate and graduatecredit.U371 Costume Construction GraduationExamination (0 cr.)U381 Stagecraft Technology GraduationExamination (0 cr.)U391 String Instrument TechnologyGraduate Examination (0 cr.)U396 Introduction to MIDI and ComputerMusic (3 cr.) P: modest working knowledge ofpersonal computers, easily obtainable througha short UCS Jumpstart class, and a willingnessto work hard. Course designed to teach bothmusicians and non-musicians about the basicsof the MIDI (Musical Instrument DigitalInterface) system, its software and hardware.Will include MIDI sequencing, digitalsampling, principles of digital synthesis,digital audio editing. Geared to those withlittle prior technical training.U400 Unassigned UndergraduatePerformance Major (cr. arr.) P: Permission ofdirector of undergraduate studies or dean ofSchool of Music. Temporary section duringregistration process.U401 Organ Construction and Design (2 cr.)A study of the mechanics of pipe organ actionand of all aspects of pipe work from both thehistorical and the practical points of view. Thecourse covers basic routines of maintenance,such as tuning and repair of instruments bycontemporary builders.U404 Harp Technology (2 cr.) A study of theprinciples, problems, repair, and generalmechanics of the harp action and of all aspectsof design from both the historical and practicalpoints of view. The course covers all basicroutines of repairs, tuning adjustments,maintenance, and intricate regulation ofvarious instruments.U411 Concert Management (3 cr.) On nationaland local levels. Mechanics of management,booking of concert artists and attractions,organized-audience plan, local concert series,and symphony management.U412 Music Theater Management (3 cr.)Problems of management in operas;organizational structure, business aspects,public relations and support, repertoireselection, casting, coaching, directing, andrehearsing; design and execution of scenery,

School of Music 79

T511 Aural Music Theory Review forGraduate Students (3 cr.) Designed to satisfydeficiencies indicated by the Graduate MusicTheory Entering Proficiency Examination.Removal of deficiency requires a grade of D orhigher. If T508 Written Music Theory Reviewfor Graduate Students is also required, itshould be taken before T511 Aural MusicTheory Review for Graduate Students. (springof each year, summer of even-numbered years)T531 Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint (3 cr.)P: T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students or equivalent. Analysis of,and composition in, the style of J. S. Bach andhis contemporaries. (fall, summer)T532 Stylistic Counterpoint: Variable Topics(3 cr.) P: T508 Written Music Theory Reviewfor Graduate Students or equivalent. Analysisof, and composition in, the contrapuntal styleof a given period, e.g., the sixteenth-centurysacred style, the madrigal school, the romanticperiod. May be repeated for different topics.T545 Analysis of Music Literature (3 cr.) P: T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students and M541-M542 MusicHistory Review for Graduate Students I-II, orequivalent. Basic techniques of analysisapplied to a selection of music literatureemphasizing works from the seventeenthcentury through the early twentieth century.T550 Readings in Music Theory (3 cr.) P: T508Written Music Theory Review for GraduateStudents or equivalent. Introduction to thediscipline of music theory: objectives, issues,trends, methods, resources, and literature.(spring)T551 Introduction to Analytical Techniques(3 cr.) P: T508 Written Music Theory Reviewfor Graduate Students or equivalent.Analytical techniques for tonal music. (fall,summer)T555 Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.) P: T508Written Music Theory Review for GraduateStudents or equivalent; and T551 Introductionto Analytical Techniques or consent ofinstructor. Develops skill in applying HeinrichSchenker’s analytic method for tonal music ofthe eighteenth and nineteenth centuries.(spring)T556 Analysis of Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.) P: T508 Written Music Theory Reviewfor Graduate Students or equivalent.Twentieth-century compositions and analyticaltechniques. (fall, summer)T557 Studies in the Theory of Music (2 cr.)P: T550 Readings in Music Theory and T551Introduction to Analytical Techniques. Formaster’s students in music theory. (spring)T558 Master’s Degree Review (0 cr.) Master’sdegree review; concurrent registration withT557 Studies in the Theory of Music required.(spring)

T560 Music Analysis: Variable Topics (3 cr.)P: T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students or equivalent or consent ofinstructor. May be repeated for differenttopics.T561 Music Theory: Variable Topics (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. May be repeated fordifferent topics.T591 Teaching of Music Theory I (3 cr.) P: T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students or equivalent. Comparativeanalysis of teaching techniques, procedures,and materials, with practical application.(spring, summer)T592 Teaching of Music Theory II (3 cr.) P: T591 Teaching of Music Theory I or consentof instructor. Variable topics in music theorypedagogy.T619-T620 Projects and Problems in MusicTheory I-II (cr. arr.) P: Consent of musictheory department. Investigation and researchin the field of music theory designed to meetindividual needs of graduate students.T623-T624 The History of Music Theory I-II(3-3 cr.) I. Musical systems of antiquity; modal,rhythmic, and contrapuntal music theory to1600. (fall of odd-numbered years) II. Musictheory from 1600 through Schenker,Schoenberg, and Hindemith. (spring of even-numbered years)T655 Seminar in Music Theory: Tonal Music(3 cr.) P: T555 Schenkerian Analysis or consentof instructor. Readings in twentieth-centurytheories of tonal music analysis and criticalapplications of methodologies derived fromthe readings. (fall of even-numbered years)T656 Seminar in Music Theory: Atonal Music(3 cr.) P: T556 Analysis of Twentieth-CenturyMusic or consent of instructor. Readings intheories of atonal music analysis and criticalapplications of methodologies derived fromthe readings. (spring of odd-numbered years)T658 Seminar in Music Theory: VariableTopics (3 cr.) (spring)T659 Public Lecture (0 cr.)� Presentation tothe public of one of the research projects forT655 Seminar in Music Theory: Tonal Music,T656 Seminar in Music Theory: Atonal Music,or T658 Seminar in Music Theory: VariableTopics.T700 Dissertation in Music Theory (cr. arr.)�

Unclassified CoursesU101-U102 Scenery Construction I-II (4-4 cr.)Methodology of hand and power wood andmetal working. Characteristics and strengthsof materials and uses as structural anddecorative elements. Ten hours of class andlaboratory per week.U104-U105 Stage Lighting I-II (3-3 cr.) Studyof instrumentation and practice in design and

78 School of Music

and Instruction. Enrollment determined inconsultation with individual faculty membersof the minor program.U800 Unassigned Graduate PerformanceMinor (cr. arr.) P: Permission of director ofgraduate studies or dean of School of Music.Temporary section during registration process.U900 Unassigned Graduate PerformanceMajor (cr. arr.) P: Permission of director ofgraduate studies or dean of School of Music.Temporary section during registration process.

Nonmajor Academic CoursesZ101-Z102 Music for the Listener I-II (3-3 cr.)How to listen to music; art of music and itsmaterials; and instruments and musical forms.Z103 Special Topics in Music for Nonmajors(3 cr.)Z111 Introduction to Music Theory (3 cr.) A study of fundamentals of the language andnotation of music: listening, music reading andwriting, and the elements of music as used in avariety of genres and historical periods. Opento non–music majors and students in theSchool of Music interested in a generalbackground in music.Z171-Z172 Opera Theater Series I-II (2-2 cr.)Discussion and analysis of works to beperformed during the current Opera Theaterseries. Designed to acquaint opera patrons(and non–music majors) with the libretti andmusic.Z201-Z202 History of Rock ‘n’ Roll Music I-II(3-3 cr.) I. A survey of the major trends, styles,and genres of rock music from the earliestrecordings to the present day, focusing on thework of the artists and groups who haveproven to be of the most enduring significance.Credit given for non–music majors only. II. P: Z201. A history and appreciation of rock’sclassic era. The course begins with the 1964British Invasion, which signaled the arrival ofrock’s second generation. Examines the majormusical figures and social issues (civil rightsstruggle, the war in Vietnam) of the 1960s.Z301 Rock Music in the 70s and 80s (3 cr.) Alecture-oriented course that covers the historyof Rock ‘n’ Roll in the 1970’s and 1980’s. Thepost-Sgt. Pepper “splintering” of Rock andensuing style changes are highlighted.Z315 Music for Film (3 cr.) P: CMLT C190,Introduction to Film. A stylistic and analyticsurvey of music for moving pictures,concentrating on American and Englishnarrative films.Z320 Special Topics in Popular Music (3 cr.)Z393 History of Jazz (3 cr.) Periods, majorperformers and composers, trends, influences,stylistic features, and related materials. Fornon–music majors only.

Z395 Contemporary Jazz and Soul Music (3 cr.) A survey of contemporary jazz and soul(rhythm and blues) music and musicians in theUnited States. For non–music majors only.Z396 Introduction to MIDI and ComputerMusic (3 cr.) P: modest working knowledge ofpersonal computers, easily obtainable througha short UCS Jumpstart class, and a willingnessto work hard. Course designed to teach bothmusicians and non-musicians about the basicsof the MIDI (Musical Instrument DigitalInterface) system, its software and hardware.Will include MIDI sequencing, digitalsampling, principles of digital synthesis,digital audio editing Geared to those withlittle prior technical training.Z401 The Music of the Beatles (3 cr.) P: Z201or Z202 and permission of instructor. An in-depth, song-by-song look at the music, lives,and times of the Beatles. The course focuses onthe music and is aimed at heightening studentlistening skills as well as fostering a deeperappreciation for the Beatles’ recordings. Musicis supplemented by biographical informationand many films and videos, including theBeatles “Anthology,” which is seen ininstallments over the course of the semester.Z402 Music of Frank Zappa (3 cr.) P:permission of instructor. A detailed survey ofthe musical career of Rock’s most avant-gardecomposer. Traces Zappa’s early creativeoutput from his early days through his soloprojects, his “big band” period, his orchestralproductions, and finally his groundbreakingwork with the Synclavier. All of Zappa’scommercially released albums are discussed,and students are responsible for a listening listof materials from these releases.Z413 Latin American Popular Music (3 cr.)Historical and cultural aspects in thedevelopment of representative popular genres,as they appear in Latin America, theCaribbean, and the United States. Issues ofperformance and instrumentation and theoutput of significant composers, arrangers andperformers. Open to majors and non-majors.Two hours lecture; one hour performanceensemble lab. Will not count as X040 credit.

School of Music 81

costumes, properties, and lighting; andtechnical production.U440 Practicum I-II-III-IV (2-2-2-2 cr.)Supervised execution of the technology ofconstruction, repair, and operation of scenicelements and theatrical equipment. Ten hoursper week each semester.U453 Italian Operatic Diction (1 cr.) P: U253Applied Italian Diction for Singers and consentof instructor. Coaching in Italian dictioninvolving the standard Italian repertoire.U450 Individualized Music Cognate AreaFinal Project (0 cr.) Open only to studentsaccepted for an individualized music cognatearea.U465 Techniques of WoodwindCraftsmanship (cr. arr.) Special topics such asreed making, instrument building, and repair.Course may be repeated for credit.U470 Violin Repair I-II-III-IV (6-6-6-6 cr.)P: Consent of instructor. I-II. Study andpractice of string instrument technology,including general repairs done from outsidethe instrument, bow refurbishing, and use ofhand and power tools. III-IV. Advanced studyand practice of string instrument technology,including general and major repair done afteran instrument has been opened, instrumentacoustics, and related topics. Fifteen hoursinstruction and laboratory per week.U480 Internship in Technology (cr. arr.) P: Consent of instructor. Internship in music-related technology. Practical application ofrelated skills in a professional setting on or offcampus for one semester.U500 Master’s Workshop in Performance (cr. arr.)U501 Italian for Musicians (Singers) I-II(3-3 cr.) Italian grammar and conversation, andextensive work on translation techniques andskills. Musical and theatrical terminology.Archaic vocabulary and grammatical forms.Reading and translation of musical texts(songs, libretti) and of literary works related tothe musical world. Will fulfill Italian languagerequirement for students who are deficient inthis area. I. Emphasis on grammar. II.Emphasis on translation and conversation.U506 Historical Brass Instrument Design andConstruction (3 cr.) The course will consist of a 3 hour laboratory session each week,supplemented by independent researchprojects which will demand additional timeappropriate to a 3 credit course. Thelaboratory portion of the course will consist ofthe construction of a reproduction of ahistorical brass instrument, using methods andtools consistent with those used in the 17thand 18th centuries.U511 Concert Management (3 cr.) On nationaland local levels. Mechanics of management,

booking of concert artists and attractions,organized-audience plan, local concert series,and symphony management.U520 Music Library Information Processing(3 cr.) P: Demonstrable skill with at least onecomputing application (e.g., a programminglanguage or a word processing, database, orspreadsheet application). Introduction toinformation distribution as it relates to thelibrary applications, including hardwareplatforms, operating systems, networks andnetwork servers, database structure and theorganization of audio-, score-, and textfileobjects, analog and digital data standards andprocessing, and multimedia resources forlibrary use. Offered in the spring semester ofof odd-numbered years.U521 MIDI and Computer Music (3 cr.) P:Demonstrable skill with at least onecomputing application (e.g., a programminglanguage or a word processing, database, orspreadsheet application). Electroacousticresources enabling digital processing of videoand audio, integration and synchronization ofaudio and video, standards for codes (e.g.,MIDI), issues of hardware and softwareintegration, and basic studio production,equipment, and management.U522 Electronic Text Processing andDistribution (3 cr.) P: Demonstrable skill withat least one computing application (e.g., aprogramming language or a word processing,database, or spreadsheet application). M539Introduction to Music Bibliography stronglyrecommended. Introduction to issues andprocesses in the electronic manipulation of textand graphics, including hardware andsoftware, electronic journals, full- and partial-text databases, optical character recognition,copyright, network distribution, page layoutand conventional publication, and financialsupport (publishers, academic, andcommercial institutions, and federal agencies).U523 Multimedia Development for MusicResearch and Instruction (3 cr.)P: Demonstrable skill with at least onecomputing application (e.g., a programminglanguage or a word processing, database, orspreadsheet application). Multimediahardware and software and their integration,tools for music research, authoring languages,hypertext and hypermedia issues ininstructional software design anddevelopment, and electronic classroom designand use.U524 Independent Research in MusicInformation Technology (3 cr.) Independentresearch in one or more of the topic areas ofeach of U520 Music Library InformationProcessing, U521 Multimedia Resources of theElectronic Studio, U522 Electronic TextProcessing and Distribution, and U523Multimedia Development for Music Research

80 School of Music

requirements, but it is not computed in thegrade point average. The grade of F isincluded in determining grade point averages.

No courses with a MUS or an EDUC prefix canbe taken on a Pass/Fail basis by music majors.B.M.E. students may use Pass/Fail coursesonly for general education requirementsexcept for English W131 ElementaryComposition and Speech S121 Public Speakingor their approved substitutes. B.M. and B.S.students may use Pass/Fail courses only asfree electives; they may not use Pass/Failcourses to meet stated degree requirements.Once the Pass/Fail option request has beenprocessed, the decision cannot be reversed.The deadline for filing Pass/Fail optionrequests is the end of the third week of thesemester or two weeks into a summer session.The pass/fail option is not available tograduate or diploma students.

Change of GradeNo grade may be changed after six calendarmonths from the date of the last day of finalexaminations.

AbsencesIllness is usually the only acceptable excuse forabsence from class and must be officiallyconfirmed. A student’s excessive absence isreported by the instructor to the dean ofstudents.

A student who misses a final examination andwho has a passing grade up to that time maybe given a grade of Incomplete if the instructorhas reason to believe that the absence wasbeyond the student’s control. The Committeeon Absence of the Office of the Dean ofStudents reviews excuses for absences fromfinal examinations and notifies instructors ofits decisions.

Every effort is made to avoid time conflictsbetween School of Music classes andperformances. However, if a student isrequired to participate in performances orother activities officially sponsored by theSchool of Music that coincide with classes orexaminations within the school, someaccommodation may be made by theinstructors involved. No consideration will begiven for events not sponsored by the school.

Minimum and Maximum SemesterLoadUndergraduate Students Undergraduates inthe School of Music are not permitted to enrollin fewer than 12 credit hours or more than 17credit hours during the fall and springsemesters (fewer than 4 or more than 9 duringthe summer session) exclusive of majorensemble (2 credits), except with specialpermission from the dean. The student with a

cumulative grade point average of 3.5 orhigher may take an additional course for 2 to 3credit hours. Only in very exceptional casesshall the total carried exceed 20 credit hours.

Graduate Students In the fall or springsemester, graduate degree students mustenroll in a minimum of 8 credit hours, anddiploma students and visiting students mustenroll in a minimum of 9 credit hours(including ensemble). In the summer session,the minimum number of credit hours is 4 forall graduate or diploma students. Studentspetitioning for exceptions to these credit hourrestrictions must present documentaryevidence to the director of graduate studies.

Correspondence StudyA student may earn some credit toward anundergraduate degree by enrolling incorrespondence courses. Students admitted to the School of Music must have coursesapproved by the director of musicundergraduate studies before enrolling inthem.

Information about correspondence courseofferings can be obtained by writing to theSchool of Continuing Studies, Owen Hall,Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana47405.

Audit PolicyThe School of Music of Indiana University hasa long tradition of openness in its performingand academic activities. Students and visitorsto the campus may benefit from opportunitiesto attend lectures, rehearsals, lessons, or otheractivities. These activities may range frominformal observation for a limited number ofsessions to the following regulations:

Permission to observe classes informally is atthe discretion of the supervising teacher.Limitations in seating capacity may make itimpossible to include auditors or observers.Permission to audit formally (i.e. withregistration and fees) is primarily theresponsibility of the supervising teacher but issubject to the following regulations:1. Students may not register as auditors for

any class that involves class participation.This includes classes in sight singing, eartraining and keyboard, instrumentaltechniques, ballet, and others. To determineif a class falls under this provision, thestudent should consult the chair of thedepartment in which the class is given.

2. Students may register as auditors for musicperformance classes (applied music), butthey will not be counted as part of thefaculty load, and they will not performthemselves.To observe or audit a lesson, students musthave permission not only from the

School of Music 83

Academic RegulationsChange of Degree RequirementsEach student is subject to the degreerequirements outlined in the current School ofMusic Bulletin. When new requirements areintroduced after a student has matriculated,the student may elect to observe either therequirements in force at the date ofmatriculation or those most recentlyestablished by the School of Music.

GradesThe official grading system of IndianaUniversity is as follows:

A+ or A 4.0A– 3.7B+ 3.3B 3.0B– 2.7C+ 2.3C 2.0C– 1.7D+ 1.3D 1.0D– 0.7F 0.0

Addition of CoursesNo course may be added after the normalschedule adjustment period of a semesterunless the instructor and departmentchairperson of the course give signed approvaland the course addition is approved by thedean of the school in which the student isenrolled.

Withdrawal from CoursesWithdrawals made during scheduleadjustment period will not appear on astudent’s permanent internal record.Withdrawals during the first seven weeks of asemester and the first two weeks of a summersession are automatically marked W. After thefirst seven weeks of a regular semester or thefirst two weeks of a summer session,withdrawal is permitted only if the dean of thestudent’s school approves the request on thebasis of urgent, documented reasons relatingto the student’s health or equivalent distress.The desire to avoid a low grade is not anacceptable reason for withdrawal from acourse. If a student withdraws with the dean’sconsent, the grade in the course shall be W ifthe work is passing and F if the work is notpassing. The grade will be recorded on thedate of withdrawal. Failure to complete acourse without an authorized withdrawal willresult in the grade of F.

Incompletes and Deferred GradesIf a student is not in attendance during the lastseveral weeks of a semester, the instructor mayreport a grade of I (indicating the work issatisfactory at the end of the semester but hasnot been completed) if the instructor hasreason to believe the absence was beyond thestudent’s control; if not, the instructor shallrecord a grade of F. In addition, a student maynot enroll in a course in which the student hasreceived a grade of Incomplete, except inperformance. To remove an incomplete inmusic performance study, a student mustregister in the following semester in the samenumber of credit hours as recorded for theincomplete; the grade earned as the result of ajury examination, or given by the instructor ifno jury examination is required, becomes thegrade for the previous semester’s incomplete.

It is the responsibility of the student who hasincurred the grade of Incomplete in any courseto fulfill the requirements of that course withinone calendar year from the date on which theIncomplete is recorded. The student isexpected to complete all necessary work intime for the instructor to assign a regular gradebefore the expiration of this time period. If thisis impossible because of circumstances clearlybeyond the student’s control, it is the student’sresponsibility to notify the director ofundergraduate studies or the Director ofGraduate Studies, as appropriate, within thesame period of such circumstances and topetition for an extension of time. Everyoverdue Incomplete is changed to F at the endof one year unless a grade is assigned duringthat year.

The grade of R is used in courses such asresearch courses in which completion of thework of the course is not necessarily requiredat the end of the semester.

Pass/Fail OptionUnder certain circumstances an undergraduatestudent in good standing (not on probation)may enroll in up to eight elective courses to betaken with a grade of P (Pass) or F (Fail)during the four years of the undergraduateprogram. A student may take two courses peracademic year on the Pass/Fail option. Anacademic year begins with the first day of thefall semester and ends with the last day of thesecond summer session.

If a student elects the Pass/Fail option in acourse, the Office of the Registrar will convertthe final grade to either P (grade of A, B, C, orD) or F (grade of F). The grade of P indicatessatisfactory work in fulfillment of degree

82 School of Music

Regulations and Procedures

Academic Standing—GraduateProbation and DismissalA graduate student will receive an “academicwarning” letter in any semester when thesemester gpa falls below 3.00, when a gradebelow B is received in major ensemble, orwhen a grade below B is received in a courserequired for the major field.

A graduate student will be placed on academicprobation in any semester when thecumulative gpa (representative of at least twosemesters) falls below 3.00 or when a grade ofF is received in major ensemble or in a courserequired for the major field.

Students must complete all proficiencyrequirements and any departmentalprerequisites within five semesters ofenrollment as a doctoral student (“D6”registrar coding). Failure to meet this conditionwill constitute grounds for dismissal.A graduate student may also be subject todismissal if the cumulative gpa is below 3.00for two successive semesters, or if the studentfails for a second time to achieve a satisfactorygrade in a graduate review course, or if, in thejudgment of the Dean, the student is notmaking progress toward the degree. A studentwho receives a semester gpa below 2.00 will besubject to immediate dismissal.

The probationary rules will normally not beapplied to courses taken during the firstsummer session. For any student already onacademic probation, this work will beconsidered in evaluating the student’s statusafter the next term of enrollment.

Students in the Artist Diploma and PerformerDiploma programs are subject to the sameacademic probation policies as graduatestudents.

Application for Graduate Degreesor DiplomasAll candidates for graduate advanced degreesor diplomas (except for the M.A., M.A.T., andPh.D., which are applied for in the UniversityGraduate School) must complete anapplication for graduation no later than thethird week of the semester in which theyexpect to graduate. Forms are available in themusic graduate office.

Special Procedures forDoctoral StudentsLanguage Proficiencies or ToolSubjectsCandidates for doctoral degrees who expect todo research in specialized fields or who musthave specialized techniques beyond thosenormally required of master’s degree students,must possess or acquire such techniques inaddition to the regular course requirements.Specific recommendations are made for eachcandidate on the basis of the degree choice andresults of the entering proficiencyexaminations; the candidate has anopportunity to pass examinations in thespecified areas or to take prescribed courses.

The level of language proficiency required forPh.D. candidates is determined by theindividual departments and the director ofgraduate studies.

Candidates for the D.M. degree have languageor tool subject requirements according to thenature of their degree plans. Majors in voice,opera conducting, or choral conducting mustmeet the language proficiency requirement forthe master’s degree in voice.

Recital RequirementsThe following apply to all D.M. curricula (seealso specific major field requirements):1. When a doctoral student has received a

grade below a B on one of the requiredrecitals, the student may not play the sameprogram again in fulfillment of that recitalrequirement nor use any of the selectionsfrom the unsatisfactory recital on any otherrequired recital.

2. A student who receives a grade lower thana B on any two successive required recitals(including repetition of the same recitalrequirement) may no longer pursue theD.M. degree in that major.

3. The last of the required recitals is the finalrecital, which is to be scheduled upon therecommendation of the student’s advisorycommittee chairperson after the qualifyingexamination is passed and before thedefense of the document is scheduled. Thefinal public performance for choralconducting majors, composition majors(K701), and voice majors (lecture/recital)may be done before the qualifyingexaminations. Voice majors are required totake at least two recitals before thequalifying examinations.

4. Recital policies can be obtained from theRecital Scheduling Office.

School of Music 85

supervising teacher, but also from thestudent whose lesson is being heard.

3. Formal auditing or informal observation ofclasses is not intended as preparation forexemption or proficiency tests. Permissionto observe or audit a class may be deniedby the supervising faculty member on thisbasis.

4. Music majors may not audit graduatereview courses in music theory. They mayaudit graduate review courses in musichistory and literature if they have taken thegraduate entering proficiencyexaminations.

5. Official audit status for a class requires theapproval of the professor in charge. Whenapproval is obtained, the student enrollsduring the schedule adjustment period.

6. No class that has been officially auditedmay be used towards degree credit of anykind in the School of Music unless: (a) thestudent passes a validation examinationand any other requirements of the courseunder the supervision of the professorteaching the course, (b) the student has metany prerequisites for the course (to beverified by the approving faculty member),and (c) the student pays full tuition for thecourse.

Change of CurriculumAn undergraduate student may not change anelected curriculum after beginning the fifthsemester, or junior year, except with theapproval of the School of Music faculty. In theevent that a curriculum is changed by action ofthe School of Music faculty, a student in thatcurriculum may elect to meet either therequirements in effect at the date ofmatriculation or those most recently adopted bythe School of Music. The latter is recommended.

Academic Standing—UndergraduateDefinition of Good Standing forUndergraduate StudentsA regularly admitted student with acumulative grade point average of 2.0 orabove, and whose academic average for thelast semester’s work did not fall below 2.0, isconsidered to be in good standing as acandidate for an Indiana University bachelor’sdegree.

Academic ProbationStudents are placed on academic probation inany of the following instances:1. When their semester grade point average is

below 2.0.2. When their cumulative grade point average

is below 2.0.

3. When they earn a failing grade in any ofthe core curriculum courses. Failing gradesare F in the core music courses in musictheory and literature and in music history,and C– or below in core music courses inear training.

4. When they fail to achieve a passing gradein the major ensemble course, either by notenrolling in ensemble or by earning thegrade of F.

5. When they fail to enroll in pianoinstruction until completing the pianoproficiency examination.

Every student on academic probation mustcomply with such restrictions as the probationcommittee of the School of Music deemsnecessary. Students incurring academic ordisciplinary probation are subject to loss of anyfinancial assistance and are denied permissionto participate in any off-campus musicalevents.

DismissalStudents are dismissed from the School ofMusic when, in the judgment of the probationcommittee, they have ceased to make progresstoward their degree. When students are onacademic probation for two consecutivesemesters (including the second summersession), they are automatically considered tobe making insufficient progress toward theirdegree. Students who have earned a gradepoint average of less than 1.0 during eithersemester or the summer session are alsoconsidered to be making insufficient progresstoward their degree and are dismissed.

ReadmissionThe probation committee considers petitionsfor readmission from students who have beendismissed. A student dismissed for the firsttime may petition for readmission to anydivision of the university. The committee mayrecommend reentrance without delay ifwarranted by exceptional circumstances and ifit believes the student will make progresstoward the degree. A student dismissed for thesecond time may not be admitted for the nextregular semester but is eligible to submit apetition for readmission after a period of atleast one regular semester.

For petitions for readmission to be consideredand accepted by the committee, they must besubmitted before July 1 for the fall semester,December 1 for the spring semester, and April15 for the summer sessions.

Class StandingClass standing is based on the number ofcredit hours successfully completed: freshman,fewer than 27 credit hours; sophomore, 27 to55 credit hours; junior, 56 to 85 credit hours;and senior, 86 or more credit hours.

84 School of Music

candidacy. Students whose candidacy lapsesare required to reapply for admission tocandidacy and are expected to meet currentrequirements for the degree. Candidates whowill graduate in August must enroll in thepreceding summer session.

Dissertation and DocumentInstructions for the development of a topicproposal may be obtained from the musicgraduate office. The same office manages thescheduling of the dissertation or documentdefense. Students desiring to undertake thedefense during a summer session must apply to thedirector of graduate studies before May 1.

A Ph.D. student must be a candidate for thedegree in order to defend a dissertation. Thedefense of the dissertation or document is oraland is normally based upon the dissertation ordocument, although it may also touch uponthe major field literature or any field of generalmusic interest that the committee deemspertinent.

Time LimitsBefore Qualifying ExaminationsStudents must complete all course work for aD.M. degree (including those coursestransferred from other schools, but notincluding those on the master’s degree) andbegin qualifying examinations within a periodof seven calendar years from the date ofmatriculation in the doctoral program.Students who do not complete their doctoralwork within the prescribed time limit must bereadmitted to the major field (throughinterview, submission of documents, oraudition, as appropriate to the major), meetcurrent requirements, and make any othercurricular changes required by the director ofgraduate studies and the major-fielddepartment. If a student is readmitted to themajor, the term of readmission is three years. Ifthe student has not completed course work bythat time, he or she must once again meet theterms for readmission described above. Inaddition, any doctoral courses taken more thanten calendar years earlier must be revalidatedaccording to the procedures of the departmentoffering the course.

Ph.D. and D.M.E. Time LimitsPh.D. and D.M.E. students have 10 calendaryears, including the master’s degree. Ph.D.students must receive permission to revalidatecourses from the director of graduate studiesand from the dean of the University GraduateSchool. D.M.E. students must receivepermission to revalidate courses from thedirector of graduate studies.

Qualifying ExaminationsAll qualifying examinations, written and oral,must be completed within one calendar year.

After Qualifying ExaminationsStudents must complete the doctoral degreewithin seven years after passing the qualifyingexaminations. After that time, students mustbe reinstated to candidacy. To be reinstated tocandidacy for the D.M. degree, students must(1) obtain the permission of the departmentchairperson and the director of graduatestudies, (2) fulfill any new departmentalrequirements in effect at the time of theapplication for reinstatement, (3) pass awritten qualifying examination, content andduration of which will be agreed upon by thestudent’s examination committee and thedirector of graduate studies. If reinstatement isgranted, it is valid for a period of three years.Revalidation of course work is not required.

Ph.D. Time LimitsPh.D. students follow the reinstatementprocedure outlined in the bulletin of theUniversity Graduate School.

Interruption of Study Doctoral studentswho, prior to completion of the qualifyingexaminations, have interrupted their degreepursuits for a period of five years or moremust meet current requirements for thedegree, and make any other curricular changesrequired by the major field advisor and thedirector of graduate studies.

Performance Study andPerformance-RelatedPoliciesAssignments for Music PerformanceStudy and LessonsThe dean of the School of Music assignsstudents to teachers on the basis of studentrequests and teacher availability. While theSchool of Music makes every effort to honorteacher preferences, it cannot guaranteespecific studio assignments. The assignmenttakes place during the first week of classes ofeach semester for students who have notpreregistered for a particular teacher. Suchpreregistration is accomplished only with thewritten authorization of the requested teacher.

Performance instruction in individual lessons ora combination of individual and small grouplessons is at the discretion of the teacher. Astudent who cannot attend a scheduled lessonis required to notify the teacher at least 24 hoursbefore the beginning of the lesson; otherwise,except for illness immediately prior to a lesson,the student forfeits the right to a make-uplesson. Students absent without excuse frommore than three half-hour lessons in any oneperformance course during a semester fail inthat course, but their lessons are notdiscontinued. Lessons missed by the teacher are

School of Music 87

Public PerformancesA student whose curriculum requires a publicperformance as a conductor or composer mustmake the preliminary arrangements with thecommittee chairperson and must secure theapproval of the advisory committee before theevent takes place. The major fieldrepresentatives of the advisory committeeshall attend the performance, or a dressrehearsal of the performance, and by ballotfiled with the director of graduate studies shalldetermine (1) acceptance or rejection of theperformance or dress rehearsal of theperformance (by majority vote) and (2) a lettergrade (by committee average). When aperformance or rehearsal is rejected, the courseof action is determined by the director ofgraduate studies and the student’s advisorycommittee.

Qualifying ExaminationsApplicants for a doctoral degree are notconsidered candidates for the degree until theyhave passed the qualifying examinations andhave been recommended by their advisorycommittee to the dean of the UniversityGraduate School or the dean of the School ofMusic.

Preliminary Requirements Before thequalifying examinations are scheduled,doctoral students must have been admitted tothe curriculum and have met the followingpreliminary requirements:1. They must have satisfied all prerequisites,

proficiencies, and tool subjectrequirements.

2. They must have completed all course workfor the major field (except recitals,performances, and dissertation, document,or essay) in order to write the major-fieldexamination. For minors within the Schoolof Music, they must have completed allcourse work in the minor field beforewriting the examination for that minor.

3. Students pursuing the D.M. or the Ph.D. inmusic theory must have their dissertationor document topic approved before takingthe oral qualifying examination. Studentspursuing the D.M.E. or the Ph.D. in musiceducation must have their dissertation ordocument topic approved before themajor-field written examination may bescheduled. Students pursuing the Ph.D. inmusicology may have their dissertationtopic approved before or after thequalifying examinations.

Research topic proposals must be approved bythe student’s research committee. Informationon procedures for securing approval ofresearch topics may be obtained from themusic graduate office. When preliminaryrequirements have been met, students may

schedule qualifying examinations in the musicgraduate office. Upon application, writtenqualifying examinations may be writtenduring the second summer session.

Musical StylesStudents are given a written examination inwhich they are asked to identify and describerepresentative musical styles on the basis of ananalysis of aural and visual examples. Themusical styles examination must be taken priorto the oral qualifying examination. The stylesexamination may be taken no more than twice.Additional information may be obtained fromthe music graduate office.

Written Examinations Students must takewritten examinations in the major and minorfields. (Minors outside the School of Musicmay not require a written examination.) Theseexaminations are prepared by the advisorycommittee member(s) representing the majoror minor field and may be based on thecontent of courses taken in each field or on thebackground and concepts pertinent to the area.At the discretion of the minor-fieldrepresentative (as guided by appropriatedepartment policy), students having musicperformance as a minor may substitute a30-minute performance examination by afaculty jury or a graded recital for the writtenexamination.

Oral Examination The major-field oralqualifying examination for D.M. students hasas its aim the assessment of the student’sknowledge of the major performance area,especially focused on the literature included ina repertoire list approved by the student’sadvisory committee. This examination mayinclude assessment of the student’s ability toarticulate an understanding of theformal/analytical characteristics of the music,its historical development and social context,and features related to its teaching andlearning. The student’s knowledge isevaluated by the student’s advisorycommittee. A majority vote of the committeedetermines the outcome of the major-fieldexamination. Minor-field oral examinations, ifrequired, take place at the same time but areevaluated separately. A failed examinationmay be retaken once. The committee willprescribe the scope of questioning of thereexamination. Oral qualifying examinationsmay not be scheduled during the summersessions.

Registration after Admission toCandidacyAfter admission to candidacy, candidates mustenroll each semester for course work,dissertation or document credit, or G901Advanced Research. Failure to meet thisrequirement automatically terminates

86 School of Music

It is the prerogative of the teacher to ask for acommittee examination of any student who ismaking doubtful progress in the curriculum. Theteacher’s grade on the semester’s work is preparedbefore the examination and counts as one-half of thefinal grade. The committee decides the grade for theexamination. The average of the teacher’s and thecommittee’s grades is the final grade.

Hearings and RecitalsA prerecital hearing is required for allundergraduate and master’s degree recitalsthat are in partial fulfillment of academicrequirements. At the discretion of the faculty,other recitals may also be given a committeehearing. It is the teacher’s responsibility toschedule a hearing so that it can be completedand the recital performed within the deadlinesestablished each semester by the dean of theSchool of Music. These deadlines, which areposted, vary according to the curriculum levelof the recital. While every effort is made toschedule the recital at a time desired by theteacher and student, at least two weeks mustelapse between the date on which theperformance time is chosen and theperformance is given so that programs can beprinted and public announcements can bemade. Because of crowded performanceschedules, students should have their hearingsand perform their recitals as early as possiblein the semester. B.M.E. students may give theirsenior recital during the student-teachingsemester, provided that it does not occurduring the student-teaching quarter. Norecitals may be given during the examinationperiod.

Hearings should normally be completedduring the fall or spring semesters even if therecital is to be given at a later time. Studentswishing to have a recital hearing in thesummer must have prior approval of thechairperson of the department and the directorof undergraduate or graduate studies. This isnecessary to insure that the appropriate facultycommittees are available to attend the hearing.

For undergraduate recitals, the recital gradeshall be assigned by an average of the gradesof all those faculty members from the hearingcommittee who attend the recital. Organ recitalgrades are based on the recital hearing.

With the recommendation of the teacher, astudent may elect to perform in a required ornonrequired recital a work that calls for one ormore musicians or a small ensemble inaddition to, or instead of, a keyboardaccompanist. If the student is able to findinstrumentalists or vocalists who are willing toperform the work on the recital, approval fortheir participation must be obtained from theirrespective teachers and from theInstrumental/Choral Operational Committee.

For a junior recital, the following regulationsapply:1. No ensemble using a duplication of parts

or requiring a conductor may be included.2. There is no restriction on the number of

assisting players provided that the aboverule is followed.

3. The teacher of the candidate is responsiblefor judging the validity of the chosenrepertoire with regard to the sufficientlysoloistic nature of the candidate’s part andto the likelihood of a good overallperformance.

The Instrumental/Choral Operational Committee’sapproval for all assisting musicians in a solo recitalmust be received by the recital scheduling officebefore the recital can be scheduled. Specialinstructions available from the choral andinstrumental conducting departments apply tostudents’ conducting recitals (G603Instrumental Conducting Performance, G801Instrumental Conducting Performance, G810-G811 Choral Conducting Performance I-II) thatuse regular School of Music ensembles orensembles formed especially for recitals. Noensemble or recital credit is given for assistingin a solo recital unless the students assistinghave specifically registered for that particularassignment as ensemble or recital credit. Suchparticipation may in no way interfere with astudent’s responsibility to the requiredensemble activities or responsibility forassignments made by his or her performanceteacher. Students are urged to submit theirrequests for consideration well in advance ofthe proposed hearing date and beforerehearsals begin since a change in the programor in personnel for the recital may be requiredby the Instrumental/Choral OperationalCommittee.

A student may choose to perform anundergraduate or master’s required recital inhis or her home town or city. With theteacher’s approval, the student should direct aletter of request to the departmentalchairperson before the hearing. Aftersuccessful completion of the hearing, thehearing committee will decide whether or notto approve the request, taking the situation ofthat particular student into consideration.

Generally, student recitals may not performedin the Indiana University Auditorium or in theMusical Arts Center. Student recitals may beheld in Whittenberger Auditorium of theIndiana Memorial Union; however, thescheduling of this hall and the custodialexpenses involved with its use are theresponsibility of the student. Recitals held inRecital Hall, Ford Hall, Auer Hall, the organstudio, and all other School of Music roomsand halls are scheduled by the recitalscheduler.

School of Music 89

made up at the mutual convenience of thestudent and teacher.

The number of lessons in a semester dependsupon the number of lesson hours falling onregular school days, not including universityholidays. Practice time is assigned on a weeklybasis. The student is expected to practice aminimum of three hours a week for each hourof credit and is assigned this amount of time inSchool of Music practice rooms, as spaceallows. To secure an assigned practice time, astudent should complete an application forpractice room assignment; this application isavailable at the practice room supervisor’sdesk. Application for practice time should bemade each semester as soon as the studentcompletes a daily class schedule. All practiceroom applications are due Friday of the firstweek of classes. Assignments are availablefrom the practice room supervisor during thesecond week of classes. Practice roomassignments are made in hourly intervals,beginning half-past each hour. Assignedrooms may be claimed between half-past and20 minutes before each hour. Any musicstudent may use an unoccupied or unclaimedpractice room for the remainder of thatpractice hour.

Any student taking a music performancecourse during a fall or spring semester mustenroll for at least two hours of credit in thatperformance course. B.M.E. students in thesemester of student teaching are exempt.

Examinations and Goals inPerformanceLevel of Achievement Each student takingperformance courses must make satisfactoryprogress each semester as determined by thevarious examinations in performance.

Upper-Division Examination The purposeof the upper-division examination is to assessthe undergraduate student’s general progressand to determine continuation in the chosencurriculum. The examination is administeredat the end of the fourth semester of study or atthe end of the semester in which the studentexpects to complete at least 60 credit hours.Transfer students who enter a degree programwith fewer than four semesters to becompleted should be accepted directly into theupper-division examination at the end of thefirst semester in residence. Students who havea valid reason to postpone the examinationmay petition the director of undergraduatestudies of the School of Music. The examshould not be postponed past the time whenan estimated four semesters of degree workremain to be completed.

A committee composed of the student’s majordepartment faculty members and a

representative of the dean’s office administersthe examination and makes recommendationsfor the student’s junior and senior years ofstudy. A written report of the committee’scomments is compiled in the Office ofUndergraduate Studies and furnished to thestudent after the upper-division examination.

In addition to the performance portion of theexamination, all students working towardmusic education degrees have interviews withthe music education faculty.

A student majoring in composition, jazzstudies, opera scenic design, or opera stagedirection is required to take a specialexamination and should arrange a meetingwith the departmental chairperson prior to theupper-division examination. The chairpersonreports the results of this examination to theupper-division committee. In areas wherethere is no assigned chairperson, studentsshould report to the undergraduate advisor.

Each student is graded on performance on theupper-division examination, and this grade isthe final grade for the semester’s work in theprincipal performance field. The student’steacher gives two grades, one for thesemester’s work and one for the performanceat the examination; every other member of thecommittee gives one grade for theexamination. The student’s final grade is theaverage of all these grades.

Other Examinations in Music PerformanceCourses Examinations by a committeecomposed of the student’s teacher and twoother members of the major field faculty, or aclosely related field, are held as follows:

B.M. majors in performance: end of semester Ifor all performance areas except string majors,who have examinations at the end of semesterII. The upper-division examination and juniorand senior recital hearings constituteexaminations for second, third, and fourthyears.

B.M.E. concentrations, B.S. concentrations, andB.M. composition majors: semester II of thefirst year of study. The upper-divisionexamination and the senior recital constituteexaminations for the second and fourth years.

Non-music majors in elective performance(undergraduates and graduates): eachsemester.

Music majors in secondary performance,master’s degree students with a cognate inperformance, doctoral minors who have notcompleted qualifying examinations: semester II.

Master’s degree majors: no examinations(graduate recital only).

88 School of Music

members, chooses the repertoire for theremaining time. For recitals lasting morethan 45 minutes the chairperson of thecommittee consults with the student andthe chairperson of the department involvedto determine a suitable length of time forthe hearing.

Outside Instruction andPerformanceStudents are not permitted to use stateproperty for private enterprises such as theteaching of lessons in university buildings.

A student in performance may appear as asoloist on public programs only with theapproval of his or her teacher. The facultyreserves the right to limit or even prohibitparticipation in music ensembles outside theSchool of Music if such participation interfereswith desirable musical growth on the part ofthe student.

Official DressThe official dress for public performances ofthe School of Music is as follows: tuxedos formen; long-sleeved black blouses and floor-length black skirts for women. The School ofMusic requires that the student own concertattire at the beginning of the year. Certainensembles specify other types of attire andmake this known at the beginning of eachsemester.

Use of School of Music InstrumentsSchool instruments are available only tostudents enrolled in School of Music courses,e.g., ensemble or performance lessons. Rentaland deposit may be charged as approved bythe Indiana University Board of Trustees.Nonmusic students must pay a rental fee.

The School of Music cannot give exclusive useof an instrument to one individual. Thusinstruments may be assigned for use by morethan one person. For this reason, eachinstrument must be kept in the locker assignedto that instrument when not in use.

A prescribed method of sign-out and return ofinstruments is essential to their efficient use.Failure to follow sign-out or return proceduressubject the student to a minimum fine of $30plus $1 per day until the student is released ofresponsibility.

Instruments are assigned for a specific periodof time, which is never to extend beyond thelast day of classes each semester. Studentsneeding an instrument after the last day ofclasses must obtain special permission fromthe Instrumental Rental Office or be subject tothe fine policy.

A student using a school-owned instrument isresponsible for the care of the instrument; any

damage incurred, other than the usual wear, isthe responsibility of the student. Repairs aremade by the university and charged to thestudent.

Check ListStudents who have not returned equipment,music, instruments, keys, locks, etc., to theMusic Operations Office or other appropriatearea by the designated date are fined andplaced on the check list. A student on thecheck list may not register in the followingsemester, receive honorable dismissal to enteranother institution, or obtain a degree. If theitem is not returned, the student is charged forits value plus necessary fines to coveradministrative expenses. The cost of acomplete lock change, made necessary by theloss of a key or failure to return a key, ischarged to the student. A fine is charged forlate return of keys. Locks are changed oneweek after the deadline for return of keys.

School of Music 91

The specific procedures for all School of Musicrecitals are available from the recital schedulerin the main office of the School of Music.

Length of RecitalsThe following are the time limits in minutesfor the categories indicated:

Minimum MaximumJunior 40 50Senior Composition 30 60Senior and Master’s 50 60Artist Diploma 40 45Performer Diploma 50 60Doctoral Period 40 45Doctoral Final 60 75Voice, Senior and Master’s 40 50

General nonrequired 60General with ensemble(15 or more) 50

For master’s composition recital: 30-40 minutesof student’s own composition in which thestudent takes part as performer and/orconductor. For master’s electronic andcomputer music recital: 30-45 minutes ofstudent’s own composition. For doctoralcomposition recital: minimum of 45 minutes.For brass and woodwind instruments: 10minutes less in all categories. Forconcentration recitals: minimum of 25 minutes,maximum of 50 minutes.

Performer’s CertificateUndergraduate students, master’s degreestudents, and Performer Diploma students areeligible for the Performer’s Certificate, which isawarded as special recognition of musicalunderstanding and technical proficiencydemonstrated in recital. Award of thePerformer’s Certificate is a three-step processinvolving the hearing, the recital, and a specialjury. Details are available in the undergraduateand graduate offices. The followingprocedures are to be observed:1. For students who wish to be considered for

the performer’s certificate, the deadline fora recital hearing is the Friday of the tenthweek of the semester (Friday of the fifthweek of the second summer session).Students whose hearings occur after thesedates are not eligible that semester forconsideration for the Performer’sCertificate. Regular recital hearingdeadlines hold for other students.

2. For students who wish to be considered forthe performer’s certificate in a currentsemester, the deadline for a recital to beattended by the entire departmental facultyis the Sunday of the second to the last weekof each fall and spring semester and secondsummer session. Regular recital hearingdeadlines hold for other students. Studentswhose recitals occur after this deadline are

not eligible for consideration for thePerformer’s Certificate that semester.

3. Students unable to meet these deadlinesshould consider delaying their recitals untilthe beginning of the following semester.

4. The All-Faculty Performer’s CertificateCommittee hearings are conductedTuesday afternoons; additional hearingsare conducted as needed on theWednesday and Thursday of the last weekof classes during the fall and springsemesters and the second summer session.No hearings are held after Thursday of thelast week of classes.

5. The required quorum for attendance at therecital hearing is three faculty members.Based on the number present, the necessarynumber to be nominated for a performer’scertificate is shown in parentheses: 3 (2), 4(3), 5 (4), 6 (4), 7 (5), 8 (6), 9 (6), 10 (7), 11 (8),12 (8), 13 (9), 14 (10), 15 (10), 16 (11), 17 (12),18 (12), 19 (13), 20 (14), 21 (14). Nominationfor the performer’s certificate means thatmembers of that performance study faculty(strings, woodwinds, brass, percussion,piano, harp, organ, voice, earlyinstruments, and jazz studies) must attendthe recital (see item 6. below).

6. The required quorum for attendance at therecital is five faculty members or two-thirdsof the faculty members of the particularperformance study department, whicheveris larger. Departments with fewer than fivemembers must arrange for facultymembers from other departments toattend. Departments unable to meet thesecriteria may not offer the certificate duringthe eight-week summer session; thechairperson of the respective department isresponsible for informing the students inthe department. Of those present, thenumber of positive votes required to benominated for hearing by the All-FacultyPerformer’s Certificate Committee is 5 (4), 6 (4), 7 (5), 8 (6), 9 (6), 10 (7), 11 (8), 12 (8),13 (9), 14 (10), 15 (10), 16 (11), 17 (12), 18(12), 19 (13), 20 (14), 21 (14).

7. Students nominated for hearing by the All-Faculty Performer’s Certificate Committeeshould go immediately to the dean’s officeto schedule a hearing.

8. The regular size of the All-FacultyPerformer’s Certificate Committee is sevenmembers; the required quorum is fivemembers. Of those present, the number ofpositive votes required to award thecertificate is 5 (4), 6 (4), 7 (5).

9. The scheduled length of the All-FacultyPerformer’s Certificate hearing is one-halfhour for all recitals with 45 minutes ofplaying time or less. The student selects themusic for the first ten minutes and thechairperson of the committee, inconsultation with other committee

90 School of Music

Viola Professors Atar Arad, Alan deVeritch,Mimi Zweig

Violoncello Distinguished Professor JanosStarker; Professors Tsuyoshi Tsutsumi, HelgaWinold; Assistant Professor Emilio Colon

Double Bass Professors Bruce Bransby,Lawrence Hurst

Technical Studies Assistant Professor MaryGrusak (costume construction); LecturersStephen Shaver (piano technology), ThomasSparks (string instrument technology)

Voice Distinguished Professors Virginia Zeani,Martina Arroyo; Professor Giorgio Tozzi,Henry Upper Chair in Music; Professors KlaraBarlow, Costanza Cuccaro, Roger Havranek,Paul Kiesgen, James King, Teresa Kubiak,Martha Lipton (part time), James McDonald,Carlos Montané, Timothy Noble, Patricia Wise;Associate Professors Gary Arvin, Mary AnnHart, Patricia Havranek (part time); Assistant

Professors Alan Bennett, Michael Belnap,Patricia Stiles

Woodwinds

Flute Professor Kathryn Lukas; AssociateProfessor Thomas Robertello

Oboe Visiting Professor Henry Schuman

Clarinet Professors James Campbell, EliEban, Howard Klug

Bassoon Professor Kim Walker

Saxophone Distinguished Professor EugeneRousseau; Assistant Professor Thomas Walsh

School of Music 93

Arts Administration Associate Professor EllenSchantz

Audio Associate Professor Wayne Jackson

Ballet Professors Jacques Cesbron, VirginiaCesbron, Violette Verdy; Associate ProfessorLeslie Peck

Band Professors Ray E. Cramer, Stephen W.Pratt; Associate Professor David Woodley;Assistant Professor Douglas Stotter

BrassHorn Professors Myron Bloom, Michael

HatfieldTrumpet Professors Edmund Cord, John

Rommel, Marie SpezialeTrombone and Euphonium Professors

Carl Lenthe, M. Dee Stewart; AssociateProfessor Scott Hartman (part-time)

Tuba Professor Daniel Perantoni

Choral Conducting Professors Jan Harrington,Robert Porco, Michael Schwartzkopf,Associate Professor Carmen Tellez; GwynRichards, Lecturer (part-time)

Composition Professors Claude Baker, DonFreund, Eugene O’Brien, Sven-DavidSandström; Associate Professors DavidDzubay, Jeffrey Hass (electronic and computermusic), P.Q. Phan

Early Music Professors Paul Hillier (Director),Paul Elliott (voice), Eva Legêne (recorder),Nigel North (lute), Stanley Ritchie (baroqueviolin), Elisabeth Wright (harpsichord);Associate Professors Wendy Gillespie (viola dagamba), Richard Seraphinoff (natural horn);Assistant Professor Barbara Kallaur (baroqueflute) (part-time), Visiting Instructor MichaelMcCraw (baroque bassoon) (part-time),Visiting Lecturer Stephen Hammer (baroqueoboe) (part-time)

Guitar Professor Ernesto Bitetti

Harp Distinguished Professor SusannMcDonald; Assistant Professor Elzbieta Szmyt

Instrumental Conducting Professors ThomasBaldner, David Effron, Imre Palló

Jazz Studies Distinguished Professor David N.Baker; Associate Professor Pat Harbison;Assistant Professors Michael Lucas, ThomasWalsh

Music Education Professors Michael V.W.Gordon, Estelle R. Jorgensen, Charles P.Schmidt, Michael Schwartzkopf, David G.

Woods; Associate Professor LissaFleming-May

Music in General Studies Professor MaryGoetze; Associate Professor Glenn Gass;Assistant Professor Gerardo Dirié

Musicology Distinguished Professor ThomasMathiesen, David H. Jacobs Chair in Music;Professors A. Peter Brown, J. Peter Burkholder,Jane Fulcher, Associate Professors DanielMelamed, Massimo Ossi; Assistant ProfessorsLeslie Kearney, Jeffrey Magee

Music Theory Professors Robert Hatten,David Neumeyer, Benito Rivera, LewisRowell, Mary Wennerstrom; AssociateProfessors Eric Isaacson, MarianneKielian-Gilbert, Gary Potter; AssistantProfessor Gretchen Horlacher

Opera

Opera Production Associate ProfessorMark Clark

Opera Coaching Professor EdwinPenhorwood (part-time); Assistant Professors(part-time) Mark Phelps, Shuichi Umeyama

Scenic Design and Technical ProductionProfessors C. David Higgins, Robert O’Hearn,Allen White; Lecturer Gerard Duffin;Instructor Harold F. Mack

Stage Direction Professor Vincent Liotta

Organ Professors Marilyn Keiser, Larry Smith;Associate Professor Christopher Young

Percussion Professors Gerald Carlyss, WilliamRoberts; Associate Professor Wilber T. England(part-time)

Piano Distinguished Professors MenahemPressler, Dean Charles H. Webb Chair inMusic, Gyorgy Sebok; Professors EdwardAuer, Edmund Battersby, Evelyne Brancart,Luba Dubinsky, Leonard Hokanson, ShigeoNeriki, Karen Shaw, Henry Upper; AssociateProfessor Emile Naoumoff, Assistant ProfessorJeremy Denk

Strings

Violin Distinguished Professor FrancoGuilli, Dorothy Richards Starling Chair inViolin Studies; Professors Paul Biss, MiriamFried, Mauricio Fuks, Henryk Kowalski,Stanley Ritchie, Nelli Shkolnikova, YuvalYaron, Mimi Zweig; Professor Ik-Hwan Bae(chamber music); Assistant Professor BrendaBrenner

92 School of Music

Indiana University–Purdue UniversityIndianapolis Music FacultyProfessor David Peters; Associate ProfessorsDarrell Bailey, Fred Rees; Assistant ProfessorJay Fern; Lecturer Jack Gilfoy

Faculty of the School of Music, Indiana University Bloomington

94 School of Music

Indiana UniversityWhen you become a student at IndianaUniversity, you join an academic communityinternationally known for the excellence anddiversity of its programs. With 878 degreeprograms, the university attracts studentsfrom all 50 states and around the world. Thefull-time faculty numbers almost 4,000 andincludes members of many academic societiessuch as the American Academy of Arts andSciences, the American Philosophical Society,and the National Academy of Sciences.

Indiana University was founded atBloomington in 1820 and is one of the oldestand largest institutions of higher education inthe Midwest. It serves 92,000 students on eightcampuses. The residential campus atBloomington and the urban center atIndianapolis form the core of the university.Campuses in Gary, Fort Wayne, Kokomo,New Albany, Richmond, and South Bend joinBloomington and Indianapolis in bringing aneducation of high quality within reach of all ofIndiana’s citizens.

General PoliciesEqual Opportunity/Affirmative ActionPolicy of Indiana UniversityIndiana University pledges itself to continueits commitment to the achievement of equalopportunity within the university andthroughout American society as a whole. Inthis regard, Indiana University will recruit,hire, promote, educate, and provide servicesto persons based upon their individualqualifications. Indiana University prohibitsdiscrimination based on arbitraryconsideration of such characteristics as age,color, disability, ethnicity, gender, maritalstatus, national origin, race, religion, sexualorientation, or veteran status.

Indiana University shall take affirmativeaction, positive and extraordinary, toovercome the discriminatory effects oftraditional policies and procedures withregard to the disabled, minorities, women, andVietnam-era veterans.

An Affirmative Action office on each campusmonitors the university’s policies and assistsindividuals who have questions or problemsrelated to discrimination.

Confidentiality of Student RecordsIn accordance with federal statutes andregulations, student records are confidentialand available for disclosure to persons otherthan the student only under stated conditions.

Student Rights and Responsibilities

A statement of students’ rights andresponsibilities is published in a handbook,Code of Student Rights, Responsibilities, andConduct, which contains a description of dueprocess hearings in the event of disciplinaryaction.

Degree Requirements Students areresponsible for understanding allrequirements for graduation and forcompleting them by the time they expect tograduate. Information about a specific schoolor division can be found in the front section ofthe bulletin for that school.

Requests for deviation from department,program, or school requirements may begranted only by written approval from therespective chairperson, director, or dean (or adesignated administrative representative).Disposition at each level is final.

UndergraduateAdmissions PolicyIndiana University has adopted the followingadmissions policy to ensure thatundergraduate students are properly preparedfor college work. These standards seek toensure either adequate academic preparationin high school or evidence of unusualmotivation on the part of each studentadmitted to the university. Applicants foradmission to Indiana University are expectedto meet the following criteria.

Freshman Students1

1. Graduation from a commissioned Indianahigh school or comparable out-of-stateinstitution, successfully completing aminimum of 28 semesters of college-preparatory courses including thefollowing:(a) Eight semesters of English. (One

semester each of speech andjournalism may be included.)

(b) Four semesters of social science(economics, government, history,psychology, or sociology).

(c) Four semesters of algebra (twosemesters of which must be advancedalgebra) and two semesters ofgeometry.

(d) Two semesters of laboratory science(biology, chemistry, or physics).

(e) Eight semesters in some combinationof foreign language; additionalmathematics, laboratory science, orsocial science; computer science; andother courses of a college-preparatorynature.

—————————1 Some academic programs require specificqualifications in addition to those enumerated in thispolicy.

(f) Four semesters of foreign language arestrongly recommended.

(g) Courses to develop writingcomposition skills are stronglyrecommended.

2. A rank in the upper half of the high schoolgraduating class for Indiana residents or arank in the upper third of the high schoolgraduating class for out-of-state residents.

3. A score above the median established byIndiana students on a nationallystandardized admissions test. Studentswho have been out of high school for threeor more years do not have to submit testscores unless required for admission tospecific programs.

4. Each campus may accept students who aredeficient in (1), (2), or (3) of the abovespecifications upon receipt of suchevidence as the combination of strength ofcollege-preparatory program, rank in class,grades and grade trends in college-preparatory courses, and standardized testscores. For persons who do not meet theabove criteria and who have been out ofhigh school three or more years, admissioncan be based on other factors such as aGeneral Educational Development (GED)diploma, maturity, work experience,military service, and other factors asdetermined by the campus.

5. Each campus, at its discretion, may admit astudent on a probationary basis and/orthrough faculty sponsorship.

Transfer Students1

1. Submission of official transcripts from allprevious institutions attended.

2. The transcripts must reflect a cumulativegrade point average of at least a 2.0 (on a4.0 scale) for Indiana residents and at leasta 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) for out-of-stateresidents.

3. If the student has fewer than 26transferable credit hours, the high schoolrecord should reflect compliance withfreshman admission requirements asspecified above.

4. The credentials of students seeking transferto Indiana University will be evaluated onan individual basis.

When students do not qualify upon firstapplication, they will be counseled about waysof removing deficiencies so that they mayqualify for admission at a later date. If anyprovision of this policy is held invalid, theinvalidity does not affect other provisions ofthis policy which can be given effect withoutthe invalid provision, and to this end theprovisions of this policy are severable.

Transfer to Other IndianaUniversity Campuses The policy stated below concerning transfer creditpertains to undergraduate students only.

Indiana University credits transferred fromone campus of Indiana University to anotherwill be evaluated and accepted in terms atleast as favorable as credits transferred fromother accredited institutions in the UnitedStates. No review of the credits will beundertaken except in good faith terms of thesame criteria used in evaluating externalcredits. In fact, students transferring withinthe Indiana University system are treatedmuch more favorably because of the similarityof course work on the eight campuses.

Students who want to transfer to anothercampus should follow these procedures: 1. Inform your academic advisor of your

decision as soon as possible. Degreerequirements may vary from one campusto another but if your advisor knows ofyour plan, your academic program can bedesigned to meet the requirements of thecampus you will eventually attend.

2. Contact the department chairperson (or thedesignated advisor) at the campus youplan to attend. Discuss your plan and askabout any special procedures. For example,students transferring in fine arts mustsubmit portfolios of their work. Musictransfer students must be auditioned.

3. As the date of transfer approaches, checkwith your campus registrar to getinformation on registration dates andprocedures on the other campus. If there isa preregistration or preenrollmentprocedure at the other campus, you shouldplan to take advantage of it. Contact theregistrar of the other campus to determinewhether you can fulfill any of theseresponsibilities by phone. Your registrarhas a direct telephone line to all otherregistrars.

4. When you arrive on the new campus,contact your assigned academic adviser ordepartment chairperson as soon aspossible. Discuss your academic progressto date and the additional course workrequired for your program.

School of Music 95

96 School of Music

Rules DeterminingResident andNonresident StudentStatus for IndianaUniversity Fee Purposes These rules establish the policy under whichstudents shall be classified as residents ornonresidents upon all campuses of IndianaUniversity for university fee purposes.Nonresident students shall pay a nonresidentfee in addition to fees paid by a residentstudent.

These rules shall take effect February 1, 1974;provided, that no person properly classified asa resident student before February 1, 1974,shall be adversely affected by these rules, if heor she attended the university before that dateand while he or she remains continuouslyenrolled in the university.1. ‘‘Residence’’ as the term, or any of its

variations (e.g., ‘‘resided’’), as used in thecontext of these rules, means the placewhere an individual has his or herpermanent home, at which he or sheremains when not called elsewhere forlabor, studies, or other special ortemporary purposes, and to which he orshe returns in seasons of repose. It is theplace a person has voluntarily fixed as apermanent habitation for himself orherself with an intent to remain in suchplace for an indefinite period. A person atany one time has but one residence, and aresidence cannot be lost until another isgained. (a) A person entering the state from

another state or country does not atthat time acquire residence for thepurpose of these rules, but except asprovided in rule 2(c), such person must be a resident for 12 months in order to qualify as a resident studentfor fee purposes.

(b) Physical presence in Indiana for thepredominant purpose of attending acollege, university, or other institutionof higher education, shall not becounted in determining the 12-monthperiod of residence; nor shall absencefrom Indiana for such purposedeprive a person of resident studentstatus.

2. A person shall be classified as a ‘‘residentstudent’’ if he or she has continuouslyresided in Indiana for at least 12consecutive months immediatelypreceding the first scheduled day ofclasses of the semester or other session inwhich the individual registers in the

university, subject to the exception in (c)1

below. (a) The residence of an unemancipated

person under 21 years of age followsthat of the parents or of a legalguardian who has actual custody ofsuch person or administers theproperty of such person. In the case ofdivorce or separation, if either parentmeets the residence requirements,such person will be considered aresident.1

(b) If such person comes from anotherstate or country for the predominantpurpose of attending the university,he or she shall not be admitted toresident student status upon the basisof the residence of a guardian in fact,except upon appeal to the StandingCommittee on Residence in eachcase.2

(c) Such person may be classified as aresident student without meeting the12-month residence requirementwithin Indiana if his or her presencein Indiana results from theestablishment by his or her parents oftheir residence within the state and ifhe or she proves that the move waspredominantly for reasons other thanto enable such person to becomeentitled to the status of ‘‘residentstudent.’’2

(d) When it shall appear that the parentsof a person properly classified as a‘‘resident student’’ undersubparagraph (c) above haveremoved their residence fromIndiana, such person shall then bereclassified to the status ofnonresident; provided, that no suchreclassification shall be effective untilthe beginning of a semester nextfollowing such removal.

(e) A person once properly classified as aresident student shall be deemed toremain a resident student so long asremaining continuously enrolled inthe university until such person’sdegree shall have been earned, subjectto the provisions of subparagraph (d)above.

3. The foreign citizenship of a person shallnot be a factor in determining residentstudent status if such person has legalcapacity to remain permanently in theUnited States.

4. A person classified as a nonresidentstudent may show that he or she isexempt

—————————1Invocation of the provision in Rule 2(a) that appliesto cases of divorce or separation requires appropriatelegal documentation.2Rules 2(b) and 2(c) apply only to unemancipatedpersons under 21 years of age.

from paying the nonresident fee by clearand convincing evidence that he or shehas been a resident (see rule 1 above) ofIndiana for the 12 months prior to the firstscheduled day of classes of the semester inwhich his or her fee status is to bechanged. Such a student will be allowedto present his or her evidence only afterthe expiration of 12 months from theresidence qualifying date, i.e., the dateupon which the student commenced the12-month period for residence. Thefollowing factors will be consideredrelevant in evaluating a requested changein a student’s nonresident status and inevaluating whether his or her physicalpresence in Indiana is for the predominantpurpose of attending a college, university,or other institution of higher education.The existence of one or more of thesefactors will not require a finding ofresident student status, nor shall thenonexistence of one or more require afinding of nonresident student status. Allfactors will be considered in combination,and ordinarily resident student status willnot result from the doing of acts which arerequired or routinely done by sojournersin the state or which are merely auxiliaryto the fulfillment of educational purposes. (a) The residence of a student’s parents

or guardians. (b) The situs of the source of the student’s

income. (c) To whom a student pays his or her

taxes, including property taxes. (d) The state in which a student’s

automobile is registered. (e) The state issuing the student’s

driver’s license. (f) Where the student is registered to

vote. (g) The marriage of the student to a

resident of Indiana. (h) Ownership of property in Indiana and

outside of Indiana. (i) The residence claimed by the student

on loan applications, federal incometax returns, and other documents.

(j) The place of the student’s summeremployment, attendance at summerschool, or vacation.

(k) The student’s future plans includingcommitted place of futureemployment or future studies.

(l) Admission to a licensed profession inIndiana.

(m) Membership in civic, community, andother organizations in Indiana orelsewhere.

(n) All present and intended futureconnections or contacts outside ofIndiana.

(o) The facts and documents pertainingto the person’s past and existingstatus as a student.

(p) Parents’ tax returns and otherinformation, particularly whenemancipation is claimed.

5. The fact that a person pays taxes andvotes in the state does not in itselfestablish residence, but will be consideredas hereinbefore set forth.

6. The registrar or the person fulfilling thoseduties on each campus shall classify eachstudent as resident or nonresident andmay require proof of all relevant facts. Theburden of proof is upon the studentmaking a claim to a resident studentstatus.

7. A Standing Committee on Residence shallbe appointed by the president of theuniversity and shall include two studentsfrom among such as may be nominated bythe student body presidents of one ormore of the campuses of the university. Iffewer than four are nominated, thepresident may appoint from amongstudents not nominated.

8. A student who is not satisfied by thedetermination of the registrar has the rightto lodge a written appeal with theStanding Committee on Residence within30 days of receipt of written notice of theregistrar’s determination whichcommittee shall review the appeal in a fairmanner and shall afford to the student apersonal hearing upon written request. Astudent may be represented by counsel atsuch hearing. The committee shall reportits determination to the student in writing.If no appeal is taken within the timeprovided herein, the decision of theregistrar shall be final and binding.

9. The Standing Committee on Residence isauthorized to classify a student as aresident student, though not meeting thespecific requirements herein set forth, ifsuch student’s situation presents unusualcircumstances and the individualclassification is within the general scope ofthese rules. The decision of the committeeshall be final and shall be deemedequivalent to a decision of the Trustees ofIndiana University.

10. A student or prospective student whoshall knowingly provide false informationor shall refuse to provide or shall concealinformation for the purpose of improperlyachieving resident student status shall besubject to the full range of penalties,including expulsion, provided for by theuniversity, as well as to such otherpunishment which may be provided forby law.

School of Music 97

98 School of Music

11. A student who does not pay additionalmonies which may be due because of hisor her classification as a nonresidentstudent within 30 days after demand,shall thereupon be indefinitelysuspended.

12. A student or prospective student who failsto request resident student status within aparticular semester or session and topursue a timely appeal (see rule 8) to theStanding Committee on Residence shall bedeemed to have waived any alleged

overpayment of fees for that semester orsession.

13. If any provision of these rules or theapplication thereof to any person orcircumstance is held invalid, the invaliditydoes not affect other provisions orapplications of these rules which can begiven effect without the invalid provisionor application, and to this end theprovisions of these rules are severable.

Fees The instructional fees listed here were approved at the May 1999 meeting of the Trustees ofIndiana University. Fees are subject to change by action of the trustees. For up-to-dateinformation about fees in effect at registration time, see the campus Schedule of Classes.

Certain courses and programs requiring studios, laboratories, microscopes, computers, or otherspecial equipment may involve special fees in addition to the instructional fee. Applied music,student teaching, and some physical education courses also carry additional fees. See the campusSchedule of Classes for a list of such courses and programs.

Fees for Indiana University campuses other than Bloomington and Indianapolis are published inthe bulletin of the specific campus.

INSTRUCTIONAL FEES Indiana Resident Nonresident

Bloomington Campus

Undergraduate1 $1,876.15 flat fee/semester $6,229.85 flat fee/ semesterfor 12 to 17 credit hours for 12 to 17 credit hours

$117.10/credit hour $389.35/credit hour under 12 or over 17 under 12 or over 17

Graduate and Professional1Business–M.B.A. Program2 $4,389.25/semester $8,778.50/semester Business3 $274.40/credit hour $549.00/credit hour Law $236.20/credit hour $605.80/credit hour Library and Information Science $165.90 $483.25Optometry $196.00/credit hour $544.30/credit hour Public and Environmental Affairs— $194.40/credit hour $527.00/credit hour

M.P.A. and M.S.E.S. ProgramsOther $160.55/credit hour $467.75/credit hour

Independent Study (Correspondence) $96.25/credit hour $96.25/credit hour Dissertation research (G901)4 $150.00/semester $150.00/semesterAuditing (no credit) $25.00/credit hour $25.00/credit hourDistance Education Special Courses5 for

Schools of Education; and Health, Physical Education, and Recreation:

GraduateUndergraduate Same as rate for on-campus instruction in respective category

Indianapolis Campus

Undergraduate1 $114.40/credit hour $356.00/credit hour Graduate and Professional1

Business–M.B.A. Program $250.00/credit hour $500.00/credit hour Business–M.P.A. Program $187.50/credit hour $375.00/credit hourDentistry $12,190.00/year $26,107.80/year Engineering $171.40/credit hour $490.00/credit hourLaw $228.50/credit hour $555.00/credit hour Medicine $13,245.00/year $30,330.00/year Nursing $157.60/credit hour $454.65/credit hour Social Work $160.55/credit hour $462.95/credit hour Master of Accountancy $187.50/credit hour $375.00/credit hourOther $157.60/credit hour $454.65/credit hour

Dissertation research (G901)4 $100.00/semester $100.00/semesterAuditing (no credit) Applicable credit hour rate Applicable credit hour rateDistance Education Special Coursesfor Allied Health Histotechnology:

Graduate and Undergraduate Same as rate for on-campus instruction in respective category

—————————1 Includes credit courses in the School of Continuing Studies. 2 M.B.A. students enrolled in 9 or more credit hours of business courses will be assessed a flat rate. Enrollmentin any courses other than business will be assessed on a per-credit-hour basis. 3 Graduate business credit hour rates apply to (a) M.B.A. students enrolled in fewer than 9 credit hours ofbusiness courses, and (b) students enrolled in a doctoral business program. 4 To keep their candidacies active, doctoral students with 90 credit hours or more and Master of Fine Arts studentswith 60 credit hours or more may enroll in G901 for a flat fee of $150. Also, they must have completed all graduatedegree requirements except for the dissertation or final project/performance. Enrollment in G901 is limited to sixtimes. Students who do not meet these criteria pay the applicable credit hour rate for dissertation research.5In addition to instructional fee rates, course fees of $90.00 for Education, $75.00 for HPER, and $50.00 forLibrary and Information Science will be assessed.

School of Music 99

INCIDENTAL FEES6 Bloomington Campus Indianapolis Campus

Application for admission Domestic, undergraduate $40.00 $35.00 Domestic, graduate $45.00 $35.00International $45.00 $55.00

Deferment service charge7 $23.00 $22.00Health service fee8 $76.50/semester

$32.80/summer I $43.70/summer II

Late payment charge $52.00/semester $11.00/month Late program change9 $20.00/course added $19.00/course added

or droppedLate registration10 $52.00 to $92.00/semester $40.00 to $100.00/

$50.00/summer session semester $40.00 to $65.00/summer session

Student activity fee11 $26.75 or $23.32 or $33.65/$53.51/semester semester $13.36 or $26.75/summer $26.65/semester forsession Athletic Development

Technology fee, fall or spring semesters12

Undergraduate $25.00, $50.00, $100.00 $26.78, $53.56, $80.35 Graduate/professional,

nondegree students $12.00, $25.00, $50.00 (varies)Technology fee, summer sessions13

Undergraduate $25.00, $50.00 $26.78, $40.17 Graduate/professional,

nondegree students $12.00, $25.00 (varies)Transcripts $9.00 $7.00University Division services fee $25.00/semesterBusiness Undergraduate program fee $200.00/semester

—————————6Applicable to both in-state and out-of-state students. 7Fee is assessed if deferred billing option is elected.8The health fee is assessed each semester/session on the Bursar’s bill for all day and evening students enrolledin more than 3 credit hours. Eligible individuals not covered by the health fee will be seen on a fee-for-servicebasis.9After drop/add period (100 percent refund period), students will be assessed $20.00 in Bloomington and$19.00 in Indianapolis for each added course, section change, change of arranged hours, or credit/audit change.On the Bloomington campus, students will also be assessed for each dropped course.10A late registration fee will be assessed any student who does not register during the scheduled registrationperiod. On the Bloomington campus, the fee is $52.00 for students who register by the last Friday before classesbegin and increases by $10.00 on the Monday of each successive week to a maximum of $92.00. On theIndianapolis campus, a $40.00 late registration fee is in effect upon conclusion of registration through the end ofthe first week of classes, increasing by $25.00 the first week, $20.00 the second week, and $15.00 the third weekto a maximum of $100.00. In Indianapolis summer sessions, a late registration fee of $40.00 is assessed the firstweek, and $65.00 the second week and thereafter. 11Bloomington students enrolled in 3 or fewer credit hours during the fall and spring semesters pay amandatory student activity fee of $26.75. Students enrolled in more than 3 credit hours pay $53.51. Summer-session students pay a fee per session according to the number of credit hours in which they are enrolled: 3 orfewer credit hours, $13.36; more than 3 credit hours, $26.75. At Indianapolis, the student activity fee for 1 to 8credit hours is $14.95 per semester. Students enrolled in 9 or more credit hours pay $33.65 per semester.Indianapolis students are also charged a $26.65 Athletic Development fee each semester.12A technology fee will be assessed according to the number of enrolled credit hours as follows: 3 credit hoursor fewer; greater than 3 through 6 credit hours; greater than 6 credit hours.13At Indianapolis, a technology fee is assessed for summer sessions according to the number of enrolled credithours as follows: 3 or fewer credit hours; greater than 3 credit hours. At Bloomington, summer-session studentsare assessed half the regular-semester technology fee, based on the number of credit hours as follows: 3 credithours or fewer; greater than 3 credit hours.

Course Fee Refund Schedule Time of Withdrawal Refund

9- through 16-week classesDuring 1st week of classes 100% During 2nd week of classes 75% During 3rd week of classes 50% During 4th week of classes 25% During 5th week of classes

and thereafter None

5- through 8-week classesDuring 1st week of classes 100% During 2nd week of classes 50% During 3rd week of classes

and thereafter None

2- through 4-week classes During the 1st and 2nd day of classes 100% During 3rd and 4th day of classes 50% During 5th day of classes

and thereafter None

Time of Withdrawal Refund

1-week (or less) classesDuring 1st day of classes 100% During 2nd day of classes 50% During 3rd day of classes

and thereafter None The refund policy applies to credit hour feesand all course-related fees.

Procedure See the Schedule of Classes for moreinformation about how to withdraw fromclasses.

Student Financial Assistance Students canobtain information about financial assistancethrough the financial aid office, through thestudent employment office, or through theirschools and departments. For courses taken inBloomington, contact the Office of StudentFinancial Assistance or Human ResourcesManagement for information about faculty/staff fee courtesy; for courses taken at IUPUI,contact the Office of Student Financial Aid.

Veterans BenefitsEligible students will receive veterans benefits according to the following scale, which is based onthe number of credit hours in which the student is enrolled.

Bloomington and IUPUI Bloomington

Undergraduate Fall/Spring IUPUI Bloomington and IUPUIBenefits Semesters1 Summer I1 Summer I Summer II1

full 12 or more 6 4 6 three-quarters 9-11 4-5 3 4-5 one-half 6-8 3 2 3 tuition only fewer than 6 1-2 1 1-2

Graduate Benefits full 8 or more 4 4 4 three-quarters 6-7 3 3 3 one-half 4-5 2 2 2 tuition only fewer than 4 1 1 1

It is the responsibility of the veteran or veterandependent to sign up for benefits eachsemester or summer session of enrollment. It isalso the responsibility of the veteran or veterandependent on the Bloomington campus tonotify the Office of Disabled Student Servicesand Veterans Affairs of any schedule changethat may increase or decrease the amount ofbenefits allowed. Veterans and veterandependents on the IUPUI campus shouldnotify the Office of the Registrar.—————————1 On the IUPUI campus, check with a VArepresentative in the Office of the Registrar forpositive verification of your hourly status.

Veterans with service-connected disabilitiesmay qualify for the Department of VeteransAffairs Vocational Rehabilitation Program.They should contact their regional VA officefor eligibility information.

At IUPUI, veterans and veteran dependentsmust notify their veteran benefitrepresentative in the Office of the Registrar inperson at the time of registration.

100 School of Music School of Music 101

Indiana University Bulletins You may want to explore other schools of Indiana University. The following is a complete list ofour bulletins. Please write directly to the individual unit or campus for its bulletin.

Indiana University Bloomington College of Arts and Sciences Kelley School of Business1

School of Continuing Studies2

School of Education3

School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation School of Journalism School of Law—Bloomington4

School of Library and Information Science School of Music School of Optometry School of Public and Environmental Affairs3

University Division5

University Graduate School

Indiana University–Purdue University Indianapolis School of Allied Health Sciences Kelley School of Business1

School of Continuing Studies2

School of Dentistry School of Education3

School of Engineering and Technology (Purdue University) Herron School of Art School of JournalismSchool of Law—Indianapolis4

School of Liberal Arts School of Medicine School of Nursing3

School of Optometry School of Physical Education School of Public and Environmental Affairs3

School of Science (Purdue University) School of Social Work University CollegeUniversity Graduate School

Indiana University East (Richmond) Indiana University–Purdue University Fort WayneIndiana University Kokomo Indiana University Northwest (Gary) Indiana University South Bend Indiana University Southeast (New Albany)

—————————1 There are two separate bulletins for the Bloomington and Indianapolis undergraduate business programs;please specify which of the two bulletins you need. The graduate business programs for Bloomington andIndianapolis are also separate. Contact the school for a bulletin describing these programs.2 Bulletins on the General Studies Degree Program, Independent Study Program, and Division of Labor Studiesare available from this school. 3 Two bulletins are issued: graduate and undergraduate. 4 There are two Indiana University schools of law. Be sure to specify whether you want a bulletin of theBloomington or Indianapolis school.5 Available only to admitted University Division students.